Add svn:eol-style property to source files, so that the line endings are correctly converted to the target system's native end of line style.

26 files changed, 9841 insertions, 9841 deletions

diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Descriptors.c b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Descriptors.c
index 48778d8c5..8f409a63d 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Descriptors.c
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Descriptors.c
@@ -1,288 +1,288 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 

-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted

-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 

-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special 

- *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine

- *  the device's capabilities and functions.  

- */

-

-#include "Descriptors.h"

-

-/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as

- * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.

- * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated

- * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices

- * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value

- * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and

- * port location).

- */

-#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)

-	#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.

-#endif

-

-/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the

- *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This

- *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)

- *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for

- *  more details on HID report descriptors.

- */

-USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =

-{

-	0x06, 0x9c, 0xff,     /* Usage Page (Vendor Defined)                     */

-	0x09, 0x01,           /* Usage (Vendor Defined)                          */

-	0xa1, 0x01,           /* Collection (Vendor Defined)                     */

-	0x09, 0x02,           /*   Usage (Vendor Defined)                        */

-	0x75, 0x08,           /*   Report Size (8)                               */

-	0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /*   Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)       */

-	0x15, 0x80,           /*   Logical Minimum (-128)                        */

-	0x25, 0x7F,           /*   Logical Maximum (127)                         */

-	0x81, 0x02,           /*   Input (Data, Variable, Absolute)              */

-	0x09, 0x03,           /*   Usage (Vendor Defined)                        */

-	0x75, 0x08,           /*   Report Size (8)                               */

-	0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /*   Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)       */

-	0x15, 0x00,           /*   Logical Minimum (0)                           */

-	0x25, 0xff,           /*   Logical Maximum (255)                         */

-	0x91, 0x02,           /*   Output (Data, Variable, Absolute)             */

-	0xc0                  /* End Collection                                  */

-};

-

-/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall

- *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the

- *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration

- *  process begins.

- */

-USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =

-{

-	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},

-		

-	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(01.10),

-	.Class                  = 0x00,

-	.SubClass               = 0x00,

-	.Protocol               = 0x00,

-				

-	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,

-		

-	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,

-	.ProductID              = 0x2063,

-	.ReleaseNumber          = 0x0000,

-		

-	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = 0x01,

-	.ProductStrIndex        = 0x02,

-	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,

-		

-	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS

-};

-

-/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage

- *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces

- *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting

- *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.

- */

-USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =

-{

-	.Config = 

-		{

-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},

-

-			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),

-			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,

-				

-			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,

-			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,

-				

-			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,

-			

-			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)

-		},

-		

-	.MS_Interface = 

-		{

-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},

-

-			.InterfaceNumber        = 0,

-			.AlternateSetting       = 0,

-			

-			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,

-				

-			.Class                  = 0x08,

-			.SubClass               = 0x06,

-			.Protocol               = 0x50,

-				

-			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR

-		},

-

-	.MS_DataInEndpoint = 

-		{

-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},

-

-			.EndpointAddress        = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),

-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),

-			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,

-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x00

-		},

-

-	.MS_DataOutEndpoint = 

-		{

-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},

-

-			.EndpointAddress        = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),

-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),

-			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,

-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x00

-		},

-		

-	.HID_Interface = 

-		{

-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},

-

-			.InterfaceNumber        = 1,

-			.AlternateSetting       = 0,

-			

-			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,

-				

-			.Class                  = 0x03,

-			.SubClass               = 0x00,

-			.Protocol               = HID_NON_BOOT_PROTOCOL,

-				

-			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR

-		},

-

-	.HID_GenericHID = 

-		{

-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},

-									 

-			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(01.11),

-			.CountryCode            = 0x00,

-			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,

-			.HIDReportType          = DTYPE_Report,

-			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(GenericReport)

-		},

-

-	.HID_ReportINEndpoint = 

-		{

-			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},

-										 

-			.EndpointAddress        = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | GENERIC_IN_EPNUM),

-			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),

-			.EndpointSize           = GENERIC_EPSIZE,

-			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x0A

-		},		

-};

-

-/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests

- *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate

- *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.

- */

-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =

-{

-	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},

-		

-	.UnicodeString          = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}

-};

-

-/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable

- *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device

- *  Descriptor.

- */

-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =

-{

-	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},

-		

-	.UnicodeString          = L"Dean Camera"

-};

-

-/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,

- *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device

- *  Descriptor.

- */

-USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =

-{

-	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(10), .Type = DTYPE_String},

-		

-	.UnicodeString          = L"Datalogger"

-};

-

-/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"

- *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given

- *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function

- *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the

- *  USB host.

- */

-uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)

-{

-	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);

-	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);

-

-	void*    Address = NULL;

-	uint16_t Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;

-

-	switch (DescriptorType)

-	{

-		case DTYPE_Device: 

-			Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;

-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);

-			break;

-		case DTYPE_Configuration: 

-			Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;

-			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);

-			break;

-		case DTYPE_String: 

-			switch (DescriptorNumber)

-			{

-				case 0x00: 

-					Address = (void*)&LanguageString;

-					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);

-					break;

-				case 0x01: 

-					Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;

-					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);

-					break;

-				case 0x02: 

-					Address = (void*)&ProductString;

-					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);

-					break;

-			}

-			

-			break;

-		case DTYPE_HID: 

-			Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;

-			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);

-			break;

-		case DTYPE_Report: 

-			Address = (void*)&GenericReport;

-			Size    = sizeof(GenericReport);

-			break;

-	}

-	

-	*DescriptorAddress = Address;

-	return Size;

-}

+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
+              
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special 
+ *  computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
+ *  the device's capabilities and functions.  
+ */
+
+#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
+ * the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
+ * This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
+ * resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
+ * so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
+ * from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
+ * port location).
+ */
+#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
+	#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
+#endif
+
+/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
+ *  USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
+ *  descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
+ *  the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
+ *  more details on HID report descriptors.
+ */
+USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
+{
+	0x06, 0x9c, 0xff,     /* Usage Page (Vendor Defined)                     */
+	0x09, 0x01,           /* Usage (Vendor Defined)                          */
+	0xa1, 0x01,           /* Collection (Vendor Defined)                     */
+	0x09, 0x02,           /*   Usage (Vendor Defined)                        */
+	0x75, 0x08,           /*   Report Size (8)                               */
+	0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /*   Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)       */
+	0x15, 0x80,           /*   Logical Minimum (-128)                        */
+	0x25, 0x7F,           /*   Logical Maximum (127)                         */
+	0x81, 0x02,           /*   Input (Data, Variable, Absolute)              */
+	0x09, 0x03,           /*   Usage (Vendor Defined)                        */
+	0x75, 0x08,           /*   Report Size (8)                               */
+	0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /*   Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE)       */
+	0x15, 0x00,           /*   Logical Minimum (0)                           */
+	0x25, 0xff,           /*   Logical Maximum (255)                         */
+	0x91, 0x02,           /*   Output (Data, Variable, Absolute)             */
+	0xc0                  /* End Collection                                  */
+};
+
+/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
+ *  device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
+ *  number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
+ *  process begins.
+ */
+USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
+		
+	.USBSpecification       = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
+	.Class                  = 0x00,
+	.SubClass               = 0x00,
+	.Protocol               = 0x00,
+				
+	.Endpoint0Size          = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
+		
+	.VendorID               = 0x03EB,
+	.ProductID              = 0x2063,
+	.ReleaseNumber          = 0x0000,
+		
+	.ManufacturerStrIndex   = 0x01,
+	.ProductStrIndex        = 0x02,
+	.SerialNumStrIndex      = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
+		
+	.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
+};
+
+/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
+ *  of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
+ *  and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
+ *  a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
+ */
+USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
+{
+	.Config = 
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
+
+			.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
+			.TotalInterfaces        = 2,
+				
+			.ConfigurationNumber    = 1,
+			.ConfigurationStrIndex  = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
+				
+			.ConfigAttributes       = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
+			
+			.MaxPowerConsumption    = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
+		},
+		
+	.MS_Interface = 
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = 0,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+			
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 2,
+				
+			.Class                  = 0x08,
+			.SubClass               = 0x06,
+			.Protocol               = 0x50,
+				
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataInEndpoint = 
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x00
+		},
+
+	.MS_DataOutEndpoint = 
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+
+			.EndpointAddress        = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x00
+		},
+		
+	.HID_Interface = 
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
+
+			.InterfaceNumber        = 1,
+			.AlternateSetting       = 0,
+			
+			.TotalEndpoints         = 1,
+				
+			.Class                  = 0x03,
+			.SubClass               = 0x00,
+			.Protocol               = HID_NON_BOOT_PROTOCOL,
+				
+			.InterfaceStrIndex      = NO_DESCRIPTOR
+		},
+
+	.HID_GenericHID = 
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
+									 
+			.HIDSpec                = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
+			.CountryCode            = 0x00,
+			.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
+			.HIDReportType          = DTYPE_Report,
+			.HIDReportLength        = sizeof(GenericReport)
+		},
+
+	.HID_ReportINEndpoint = 
+		{
+			.Header                 = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
+										 
+			.EndpointAddress        = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | GENERIC_IN_EPNUM),
+			.Attributes             = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
+			.EndpointSize           = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+			.PollingIntervalMS      = 0x0A
+		},		
+};
+
+/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
+ *  the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
+ *  via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
+ */
+USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+		
+	.UnicodeString          = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
+};
+
+/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
+ *  form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+		
+	.UnicodeString          = L"Dean Camera"
+};
+
+/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
+ *  and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
+ *  Descriptor.
+ */
+USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
+{
+	.Header                 = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(10), .Type = DTYPE_String},
+		
+	.UnicodeString          = L"Datalogger"
+};
+
+/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
+ *  documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
+ *  to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
+ *  is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
+ *  USB host.
+ */
+uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
+{
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorType   = (wValue >> 8);
+	const uint8_t  DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
+
+	void*    Address = NULL;
+	uint16_t Size    = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
+
+	switch (DescriptorType)
+	{
+		case DTYPE_Device: 
+			Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Configuration: 
+			Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_String: 
+			switch (DescriptorNumber)
+			{
+				case 0x00: 
+					Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case 0x01: 
+					Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+				case 0x02: 
+					Address = (void*)&ProductString;
+					Size    = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
+					break;
+			}
+			
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_HID: 
+			Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
+			Size    = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
+			break;
+		case DTYPE_Report: 
+			Address = (void*)&GenericReport;
+			Size    = sizeof(GenericReport);
+			break;
+	}
+	
+	*DescriptorAddress = Address;
+	return Size;
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Descriptors.h b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Descriptors.h
index 6c238ac42..a2ab5852e 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Descriptors.h
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Descriptors.h
@@ -1,60 +1,60 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

- 

-#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_

-#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>

-

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>

-		

-		#include "TempDataLogger.h"

-

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */

-		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM          3	

-

-		/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */

-		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM         4	

-

-		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */

-		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64

-

-		/** Endpoint number of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */

-		#define GENERIC_IN_EPNUM               1

-

-		/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */

-		#define GENERIC_EPSIZE                 16

-		

-		/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */

-		#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE            sizeof(Device_Report_t)

-		

-	/* Type Defines: */		

-		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the

-		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which

-		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.

-		 */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;

-			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            MS_Interface;

-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataInEndpoint;

-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataOutEndpoint;

-			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;

-			USB_HID_Descriptor_t                  HID_GenericHID;

-			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;

-		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;

-		

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)

-											ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);

-

-#endif

+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
+              
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+*/
+ 
+#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
+		
+		#include "TempDataLogger.h"
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM          3	
+
+		/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM         4	
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
+		#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE         64
+
+		/** Endpoint number of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
+		#define GENERIC_IN_EPNUM               1
+
+		/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
+		#define GENERIC_EPSIZE                 16
+		
+		/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
+		#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE            sizeof(Device_Report_t)
+		
+	/* Type Defines: */		
+		/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
+		 *  application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
+		 *  vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
+		 */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            MS_Interface;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataInEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             MS_DataOutEndpoint;
+			USB_Descriptor_Interface_t            HID_Interface;
+			USB_HID_Descriptor_t                  HID_GenericHID;
+			USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t             HID_ReportINEndpoint;
+		} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
+		
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
+											ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Doxygen.conf b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Doxygen.conf
index 1430ad516..d570077b6 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Doxygen.conf
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Doxygen.conf
@@ -1,1564 +1,1564 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.6.2

-

-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system

-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project

-#

-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored

-# The format is:

-#       TAG = value [value, ...]

-# For lists items can also be appended using:

-#       TAG += value [value, ...]

-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Project related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file

-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all

-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the

-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See

-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.

-

-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8

-

-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded

-# by quotes) that should identify the project.

-

-PROJECT_NAME           = "Temperature Datalogger Project"

-

-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.

-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or

-# if some version control system is used.

-

-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0

-

-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)

-# base path where the generated documentation will be put.

-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location

-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.

-

-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/

-

-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create

-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output

-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.

-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of

-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would

-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.

-

-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO

-

-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all

-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this

-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.

-# The default language is English, other supported languages are:

-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,

-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,

-# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English

-# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,

-# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak,

-# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.

-

-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English

-

-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will

-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in

-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).

-# Set to NO to disable this.

-

-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES

-

-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend

-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.

-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the

-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.

-

-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES

-

-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator

-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string

-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be

-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is

-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.

-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically

-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"

-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"

-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"

-

-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \

-                         "The $name widget" \

-                         "The $name file" \

-                         is \

-                         provides \

-                         specifies \

-                         contains \

-                         represents \

-                         a \

-                         an \

-                         the

-

-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then

-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief

-# description.

-

-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO

-

-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all

-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those

-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment

-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.

-

-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full

-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set

-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.

-

-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag

-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is

-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of

-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.

-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the

-# path to strip.

-

-STRIP_FROM_PATH        =

-

-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of

-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells

-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.

-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class

-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that

-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.

-

-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =

-

-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter

-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems

-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.

-

-SHORT_NAMES            = YES

-

-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen

-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc

-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments

-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)

-

-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO

-

-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will

-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments

-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring

-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)

-

-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO

-

-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen

-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///

-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.

-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed

-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.

-

-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO

-

-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented

-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it

-# re-implements.

-

-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES

-

-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce

-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will

-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.

-

-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO

-

-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.

-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.

-

-TAB_SIZE               = 4

-

-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts

-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".

-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to

-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which

-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".

-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.

-

-ALIASES                =

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.

-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list

-# of all members will be omitted, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for

-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified

-# scopes will look different, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for

-# Fortran.

-

-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL

-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for

-# VHDL.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO

-

-# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it parses.

-# With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.

-# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this tag.

-# The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language is one of

-# the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, C#, C, C++, D, PHP,

-# Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make doxygen treat

-# .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran),

-# use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.

-

-EXTENSION_MAPPING      =

-

-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want

-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should

-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and

-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.

-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration

-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.

-

-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO

-

-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to

-# enable parsing support.

-

-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO

-

-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.

-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public

-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.

-

-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO

-

-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter

-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)

-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the

-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or

-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the

-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.

-

-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES

-

-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC

-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first

-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default

-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.

-

-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO

-

-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of

-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a

-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to

-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using

-# the \nosubgrouping command.

-

-SUBGROUPING            = YES

-

-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum

-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So

-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct

-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,

-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically

-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound

-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.

-

-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO

-

-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to

-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.

-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.

-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is

-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause

-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time

-# causing a significant performance penality.

-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the

-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on

-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the

-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:

-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,

-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols

-

-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Build related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in

-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.

-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless

-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES

-

-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)

-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.

-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES

-

-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local

-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in

-# the interface are included in the documentation.

-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO

-

-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be

-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called

-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base

-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default

-# anonymous namespace are hidden.

-

-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all

-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.

-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the

-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.

-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all

-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.

-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various

-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all

-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.

-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the

-# documentation.

-

-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any

-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.

-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the

-# function's detailed documentation block.

-

-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO

-

-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation

-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set

-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.

-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.

-

-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO

-

-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate

-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also

-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ

-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows

-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.

-

-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen

-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the

-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.

-

-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen

-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation

-# of that file.

-

-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES

-

-# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen

-# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation

-# rather than with sharp brackets.

-

-FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO

-

-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]

-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.

-

-INLINE_INFO            = YES

-

-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen

-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members

-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES

-

-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the

-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically

-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO

-

-# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.

-

-SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO

-

-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the

-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)

-# the group names will appear in their defined order.

-

-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be

-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to

-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,

-# not including the namespace part.

-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.

-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the

-# alphabetical list.

-

-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or

-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or

-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or

-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or

-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting

-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES

-

-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional

-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.

-

-ENABLED_SECTIONS       =

-

-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines

-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in

-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified

-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.

-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the

-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer

-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.

-

-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30

-

-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated

-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the

-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.

-

-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES

-

-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories

-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy

-# in the documentation. The default is NO.

-

-SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.

-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the

-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_FILES             = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the

-# Namespaces page.

-# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index

-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES

-

-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that

-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from

-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via

-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of

-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file

-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output

-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.

-

-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =

-

-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by

-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files

-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents

-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a

-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name

-# of the layout file.

-

-LAYOUT_FILE            =

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated

-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-QUIET                  = YES

-

-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are

-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank

-# NO is used.

-

-WARNINGS               = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings

-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will

-# automatically be disabled.

-

-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for

-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some

-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that

-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.

-

-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES

-

-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for

-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters

-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about

-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of

-# documentation.

-

-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES

-

-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that

-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text

-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the

-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain

-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could

-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)

-

-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"

-

-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning

-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written

-# to stderr.

-

-WARN_LOGFILE           =

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the input files

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain

-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or

-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories

-# with spaces.

-

-INPUT                  = ./

-

-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files

-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is

-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built

-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for

-# the list of possible encodings.

-

-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the

-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left

-# blank the following patterns are tested:

-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx

-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90

-

-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \

-                         *.c \

-                         *.txt

-

-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories

-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.

-# If left blank NO is used.

-

-RECURSIVE              = YES

-

-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should

-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a

-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.

-

-EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ TempLogHostApp/

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or

-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded

-# from the input.

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the

-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude

-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched

-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories

-# for example use the pattern */test/*

-

-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = 

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names

-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the

-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the

-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,

-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \

-                         INCLUDE_FROM_*

-

-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or

-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see

-# the \include command).

-

-EXAMPLE_PATH           =

-

-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the

-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left

-# blank all files are included.

-

-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *

-

-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be

-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude

-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.

-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO

-

-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or

-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see

-# the \image command).

-

-IMAGE_PATH             =

-

-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should

-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program

-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>

-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an

-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes

-# to standard output.

-# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be

-# ignored.

-

-INPUT_FILTER           =

-

-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern

-# basis.

-# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the

-# filter if there is a match.

-# The filters are a list of the form:

-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further

-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER

-# is applied to all files.

-

-FILTER_PATTERNS        =

-

-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using

-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source

-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).

-

-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to source browsing

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will

-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.

-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also

-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.

-

-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO

-

-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body

-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.

-

-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO

-

-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct

-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code

-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.

-

-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES

-

-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES

-# then for each documented function all documented

-# functions referencing it will be listed.

-

-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES

-# then for each documented function all documented entities

-# called/used by that function will be listed.

-

-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)

-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from

-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will

-# link to the source code.

-# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.

-

-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO

-

-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code

-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen

-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source

-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You

-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.

-

-USE_HTAGS              = NO

-

-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen

-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for

-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.

-

-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index

-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project

-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.

-

-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES

-

-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then

-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns

-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])

-

-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5

-

-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all

-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.

-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that

-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.

-

-IGNORE_PREFIX          =

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the HTML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will

-# generate HTML output.

-

-GENERATE_HTML          = YES

-

-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be

-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.

-

-HTML_OUTPUT            = html

-

-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for

-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank

-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.

-

-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html

-

-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a

-# standard header.

-

-HTML_HEADER            =

-

-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a

-# standard footer.

-

-HTML_FOOTER            =

-

-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading

-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to

-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen

-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy

-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own

-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!

-

-HTML_STYLESHEET        =

-

-# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML

-# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting

-# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.

-

-HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO

-

-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,

-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to

-# NO a bullet list will be used.

-

-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES

-

-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML

-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the

-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports

-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).

-

-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files

-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3

-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).

-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the

-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that

-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in

-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find

-# it at startup.

-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.

-

-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the

-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple

-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)

-# can be grouped.

-

-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that

-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a

-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen

-# will append .docset to the name.

-

-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files

-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the

-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)

-# of the generated HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You

-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be

-# written to the html output directory.

-

-CHM_FILE               =

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can

-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of

-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run

-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.

-

-HHC_LOCATION           =

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag

-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that

-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).

-

-GENERATE_CHI           = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING

-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file

-# content.

-

-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag

-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a

-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.

-

-BINARY_TOC             = NO

-

-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members

-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.

-

-TOC_EXPAND             = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER

-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for

-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated

-# HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_QHP           = NO

-

-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.

-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.

-

-QCH_FILE               =

-

-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see

-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace

-

-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see

-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders

-

-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc

-

-# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to add.

-# For more information please see

-# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters

-

-QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =

-

-# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the custom filter to add.For more information please see

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.

-

-QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =

-

-# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this project's

-# filter section matches.

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.

-

-QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can

-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.

-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated

-# .qhp file.

-

-QHG_LOCATION           =

-

-# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files

-#  will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help

-#  plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents

-# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML

-# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of

-# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as

-# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.

-

-GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO

-

-# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin

-# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have

-# this name.

-

-ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at

-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and

-# the value YES disables it.

-

-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO

-

-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])

-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.

-

-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1

-

-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index

-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.

-# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated

-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that

-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports

-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).

-# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.

-

-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES

-

-# By enabling USE_INLINE_TREES, doxygen will generate the Groups, Directories,

-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list.

-

-USE_INLINE_TREES       = NO

-

-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be

-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree

-# is shown.

-

-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250

-

-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included

-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that

-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need

-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory

-# to force them to be regenerated.

-

-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10

-

-# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript

-# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should

-# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine

-# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.

-

-SEARCHENGINE           = NO

-

-# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index

-# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows full text search. The disadvances is that it is more difficult to setup

-# and does not have live searching capabilities.

-

-SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will

-# generate Latex output.

-

-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO

-

-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be

-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.

-

-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex

-

-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be

-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.

-# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for

-# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the

-# Makefile that is written to the output directory.

-

-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex

-

-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to

-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the

-# default command name.

-

-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex

-

-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact

-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO

-

-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used

-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and

-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.

-

-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide

-

-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX

-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.

-

-EXTRA_PACKAGES         =

-

-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for

-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until

-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a

-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!

-

-LATEX_HEADER           =

-

-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated

-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.

-

-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES

-

-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of

-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a

-# higher quality PDF documentation.

-

-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES

-

-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.

-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep

-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.

-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.

-

-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO

-

-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not

-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)

-# in the output.

-

-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO

-

-# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as SOURCE_BROWSER.

-

-LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the RTF output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output

-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with

-# other RTF readers or editors.

-

-GENERATE_RTF           = NO

-

-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be

-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.

-

-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf

-

-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact

-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_RTF            = NO

-

-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated

-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other

-# programs which support those fields.

-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.

-

-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO

-

-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's

-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide

-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.

-

-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =

-

-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.

-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.

-

-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the man page output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will

-# generate man pages

-

-GENERATE_MAN           = NO

-

-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be

-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.

-

-MAN_OUTPUT             = man

-

-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to

-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)

-

-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3

-

-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,

-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity

-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files

-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command

-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.

-

-MAN_LINKS              = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the XML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will

-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of

-# the code including all documentation.

-

-GENERATE_XML           = NO

-

-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be

-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.

-

-XML_OUTPUT             = xml

-

-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_SCHEMA             =

-

-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_DTD                =

-

-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will

-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting

-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that

-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.

-

-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will

-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file

-# that captures the structure of the code including all

-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental

-# and incomplete at the moment.

-

-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the Perl module output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will

-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of

-# the code including all documentation. Note that this

-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the

-# moment.

-

-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate

-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able

-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.

-

-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be

-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.

-# This is useful

-# if you want to understand what is going on.

-# On the other hand, if this

-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller

-# and Perl will parse it just the same.

-

-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES

-

-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file

-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.

-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same

-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.

-

-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will

-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include

-# files.

-

-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro

-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional

-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled

-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.

-

-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES

-

-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES

-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the

-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.

-

-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES

-

-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files

-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.

-

-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES

-

-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that

-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by

-# the preprocessor.

-

-INCLUDE_PATH           =

-

-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard

-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the

-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will

-# be used.

-

-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =

-

-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that

-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of

-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name

-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are

-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being

-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator

-# instead of the = operator.

-

-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then

-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.

-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.

-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.

-

-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG

-

-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then

-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone

-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such

-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse

-# the parser if not removed.

-

-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to external references

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.

-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation

-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without

-# this location is as follows:

-#

-# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...

-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:

-#

-# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...

-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or

-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool

-# does not have to be run to correct the links.

-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name

-# (where the name does NOT include the path)

-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen

-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.

-

-TAGFILES               =

-

-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create

-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.

-

-GENERATE_TAGFILE       =

-

-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed

-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes

-# will be listed.

-

-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO

-

-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed

-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will

-# be listed.

-

-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES

-

-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script

-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').

-

-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the dot tool

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will

-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base

-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that

-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a

-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more

-# powerful graphs.

-

-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO

-

-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc

-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see

-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the

-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where

-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the

-# default search path.

-

-MSCGEN_PATH            =

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide

-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented

-# or is not a class.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES

-

-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is

-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization

-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section

-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)

-

-HAVE_DOT               = NO

-

-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output

-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This

-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need

-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name

-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,

-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the

-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory

-# containing the font.

-

-DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans

-

-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.

-# The default size is 10pt.

-

-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10

-

-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the

-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a

-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot

-# can find it using this tag.

-

-DOT_FONTPATH           =

-

-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and

-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the

-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.

-

-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO

-

-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and

-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and

-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.

-

-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO

-

-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen

-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies

-

-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO

-

-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and

-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling

-# Language.

-

-UML_LOOK               = NO

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the

-# relations between templates and their instances.

-

-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT

-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented

-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with

-# other documented files.

-

-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and

-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each

-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or

-# indirectly include this file.

-

-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO

-

-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then

-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs

-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.

-

-CALL_GRAPH             = NO

-

-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then

-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller

-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.

-

-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO

-

-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen

-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.

-

-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO

-

-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES

-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories

-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include

-# relations between the files in the directories.

-

-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO

-

-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images

-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif

-# If left blank png will be used.

-

-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png

-

-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be

-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.

-

-DOT_PATH               =

-

-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that

-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the

-# \dotfile command).

-

-DOTFILE_DIRS           =

-

-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of

-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph

-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is

-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the

-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note

-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.

-

-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15

-

-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the

-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable

-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes

-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this

-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large

-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.

-

-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2

-

-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent

-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not

-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,

-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of

-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).

-

-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES

-

-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output

-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This

-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)

-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.

-

-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will

-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and

-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.

-

-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES

-

-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will

-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate

-# the various graphs.

-

-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

+# Doxyfile 1.6.2
+
+# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
+# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project
+#
+# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored
+# The format is:
+#       TAG = value [value, ...]
+# For lists items can also be appended using:
+#       TAG += value [value, ...]
+# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
+# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
+# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
+# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
+# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
+
+DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8
+
+# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded
+# by quotes) that should identify the project.
+
+PROJECT_NAME           = "Temperature Datalogger Project"
+
+# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
+# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
+# if some version control system is used.
+
+PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0
+
+# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
+# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
+# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
+
+OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/
+
+# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
+# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
+# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
+# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
+# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
+# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
+
+CREATE_SUBDIRS         = NO
+
+# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
+# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
+# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
+# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
+# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
+# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
+# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
+# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
+# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak,
+# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
+
+OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English
+
+# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
+# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
+# Set to NO to disable this.
+
+BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES
+
+# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
+# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
+# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
+# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
+
+REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES
+
+# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
+# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
+# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
+# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
+# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
+# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
+# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
+# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
+# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
+
+ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \
+                         "The $name widget" \
+                         "The $name file" \
+                         is \
+                         provides \
+                         specifies \
+                         contains \
+                         represents \
+                         a \
+                         an \
+                         the
+
+# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
+# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
+# description.
+
+ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
+# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
+# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
+# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
+
+INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
+# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
+# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
+
+FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES
+
+# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
+# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
+# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
+# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
+# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
+# path to strip.
+
+STRIP_FROM_PATH        =
+
+# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
+# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
+# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
+# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
+# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
+# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
+
+STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    =
+
+# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
+# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems
+# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
+
+SHORT_NAMES            = YES
+
+# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
+# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
+# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
+
+JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO
+
+# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
+# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
+# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
+# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
+# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
+
+QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO
+
+# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
+# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
+# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
+# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
+# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
+
+MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
+
+# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
+# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
+# re-implements.
+
+INHERIT_DOCS           = YES
+
+# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
+# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
+# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
+
+SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO
+
+# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
+# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
+
+TAB_SIZE               = 4
+
+# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
+# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
+# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
+# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
+# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
+# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
+
+ALIASES                =
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
+# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
+# of all members will be omitted, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
+# scopes will look different, etc.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
+# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
+# Fortran.
+
+OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO
+
+# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
+# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
+# VHDL.
+
+OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO
+
+# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it parses.
+# With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
+# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this tag.
+# The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language is one of
+# the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, C#, C, C++, D, PHP,
+# Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make doxygen treat
+# .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C (default is Fortran),
+# use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
+
+EXTENSION_MAPPING      =
+
+# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
+# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
+# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
+# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
+# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration
+# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
+
+BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO
+
+# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
+# enable parsing support.
+
+CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO
+
+# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
+# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
+# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
+
+SIP_SUPPORT            = NO
+
+# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
+# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
+# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the
+# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
+# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
+# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
+
+IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES
+
+# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
+# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
+# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
+# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
+
+DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO
+
+# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
+# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
+# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
+# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
+# the \nosubgrouping command.
+
+SUBGROUPING            = YES
+
+# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
+# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
+# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
+# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
+# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
+# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
+# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
+
+TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO
+
+# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
+# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
+# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
+# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
+# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
+# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
+# causing a significant performance penality.
+# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
+# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
+# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the
+# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
+# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
+# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols
+
+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Build related configuration options
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
+# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
+# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
+# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
+
+EXTRACT_ALL            = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
+# will be included in the documentation.
+
+EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES
+
+# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
+# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES
+
+# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
+# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
+# the interface are included in the documentation.
+# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
+
+EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO
+
+# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
+# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
+# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
+# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
+# anonymous namespace are hidden.
+
+EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
+# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
+# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
+# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
+# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
+# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
+# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
+# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
+# documentation.
+
+HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
+# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
+# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
+# function's detailed documentation block.
+
+HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO
+
+# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
+# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
+# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
+# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
+
+INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO
+
+# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
+# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
+# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
+# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
+# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
+
+CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
+# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
+# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
+
+HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
+# of that file.
+
+SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES
+
+# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
+# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
+# rather than with sharp brackets.
+
+FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES   = NO
+
+# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
+# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
+
+INLINE_INFO            = YES
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
+# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
+# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES
+
+# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
+# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
+# declaration order.
+
+SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO
+
+# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default) the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS. This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
+
+SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
+
+# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
+# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
+# the group names will appear in their defined order.
+
+SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO
+
+# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
+# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
+# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
+# not including the namespace part.
+# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
+# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
+# alphabetical list.
+
+SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
+# commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO
+
+# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
+# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
+# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
+
+GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
+
+# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
+# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
+
+ENABLED_SECTIONS       =
+
+# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
+# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in
+# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
+# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
+# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the
+# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
+# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
+
+MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30
+
+# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
+# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
+# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
+
+SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES
+
+# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
+# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
+# in the documentation. The default is NO.
+
+SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
+# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
+# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_FILES             = YES
+
+# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
+# Namespaces page.
+# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
+# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
+
+SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES
+
+# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
+# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
+# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
+# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
+# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
+# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
+# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
+
+FILE_VERSION_FILTER    =
+
+# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by
+# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files
+# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents
+# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a
+# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name
+# of the layout file.
+
+LAYOUT_FILE            =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
+# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+QUIET                  = YES
+
+# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
+# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
+# NO is used.
+
+WARNINGS               = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
+# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
+# automatically be disabled.
+
+WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES
+
+# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
+# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
+# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
+# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
+
+WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES
+
+# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for
+# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
+# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
+# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
+# documentation.
+
+WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES
+
+# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
+# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
+# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
+# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
+# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
+# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
+
+WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"
+
+# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
+# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
+# to stderr.
+
+WARN_LOGFILE           =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the input files
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
+# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
+# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
+# with spaces.
+
+INPUT                  = ./
+
+# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
+# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
+# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
+# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
+# the list of possible encodings.
+
+INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank the following patterns are tested:
+# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx
+# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90
+
+FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \
+                         *.c \
+                         *.txt
+
+# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
+# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
+# If left blank NO is used.
+
+RECURSIVE              = YES
+
+# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should
+# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
+# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
+
+EXCLUDE                = Documentation/ TempLogHostApp/
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or
+# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded
+# from the input.
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO
+
+# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
+# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
+# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
+# for example use the pattern */test/*
+
+EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = 
+
+# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
+# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
+# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
+# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
+# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
+
+EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __* \
+                         INCLUDE_FROM_*
+
+# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
+# the \include command).
+
+EXAMPLE_PATH           =
+
+# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
+# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
+# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
+# blank all files are included.
+
+EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *
+
+# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
+# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
+# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
+# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
+
+EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO
+
+# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
+# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
+# the \image command).
+
+IMAGE_PATH             =
+
+# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
+# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
+# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
+# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
+# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
+# to standard output.
+# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
+# ignored.
+
+INPUT_FILTER           =
+
+# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
+# basis.
+# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
+# filter if there is a match.
+# The filters are a list of the form:
+# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
+# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER
+# is applied to all files.
+
+FILTER_PATTERNS        =
+
+# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
+# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
+# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
+
+FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to source browsing
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
+# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
+# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
+# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
+
+SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO
+
+# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
+# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
+
+INLINE_SOURCES         = NO
+
+# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
+# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
+# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
+
+STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES
+
+# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented
+# functions referencing it will be listed.
+
+REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
+# then for each documented function all documented entities
+# called/used by that function will be listed.
+
+REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO
+
+# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
+# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
+# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
+# link to the source code.
+# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
+
+REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
+
+# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
+# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
+# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
+# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
+# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
+
+USE_HTAGS              = NO
+
+# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
+# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
+# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
+
+VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
+# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
+# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
+
+ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES
+
+# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
+# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
+# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
+
+COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5
+
+# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
+# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
+# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
+# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
+
+IGNORE_PREFIX          =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the HTML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate HTML output.
+
+GENERATE_HTML          = YES
+
+# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
+
+HTML_OUTPUT            = html
+
+# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
+# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
+# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
+
+HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html
+
+# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header.
+
+HTML_HEADER            =
+
+# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
+# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard footer.
+
+HTML_FOOTER            =
+
+# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
+# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
+# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
+# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
+# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
+# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
+
+HTML_STYLESHEET        =
+
+# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
+# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
+# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
+
+HTML_TIMESTAMP         = NO
+
+# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
+# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
+# NO a bullet list will be used.
+
+HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES
+
+# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
+# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
+# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
+# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
+# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
+
+HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
+# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
+# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
+# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
+# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
+# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
+# it at startup.
+# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.
+
+GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
+# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
+# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
+# can be grouped.
+
+DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"
+
+# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
+# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
+# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
+# will append .docset to the name.
+
+DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
+# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
+# of the generated HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
+# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
+# written to the html output directory.
+
+CHM_FILE               =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
+# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
+# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
+
+HHC_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
+# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
+# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
+
+GENERATE_CHI           = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
+# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
+# content.
+
+CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     =
+
+# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
+# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
+# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
+
+BINARY_TOC             = NO
+
+# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
+# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
+
+TOC_EXPAND             = YES
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
+# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for
+# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated
+# HTML documentation.
+
+GENERATE_QHP           = NO
+
+# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
+# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
+# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
+
+QCH_FILE               =
+
+# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
+
+QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
+# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
+
+QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc
+
+# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to add.
+# For more information please see
+# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME   =
+
+# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the custom filter to add.For more information please see
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
+
+QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this project's
+# filter section matches.
+# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
+
+QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS  =
+
+# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
+# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
+# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
+# .qhp file.
+
+QHG_LOCATION           =
+
+# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
+#  will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
+#  plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
+# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
+# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
+# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
+# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears.
+
+GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP   = NO
+
+# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
+# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
+# this name.
+
+ECLIPSE_DOC_ID         = org.doxygen.Project
+
+# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at
+# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
+# the value YES disables it.
+
+DISABLE_INDEX          = NO
+
+# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20])
+# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.
+
+ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1
+
+# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
+# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
+# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
+# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
+# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
+# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
+# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
+
+GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES
+
+# By enabling USE_INLINE_TREES, doxygen will generate the Groups, Directories,
+# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list.
+
+USE_INLINE_TREES       = NO
+
+# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
+# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
+# is shown.
+
+TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250
+
+# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
+# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
+# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
+# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
+# to force them to be regenerated.
+
+FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10
+
+# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
+# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
+# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
+# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
+
+SEARCHENGINE           = NO
+
+# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
+# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows full text search. The disadvances is that it is more difficult to setup
+# and does not have live searching capabilities.
+
+SERVER_BASED_SEARCH    = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate Latex output.
+
+GENERATE_LATEX         = NO
+
+# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
+
+LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex
+
+# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
+# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
+# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
+# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
+# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
+
+LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex
+
+# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
+# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
+# default command name.
+
+MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex
+
+# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_LATEX          = NO
+
+# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
+# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and
+# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
+
+PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide
+
+# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
+# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
+
+EXTRA_PACKAGES         =
+
+# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
+# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
+# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
+# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
+
+LATEX_HEADER           =
+
+# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
+# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
+
+PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES
+
+# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
+# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
+# higher quality PDF documentation.
+
+USE_PDFLATEX           = YES
+
+# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
+# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
+# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
+# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
+
+LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO
+
+# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
+# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
+# in the output.
+
+LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO
+
+# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output. Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
+
+LATEX_SOURCE_CODE      = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the RTF output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
+# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
+# other RTF readers or editors.
+
+GENERATE_RTF           = NO
+
+# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
+
+RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf
+
+# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
+# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
+# save some trees in general.
+
+COMPACT_RTF            = NO
+
+# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
+# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
+# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
+# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
+# programs which support those fields.
+# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
+
+RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO
+
+# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
+# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
+# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
+
+RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    =
+
+# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
+# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
+
+RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the man page output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate man pages
+
+GENERATE_MAN           = NO
+
+# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
+
+MAN_OUTPUT             = man
+
+# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
+# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
+
+MAN_EXTENSION          = .3
+
+# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
+# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
+# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
+# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
+# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
+
+MAN_LINKS              = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the XML output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation.
+
+GENERATE_XML           = NO
+
+# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
+# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
+# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
+
+XML_OUTPUT             = xml
+
+# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_SCHEMA             =
+
+# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
+# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
+# syntax of the XML files.
+
+XML_DTD                =
+
+# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
+# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
+# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
+
+XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
+# that captures the structure of the code including all
+# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
+# and incomplete at the moment.
+
+GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# configuration options related to the Perl module output
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
+# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
+# the code including all documentation. Note that this
+# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
+# moment.
+
+GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
+# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
+# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
+
+PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO
+
+# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
+# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
+# This is useful
+# if you want to understand what is going on.
+# On the other hand, if this
+# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
+# and Perl will parse it just the same.
+
+PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES
+
+# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
+# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
+# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
+# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
+
+PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
+# files.
+
+ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
+# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
+# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
+# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
+
+MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES
+
+# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
+# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
+# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
+
+EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES
+
+# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
+# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.
+
+SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES
+
+# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
+# the preprocessor.
+
+INCLUDE_PATH           =
+
+# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
+# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
+# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
+# be used.
+
+INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  =
+
+# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
+# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
+# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
+# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
+# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
+# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
+# instead of the = operator.
+
+PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__
+
+# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
+# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
+# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
+# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.
+
+EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG
+
+# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
+# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone
+# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such
+# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse
+# the parser if not removed.
+
+SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration::additions related to external references
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles.
+# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation
+# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without
+# this location is as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
+# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
+#
+# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
+# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or
+# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool
+# does not have to be run to correct the links.
+# Note that each tag file must have a unique name
+# (where the name does NOT include the path)
+# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen
+# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
+
+TAGFILES               =
+
+# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
+# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
+
+GENERATE_TAGFILE       =
+
+# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
+# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
+# will be listed.
+
+ALLEXTERNALS           = NO
+
+# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
+# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
+# be listed.
+
+EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES
+
+# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
+# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
+
+PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Configuration options related to the dot tool
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
+# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
+# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a
+# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more
+# powerful graphs.
+
+CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO
+
+# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
+# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
+# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
+# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
+# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
+# default search path.
+
+MSCGEN_PATH            =
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
+# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
+# or is not a class.
+
+HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES
+
+# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
+# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
+# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
+# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
+
+HAVE_DOT               = NO
+
+# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output
+# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This
+# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need
+# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name
+# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font,
+# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the
+# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory
+# containing the font.
+
+DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans
+
+# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
+# The default size is 10pt.
+
+DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10
+
+# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the
+# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a
+# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot
+# can find it using this tag.
+
+DOT_FONTPATH           =
+
+# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
+# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
+
+CLASS_GRAPH            = NO
+
+# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
+# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
+# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
+
+COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO
+
+# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
+
+GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO
+
+# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
+# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
+# Language.
+
+UML_LOOK               = NO
+
+# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
+# relations between templates and their instances.
+
+TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
+# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
+# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
+# other documented files.
+
+INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO
+
+# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
+# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
+# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
+# indirectly include this file.
+
+INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO
+
+# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
+# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
+
+CALL_GRAPH             = NO
+
+# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
+# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
+# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
+# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
+# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
+
+CALLER_GRAPH           = NO
+
+# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
+# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
+
+GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO
+
+# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
+# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
+# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
+# relations between the files in the directories.
+
+DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO
+
+# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
+# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif
+# If left blank png will be used.
+
+DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png
+
+# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
+# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
+
+DOT_PATH               =
+
+# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
+# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
+# \dotfile command).
+
+DOTFILE_DIRS           =
+
+# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
+# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
+# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
+# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
+# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
+# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
+
+DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15
+
+# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
+# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
+# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
+# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
+# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
+# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
+# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
+
+MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2
+
+# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
+# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
+# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
+# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
+# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
+
+DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES
+
+# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
+# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
+# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
+# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
+
+DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO
+
+# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
+# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
+
+GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES
+
+# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
+# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
+# the various graphs.
+
+DOT_CLEANUP            = YES
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DS1307.c b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DS1307.c
index 0c1d98f00..8aa6ad0ef 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DS1307.c
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DS1307.c
@@ -1,124 +1,124 @@
-/*

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-#include "DS1307.h"

-

-void DS1307_SetDate(uint8_t Day, uint8_t Month, uint8_t Year)

-{

-#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)

-	return;

-#endif

-

-	DS1307_DateRegs_t CurrentRTCDate;		

-	CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.TenDay   = (Day / 10);

-	CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.Day      = (Day % 10);

-	CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.TenMonth = (Month / 10);

-	CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.Month    = (Month % 10);

-	CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.TenYear  = (Year / 10);

-	CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.Year     = (Year % 10);

-

-	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10))

-	{

-		TWI_SendByte(DS1307_DATEREG_START);

-		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.IntVal);

-		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.IntVal);

-		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.IntVal);

-		

-		TWI_StopTransmission();

-	}

-}

-

-void DS1307_SetTime(uint8_t Hour, uint8_t Minute, uint8_t Second)

-{

-#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)

-	return;

-#endif

-

-	DS1307_TimeRegs_t CurrentRTCTime;

-	CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.TenSec  = (Second / 10);

-	CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.Sec     = (Second % 10);

-	CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.CH      = false;

-	CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.TenMin  = (Minute / 10);

-	CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.Min     = (Minute % 10);

-	CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.TenHour = (Hour / 10);

-	CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.Hour    = (Hour % 10);

-	CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.TwelveHourMode = false;

-	

-	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10))

-	{

-		TWI_SendByte(DS1307_TIMEREG_START);

-		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.IntVal);

-		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.IntVal);

-		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.IntVal);

-		

-		TWI_StopTransmission();

-	}

-}

-		

-void DS1307_GetDate(uint8_t* Day, uint8_t* Month, uint8_t* Year)

-{

-#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)

-	*Day   = 1;

-	*Month = 1;

-	*Year  = 1;

-	return;

-#endif

-

-	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10))

-	{

-		TWI_SendByte(DS1307_DATEREG_START);

-		

-		TWI_StopTransmission();

-	}

-

-	DS1307_DateRegs_t CurrentRTCDate;

-

-	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_READ, 10))

-	{

-		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.IntVal, false);

-		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.IntVal, false);

-		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.IntVal, true);

-		

-		TWI_StopTransmission();

-	}

-

-	*Day    = (CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.TenDay   * 10) + CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.Day;

-	*Month  = (CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.TenMonth * 10) + CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.Month;

-	*Year   = (CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.TenYear  * 10) + CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.Year;

-}

-

-void DS1307_GetTime(uint8_t* Hour, uint8_t* Minute, uint8_t* Second)

-{

-#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)

-	*Hour   = 1;

-	*Minute = 1;

-	*Second = 1;

-	return;

-#endif

-

-	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10))

-	{

-		TWI_SendByte(DS1307_TIMEREG_START);

-		

-		TWI_StopTransmission();

-	}

-	

-	DS1307_TimeRegs_t CurrentRTCTime;

-

-	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_READ, 10))

-	{

-		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.IntVal, false);

-		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.IntVal, false);

-		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.IntVal, true);

-		

-		TWI_StopTransmission();

-	}

-

-	*Second  = (CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.TenSec  * 10) + CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.Sec;

-	*Minute  = (CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.TenMin  * 10) + CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.Min;

-	*Hour    = (CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.TenHour * 10) + CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.Hour;

-}

+/*
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
+              
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+*/
+
+#include "DS1307.h"
+
+void DS1307_SetDate(uint8_t Day, uint8_t Month, uint8_t Year)
+{
+#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)
+	return;
+#endif
+
+	DS1307_DateRegs_t CurrentRTCDate;		
+	CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.TenDay   = (Day / 10);
+	CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.Day      = (Day % 10);
+	CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.TenMonth = (Month / 10);
+	CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.Month    = (Month % 10);
+	CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.TenYear  = (Year / 10);
+	CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.Year     = (Year % 10);
+
+	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10))
+	{
+		TWI_SendByte(DS1307_DATEREG_START);
+		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.IntVal);
+		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.IntVal);
+		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.IntVal);
+		
+		TWI_StopTransmission();
+	}
+}
+
+void DS1307_SetTime(uint8_t Hour, uint8_t Minute, uint8_t Second)
+{
+#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)
+	return;
+#endif
+
+	DS1307_TimeRegs_t CurrentRTCTime;
+	CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.TenSec  = (Second / 10);
+	CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.Sec     = (Second % 10);
+	CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.CH      = false;
+	CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.TenMin  = (Minute / 10);
+	CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.Min     = (Minute % 10);
+	CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.TenHour = (Hour / 10);
+	CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.Hour    = (Hour % 10);
+	CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.TwelveHourMode = false;
+	
+	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10))
+	{
+		TWI_SendByte(DS1307_TIMEREG_START);
+		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.IntVal);
+		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.IntVal);
+		TWI_SendByte(CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.IntVal);
+		
+		TWI_StopTransmission();
+	}
+}
+		
+void DS1307_GetDate(uint8_t* Day, uint8_t* Month, uint8_t* Year)
+{
+#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)
+	*Day   = 1;
+	*Month = 1;
+	*Year  = 1;
+	return;
+#endif
+
+	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10))
+	{
+		TWI_SendByte(DS1307_DATEREG_START);
+		
+		TWI_StopTransmission();
+	}
+
+	DS1307_DateRegs_t CurrentRTCDate;
+
+	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_READ, 10))
+	{
+		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.IntVal, false);
+		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.IntVal, false);
+		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.IntVal, true);
+		
+		TWI_StopTransmission();
+	}
+
+	*Day    = (CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.TenDay   * 10) + CurrentRTCDate.Byte1.Day;
+	*Month  = (CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.TenMonth * 10) + CurrentRTCDate.Byte2.Month;
+	*Year   = (CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.TenYear  * 10) + CurrentRTCDate.Byte3.Year;
+}
+
+void DS1307_GetTime(uint8_t* Hour, uint8_t* Minute, uint8_t* Second)
+{
+#if defined(DUMMY_RTC)
+	*Hour   = 1;
+	*Minute = 1;
+	*Second = 1;
+	return;
+#endif
+
+	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_WRITE, 10))
+	{
+		TWI_SendByte(DS1307_TIMEREG_START);
+		
+		TWI_StopTransmission();
+	}
+	
+	DS1307_TimeRegs_t CurrentRTCTime;
+
+	if (TWI_StartTransmission(DS1307_ADDRESS_READ, 10))
+	{
+		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.IntVal, false);
+		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.IntVal, false);
+		TWI_ReceiveByte(&CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.IntVal, true);
+		
+		TWI_StopTransmission();
+	}
+
+	*Second  = (CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.TenSec  * 10) + CurrentRTCTime.Byte1.Sec;
+	*Minute  = (CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.TenMin  * 10) + CurrentRTCTime.Byte2.Min;
+	*Hour    = (CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.TenHour * 10) + CurrentRTCTime.Byte3.Hour;
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DS1307.h b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DS1307.h
index 90b91e3e8..9b14ee467 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DS1307.h
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DS1307.h
@@ -1,109 +1,109 @@
-/*

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-#ifndef _DS1307_H_

-#define _DS1307_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>

-

-	/* Type Defines: */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			union

-			{

-				struct

-				{

-					unsigned int Sec            : 4;

-					unsigned int TenSec         : 3;

-					unsigned int CH             : 1;

-				};

-				

-				uint8_t IntVal;

-			} Byte1;

-			

-			union

-			{

-				struct

-				{

-					unsigned int Min            : 4;

-					unsigned int TenMin         : 3;

-					unsigned int _RESERVED      : 1;

-				};

-				

-				uint8_t IntVal;

-			} Byte2;

-			

-			union

-			{

-				struct

-				{

-					unsigned int Hour            : 4;

-					unsigned int TenHour         : 2;

-					unsigned int TwelveHourMode  : 1;

-					unsigned int _RESERVED       : 1;

-				};

-				

-				uint8_t IntVal;

-			} Byte3;

-		} DS1307_TimeRegs_t;

-

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			union

-			{

-				struct

-				{

-					unsigned int Day             : 4;

-					unsigned int TenDay          : 2;

-					unsigned int _RESERVED       : 2;

-				};

-			

-				uint8_t IntVal;

-			} Byte1;

-

-			union

-			{

-				struct

-				{

-					unsigned int Month           : 4;

-					unsigned int TenMonth        : 1;

-					unsigned int _RESERVED       : 3;

-				};

-				

-				uint8_t IntVal;

-			} Byte2;

-			

-			union

-			{

-				struct

-				{

-					unsigned int Year            : 4;

-					unsigned int TenYear         : 4;

-				};

-				

-				uint8_t IntVal;

-			} Byte3;

-		} DS1307_DateRegs_t;

-

-	/* Macros: */

-		#define DS1307_TIMEREG_START  0x00

-		#define DS1307_DATEREG_START  0x04

-	

-		#define DS1307_ADDRESS_READ   0b11010001

-		#define DS1307_ADDRESS_WRITE  0b11010000

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void DS1307_SetDate(uint8_t Day, uint8_t Month, uint8_t Year);

-		void DS1307_SetTime(uint8_t Hour, uint8_t Minute, uint8_t Second);

-		

-		void DS1307_GetDate(uint8_t* Day, uint8_t* Month, uint8_t* Year);

-		void DS1307_GetTime(uint8_t* Hour, uint8_t* Minute, uint8_t* Second);

-

-#endif

+/*
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
+              
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+*/
+
+#ifndef _DS1307_H_
+#define _DS1307_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.h>
+
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned int Sec            : 4;
+					unsigned int TenSec         : 3;
+					unsigned int CH             : 1;
+				};
+				
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte1;
+			
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned int Min            : 4;
+					unsigned int TenMin         : 3;
+					unsigned int _RESERVED      : 1;
+				};
+				
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte2;
+			
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned int Hour            : 4;
+					unsigned int TenHour         : 2;
+					unsigned int TwelveHourMode  : 1;
+					unsigned int _RESERVED       : 1;
+				};
+				
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte3;
+		} DS1307_TimeRegs_t;
+
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned int Day             : 4;
+					unsigned int TenDay          : 2;
+					unsigned int _RESERVED       : 2;
+				};
+			
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte1;
+
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned int Month           : 4;
+					unsigned int TenMonth        : 1;
+					unsigned int _RESERVED       : 3;
+				};
+				
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte2;
+			
+			union
+			{
+				struct
+				{
+					unsigned int Year            : 4;
+					unsigned int TenYear         : 4;
+				};
+				
+				uint8_t IntVal;
+			} Byte3;
+		} DS1307_DateRegs_t;
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		#define DS1307_TIMEREG_START  0x00
+		#define DS1307_DATEREG_START  0x04
+	
+		#define DS1307_ADDRESS_READ   0b11010001
+		#define DS1307_ADDRESS_WRITE  0b11010000
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DS1307_SetDate(uint8_t Day, uint8_t Month, uint8_t Year);
+		void DS1307_SetTime(uint8_t Hour, uint8_t Minute, uint8_t Second);
+		
+		void DS1307_GetDate(uint8_t* Day, uint8_t* Month, uint8_t* Year);
+		void DS1307_GetTime(uint8_t* Hour, uint8_t* Minute, uint8_t* Second);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
index da57e7f49..48c4fa7e6 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.c
@@ -1,525 +1,525 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 

-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted

-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 

-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Functions to manage the physical dataflash media, including reading and writing of

- *  blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored

- *  or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such

- *  as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.

- */

-

-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C

-#include "DataflashManager.h"

-

-/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from

- *  the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes

- *  them to the dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.

- *

- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state

- *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence

- *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write

- */

-void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks)

-{

-	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);

-	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);

-	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);

-	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;

-

-	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */

-	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);

-

-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)

-	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */

-	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);

-	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);

-	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-#endif

-

-	/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */

-	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);

-	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);

-

-	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */

-	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())

-	  return;

-

-	while (TotalBlocks)

-	{

-		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;

-		

-		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */

-		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))

-		{

-			/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */

-			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))

-			{

-				/* Clear the current endpoint bank */

-				Endpoint_ClearOUT();

-				

-				/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */

-				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())

-				  return;

-			}

-

-			/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */

-			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))

-			{

-				/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */

-				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);

-				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);

-

-				/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */

-				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;

-				CurrDFPage++;

-

-				/* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */

-				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))

-				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);

-

-				/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */

-				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);

-

-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)

-				/* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */

-				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))

-				{

-					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */

-					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);

-					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);

-					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-				}

-#endif

-

-				/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */

-				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);

-				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);				

-			}

-

-			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());

-			

-			/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */

-			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;

-

-			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */

-			BytesInBlockDiv16++;

-

-			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */

-			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)

-			  return;			

-		}

-			

-		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */

-		TotalBlocks--;

-	}

-

-	/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */

-	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);

-	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);

-	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-

-	/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */

-	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))

-	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();

-

-	/* Deselect all dataflash chips */

-	Dataflash_DeselectChip();

-}

-

-/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into

- *  the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash

- *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.

- *

- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state

- *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence

- *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read

- */

-void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks)

-{

-	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);

-	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);

-	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);

-

-	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */

-	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);

-

-	/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */

-	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);

-	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-	

-	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */

-	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())

-	  return;

-	

-	while (TotalBlocks)

-	{

-		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;

-		

-		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */

-		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))

-		{

-			/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */

-			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))

-			{

-				/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */

-				Endpoint_ClearIN();

-				

-				/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */

-				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())

-				  return;

-			}

-			

-			/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */

-			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))

-			{

-				/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */

-				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;

-				CurrDFPage++;

-

-				/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */

-				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);

-				

-				/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */

-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);

-				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);

-				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-			}	

-

-			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());

-			

-			/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */

-			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;

-			

-			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */

-			BytesInBlockDiv16++;

-

-			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */

-			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)

-			  return;

-		}

-		

-		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */

-		TotalBlocks--;

-	}

-	

-	/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */

-	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))

-	  Endpoint_ClearIN();

-

-	/* Deselect all dataflash chips */

-	Dataflash_DeselectChip();

-}

-

-/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from

- *  the a given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the

- *  dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the

- *  dataflash.

- *

- *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence

- *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write

- *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the data source RAM buffer

- */

-void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, const uint8_t* BufferPtr)

-{

-	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);

-	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);

-	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);

-	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;

-

-	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */

-	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);

-

-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)

-	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */

-	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);

-	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);

-	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-#endif

-

-	/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */

-	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);

-	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);

-	

-	while (TotalBlocks)

-	{

-		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;

-		

-		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */

-		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))

-		{

-			/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */

-			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))

-			{

-				/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */

-				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);

-				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);

-

-				/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */

-				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;

-				CurrDFPage++;

-

-				/* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */

-				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))

-				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);

-

-				/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */

-				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);

-

-#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)

-				/* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */

-				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))

-				{

-					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */

-					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);

-					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);

-					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-				}

-#endif

-

-				/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */

-				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();

-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);

-				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);

-			}

-			

-			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */

-			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)

-			  Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));

-			

-			/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */

-			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;

-

-			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */

-			BytesInBlockDiv16++;		

-		}

-			

-		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */

-		TotalBlocks--;

-	}

-

-	/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */

-	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);

-	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);

-	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();

-

-	/* Deselect all dataflash chips */

-	Dataflash_DeselectChip();

-}

-

-/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into

- *  the a preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash

- *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read

- *  the files stored on the dataflash.

- *

- *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence

- *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read

- *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer

- */

-void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, uint8_t* BufferPtr)

-{

-	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);

-	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);

-	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);

-

-	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */

-	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);

-

-	/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */

-	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);

-	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-

-	while (TotalBlocks)

-	{

-		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;

-		

-		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */

-		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))

-		{

-			/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */

-			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))

-			{

-				/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */

-				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;

-				CurrDFPage++;

-

-				/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */

-				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);

-				

-				/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */

-				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);

-				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);

-				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);

-			}	

-

-			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */

-			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)

-			  *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();

-			

-			/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */

-			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;

-			

-			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */

-			BytesInBlockDiv16++;

-		}

-		

-		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */

-		TotalBlocks--;

-	}

-

-	/* Deselect all dataflash chips */

-	Dataflash_DeselectChip();

-}

-

-/** Disables the dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */

-void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)

-{

-	/* Select first dataflash chip, send the read status register command */

-	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);

-	

-	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */

-	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)

-	{

-		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();

-

-		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */

-		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);

-		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);

-		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);

-		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);

-	}

-	

-	/* Select second dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */

-	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)

-	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);

-	

-	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */

-	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)

-	{

-		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();

-

-		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */

-		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);

-		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);

-		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);

-		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);

-	}

-	#endif

-	

-	/* Deselect current dataflash chip */

-	Dataflash_DeselectChip();

-}

-

-/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.

- *

- *  \return Boolean true if all media chips are working, false otherwise

- */

-bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)

-{

-	uint8_t ReturnByte;

-

-	/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */

-	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);

-	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();

-	Dataflash_DeselectChip();

-

-	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */

-	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)

-	  return false;

-

-	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)

-	/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */

-	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);

-	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);

-	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();

-	Dataflash_DeselectChip();

-

-	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */

-	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)

-	  return false;

-	#endif

-	

-	return true;

-}

+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
+              
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Functions to manage the physical dataflash media, including reading and writing of
+ *  blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
+ *  or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
+ *  as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
+ */
+
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
+#include "DataflashManager.h"
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
+ *  them to the dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+		
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the current endpoint bank */
+				Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+				
+				/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+
+			/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);				
+			}
+
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
+			
+			/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;			
+		}
+			
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearOUT();
+
+	/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	
+	/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
+	if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+	  return;
+	
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+		
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
+			if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+			{
+				/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
+				Endpoint_ClearIN();
+				
+				/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
+				if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
+				  return;
+			}
+			
+			/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+				
+				/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}	
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
+			
+			/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+			
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+
+			/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
+			if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
+			  return;
+		}
+		
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+	
+	/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
+	if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
+	  Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from
+ *  the a given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
+ *  dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
+ *  dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the write sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to write
+ *  \param[in] BufferPtr     Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, const uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+	bool     UsingSecondBuffer   = false;
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+	/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+#endif
+
+	/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
+	
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+		
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
+				Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+
+				/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
+				if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
+				  UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
+
+				/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+				/* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
+				if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+				{
+					/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+					Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
+					Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+					Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
+				Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
+			}
+			
+			/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
+			
+			/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;		
+		}
+			
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+	Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
+	Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
+
+	/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into
+ *  the a preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
+ *  and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
+ *  the files stored on the dataflash.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] BlockAddress  Data block starting address for the read sequence
+ *  \param[in] TotalBlocks   Number of blocks of data to read
+ *  \param[out] BufferPtr    Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
+ */
+void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, uint8_t* BufferPtr)
+{
+	uint16_t CurrDFPage          = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint16_t CurrDFPageByte      = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
+	uint8_t  CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
+
+	/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
+	Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+
+	/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+	Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+
+	while (TotalBlocks)
+	{
+		uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
+		
+		/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
+		while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
+		{
+			/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
+			if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
+			{
+				/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
+				CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
+				CurrDFPage++;
+
+				/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
+				Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
+				
+				/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
+				Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
+				Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+				Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
+			}	
+
+			/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */
+			for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
+			  *(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+			
+			/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
+			CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
+			
+			/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
+			BytesInBlockDiv16++;
+		}
+		
+		/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
+		TotalBlocks--;
+	}
+
+	/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Disables the dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
+void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
+{
+	/* Select first dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+	
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+	
+	/* Select second dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
+	
+	/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
+	if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
+	{
+		Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
+
+		/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
+		Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
+	}
+	#endif
+	
+	/* Deselect current dataflash chip */
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+}
+
+/** Performs a simple test on the attached Dataflash IC(s) to ensure that they are working.
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean true if all media chips are working, false otherwise
+ */
+bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void)
+{
+	uint8_t ReturnByte;
+
+	/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+
+	#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
+	/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
+	Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
+	Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
+	ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
+	Dataflash_DeselectChip();
+
+	/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
+	if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
+	  return false;
+	#endif
+	
+	return true;
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
index 2b855dc8a..3c75c4c75 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/DataflashManager.h
@@ -1,81 +1,81 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 

-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted

-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 

-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for DataflashManager.c.

- */

- 

-#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_

-#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		

-		#include "TempDataLogger.h"

-		#include "Descriptors.h"

-

-		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>

-

-	/* Preprocessor Checks: */

-		#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)

-			#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.

-		#endif

-

-	/* Defines: */

-		/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */

-		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES                ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)

-

-		/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying

-		 *  storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.

-		 */

-		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE           512

-		

-		/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not

-		 *  change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.

-		 */

-		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS               (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)

-		

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,

-		                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks);

-		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,

-		                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks);

-		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,

-		                                      const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);

-		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,

-		                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);

-		void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);

-		bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);

-		

-#endif

+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
+              
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for DataflashManager.c.
+ */
+ 
+#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		
+		#include "TempDataLogger.h"
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
+
+	/* Preprocessor Checks: */
+		#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
+			#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
+		#endif
+
+	/* Defines: */
+		/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES                ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
+
+		/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
+		 *  storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE           512
+		
+		/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
+		 *  change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
+		 */
+		#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS               (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
+		
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                  uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
+		                                 uint16_t TotalBlocks);
+		void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                      const uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
+		                                     uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
+		void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
+		bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
+		
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
index 295be3b9a..eb378c51e 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/00readme.txt
@@ -1,110 +1,110 @@
-FatFs Module Source Files R0.07e                        (C)ChaN, 2010

-

-

-FILES

-

-  ffconf.h   Configuration file for FatFs module.

-  ff.h       Common include file for FatFs and application module.

-  ff.c       FatFs module.

-  diskio.h   Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module.

-  diskio.c   Skeleton of low level disk I/O module.

-  integer.h  Alternative type definitions for integer variables.

-  option     Optional external functions.

-

-  Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs

-  module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific

-  storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written

-  to control your storage device.

-

-

-

-AGREEMENTS

-

- FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to

- small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,

- research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.

-

-  Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.

-

- * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.

- * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for

-   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.

- * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.

-

-

-

-REVISION HISTORY

-

-  Feb 26, 2006  R0.00  Prototype

-

-  Apr 29, 2006  R0.01  First release.

-

-  Jun 01, 2006  R0.02  Added FAT12.

-                       Removed unbuffered mode.

-                       Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition.

-

-  Jun 10, 2006  R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM.

-

-  Sep 22, 2006  R0.03  Added f_rename.

-                       Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.

-

-  Dec 11, 2006  R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast.

-                       Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32.

-

-  Feb 04, 2007  R0.04  Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs)

-                       Changed some APIs for multiple drive system.

-                       Added f_mkfs. (FatFs)

-                       Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs)

-

-  Apr 01, 2007  R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs)

-                       Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs)

-                       Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek.

-                       Added minimization level 3.

-                       Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an

-                       existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs)

-

-  May 05, 2007  R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option.

-                       Added FSInfo support.

-                       Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs)

-                       Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.

-                       Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object.

-

-  Aug 25, 2007  R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read, f_write.

-                       Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs)

-                       Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs)

-                       Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs)

-

-  Feb 03, 2008  R0.05a Added f_truncate().

-                       Added f_utime().

-                       Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.

-                       Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.

-                       Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.

-

-  Apr 01, 2008  R0.06  Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs)

-                       Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().

-                       Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster.

-

-  Apr 01, 2010, R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option.

-                       Added long file name support.

-                       Added multiple code page support.

-                       Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.

-                       Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().

-                       Added rewind option to f_readdir().

-                       Changed result code of critical errors.

-                       Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.

-

-  Apr 14, 2010, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.

-                       Added multiple sector size support.

-

-  Jun 21, 2010, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error.

-                       Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().

-                       Added relative path feature.

-                       Added f_chdir().

-                       Added f_chdrive().

-                       Added proper case conversion for extended characters.

-

-  Nov 03,'2010 R0.07e  Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.

-                       Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.

-                       Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.

-                       Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.

-                       Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.

+FatFs Module Source Files R0.07e                        (C)ChaN, 2010
+
+
+FILES
+
+  ffconf.h   Configuration file for FatFs module.
+  ff.h       Common include file for FatFs and application module.
+  ff.c       FatFs module.
+  diskio.h   Common include file for FatFs and disk I/O module.
+  diskio.c   Skeleton of low level disk I/O module.
+  integer.h  Alternative type definitions for integer variables.
+  option     Optional external functions.
+
+  Low level disk I/O module is not included in this archive because the FatFs
+  module is only a generic file system layer and not depend on any specific
+  storage device. You have to provide a low level disk I/O module that written
+  to control your storage device.
+
+
+
+AGREEMENTS
+
+ FatFs module is an open source software to implement FAT file system to
+ small embedded systems. This is a free software and is opened for education,
+ research and commercial developments under license policy of following trems.
+
+  Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
+
+ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+
+
+
+REVISION HISTORY
+
+  Feb 26, 2006  R0.00  Prototype
+
+  Apr 29, 2006  R0.01  First release.
+
+  Jun 01, 2006  R0.02  Added FAT12.
+                       Removed unbuffered mode.
+                       Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition.
+
+  Jun 10, 2006  R0.02a Added a configuration option _FS_MINIMUM.
+
+  Sep 22, 2006  R0.03  Added f_rename.
+                       Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+
+  Dec 11, 2006  R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast.
+                       Fixed f_mkdir creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+
+  Feb 04, 2007  R0.04  Supported multiple drive system. (FatFs)
+                       Changed some APIs for multiple drive system.
+                       Added f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Added _USE_FAT32 option. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+  Apr 01, 2007  R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Added a capability of extending the file size to f_lseek.
+                       Added minimization level 3.
+                       Fixed a problem that can collapse a sector when recreate an
+                       existing file in any sub-directory at non FAT32 cfg. (Tiny-FatFs)
+
+  May 05, 2007  R0.04b Added _USE_NTFLAG option.
+                       Added FSInfo support.
+                       Fixed some problems corresponds to FAT32. (Tiny-FatFs)
+                       Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+                       Fixed short seek (0 < ofs <= csize) collapses the file object.
+
+  Aug 25, 2007  R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read, f_write.
+                       Changed arguments of f_mkfs. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed f_mkfs on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo. (FatFs)
+                       Fixed f_mkdir on FAT32 creates incorrect directory. (FatFs)
+
+  Feb 03, 2008  R0.05a Added f_truncate().
+                       Added f_utime().
+                       Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+                       Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+                       Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close without write.
+
+  Apr 01, 2008  R0.06  Added f_forward(). (Tiny-FatFs)
+                       Added string functions: fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+                       Improved performance of f_lseek() on move to the same or following cluster.
+
+  Apr 01, 2010, R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option.
+                       Added long file name support.
+                       Added multiple code page support.
+                       Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+                       Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+                       Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+                       Changed result code of critical errors.
+                       Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+
+  Apr 14, 2010, R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+                       Added multiple sector size support.
+
+  Jun 21, 2010, R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() may return FR_OK on error.
+                       Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+                       Added relative path feature.
+                       Added f_chdir().
+                       Added f_chdrive().
+                       Added proper case conversion for extended characters.
+
+  Nov 03,'2010 R0.07e  Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+                       Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+                       Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+                       Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+                       Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper case on non-LFN cfg.
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
index 0c0083bac..d4f3897bb 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.c
@@ -1,99 +1,99 @@
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs     (C)ChaN, 2007        */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */

-/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#include "diskio.h"

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Inidialize a Drive                                                    */

-

-DSTATUS disk_initialize (

-	BYTE drv				/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */

-)

-{

-	return FR_OK;

-}

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Return Disk Status                                                    */

-

-DSTATUS disk_status (

-	BYTE drv		/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */

-)

-{

-	return FR_OK;

-}

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Read Sector(s)                                                        */

-

-DRESULT disk_read (

-	BYTE drv,		/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */

-	BYTE *buff,		/* Data buffer to store read data */

-	DWORD sector,	/* Sector address (LBA) */

-	BYTE count		/* Number of sectors to read (1..255) */

-)

-{

-	DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);

-	return RES_OK;

-}

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Write Sector(s)                                                       */

-

-#if _READONLY == 0

-DRESULT disk_write (

-	BYTE drv,			/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */

-	const BYTE *buff,	/* Data to be written */

-	DWORD sector,		/* Sector address (LBA) */

-	BYTE count			/* Number of sectors to write (1..255) */

-)

-{

-	DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);

-	return RES_OK;

-}

-#endif /* _READONLY */

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Miscellaneous Functions                                               */

-

-DRESULT disk_ioctl (

-	BYTE drv,		/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */

-	BYTE ctrl,		/* Control code */

-	void *buff		/* Buffer to send/receive control data */

-)

-{

-	if (ctrl == CTRL_SYNC)

-	  return RES_OK;

-	else

-	  return RES_PARERR;

-}

-

-

-DWORD get_fattime (void)

-{

-	uint8_t Day,  Month,  Year;

-	uint8_t Hour, Minute, Second;

-

-	DS1307_GetDate(&Day,  &Month,  &Year);

-	DS1307_GetTime(&Hour, &Minute, &Second);

-

-

-	return ((DWORD)(20 + Year) << 25) |

-	             ((DWORD)Month << 21) |

-	               ((DWORD)Day << 16) |

-	              ((DWORD)Hour << 11) |

-	             ((DWORD)Minute << 5) |

-	      (((DWORD)Second >> 1) << 0);

-}

+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Low level disk I/O module skeleton for FatFs     (C)ChaN, 2007        */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* This is a stub disk I/O module that acts as front end of the existing */
+/* disk I/O modules and attach it to FatFs module with common interface. */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "diskio.h"
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Inidialize a Drive                                                    */
+
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (
+	BYTE drv				/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */
+)
+{
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Return Disk Status                                                    */
+
+DSTATUS disk_status (
+	BYTE drv		/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */
+)
+{
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Sector(s)                                                        */
+
+DRESULT disk_read (
+	BYTE drv,		/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */
+	BYTE *buff,		/* Data buffer to store read data */
+	DWORD sector,	/* Sector address (LBA) */
+	BYTE count		/* Number of sectors to read (1..255) */
+)
+{
+	DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+	return RES_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write Sector(s)                                                       */
+
+#if _READONLY == 0
+DRESULT disk_write (
+	BYTE drv,			/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */
+	const BYTE *buff,	/* Data to be written */
+	DWORD sector,		/* Sector address (LBA) */
+	BYTE count			/* Number of sectors to write (1..255) */
+)
+{
+	DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(sector, count, buff);
+	return RES_OK;
+}
+#endif /* _READONLY */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Miscellaneous Functions                                               */
+
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (
+	BYTE drv,		/* Physical drive nmuber (0..) */
+	BYTE ctrl,		/* Control code */
+	void *buff		/* Buffer to send/receive control data */
+)
+{
+	if (ctrl == CTRL_SYNC)
+	  return RES_OK;
+	else
+	  return RES_PARERR;
+}
+
+
+DWORD get_fattime (void)
+{
+	uint8_t Day,  Month,  Year;
+	uint8_t Hour, Minute, Second;
+
+	DS1307_GetDate(&Day,  &Month,  &Year);
+	DS1307_GetTime(&Hour, &Minute, &Second);
+
+
+	return ((DWORD)(20 + Year) << 25) |
+	             ((DWORD)Month << 21) |
+	               ((DWORD)Day << 16) |
+	              ((DWORD)Hour << 11) |
+	             ((DWORD)Minute << 5) |
+	      (((DWORD)Second >> 1) << 0);
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
index 4085501da..ad126712d 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/diskio.h
@@ -1,71 +1,71 @@
-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------

-/  Low level disk interface modlue include file  R0.07   (C)ChaN, 2010

-/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#ifndef _DISKIO

-

-#define _READONLY	0	/* 1: Read-only mode */

-#define _USE_IOCTL	1

-

-#include "integer.h"

-

-#include "../DataflashManager.h"

-

-

-/* Status of Disk Functions */

-typedef BYTE	DSTATUS;

-

-/* Results of Disk Functions */

-typedef enum {

-	RES_OK = 0,		/* 0: Successful */

-	RES_ERROR,		/* 1: R/W Error */

-	RES_WRPRT,		/* 2: Write Protected */

-	RES_NOTRDY,		/* 3: Not Ready */

-	RES_PARERR		/* 4: Invalid Parameter */

-} DRESULT;

-

-

-/*---------------------------------------*/

-/* Prototypes for disk control functions */

-

-BOOL assign_drives (int argc, char *argv[]);

-DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE);

-DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE);

-DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);

-#if	_READONLY == 0

-DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);

-#endif

-DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*);

-

-

-/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */

-

-#define STA_NOINIT		0x01	/* Drive not initialized */

-#define STA_NODISK		0x02	/* No medium in the drive */

-#define STA_PROTECT		0x04	/* Write protected */

-

-

-/* Command code for disk_ioctrl() */

-

-/* Generic command */

-#define CTRL_SYNC			0	/* Mandatory for write functions */

-#define GET_SECTOR_COUNT	1	/* Mandatory for only f_mkfs() */

-#define GET_SECTOR_SIZE		2	/* Mandatory for multiple sector size cfg */

-#define GET_BLOCK_SIZE		3	/* Mandatory for only f_mkfs() */

-#define CTRL_POWER			4

-#define CTRL_LOCK			5

-#define CTRL_EJECT			6

-/* MMC/SDC command */

-#define MMC_GET_TYPE		10

-#define MMC_GET_CSD			11

-#define MMC_GET_CID			12

-#define MMC_GET_OCR			13

-#define MMC_GET_SDSTAT		14

-/* ATA/CF command */

-#define ATA_GET_REV			20

-#define ATA_GET_MODEL		21

-#define ATA_GET_SN			22

-

-

-#define _DISKIO

-#endif

+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+/  Low level disk interface modlue include file  R0.07   (C)ChaN, 2010
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _DISKIO
+
+#define _READONLY	0	/* 1: Read-only mode */
+#define _USE_IOCTL	1
+
+#include "integer.h"
+
+#include "../DataflashManager.h"
+
+
+/* Status of Disk Functions */
+typedef BYTE	DSTATUS;
+
+/* Results of Disk Functions */
+typedef enum {
+	RES_OK = 0,		/* 0: Successful */
+	RES_ERROR,		/* 1: R/W Error */
+	RES_WRPRT,		/* 2: Write Protected */
+	RES_NOTRDY,		/* 3: Not Ready */
+	RES_PARERR		/* 4: Invalid Parameter */
+} DRESULT;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------*/
+/* Prototypes for disk control functions */
+
+BOOL assign_drives (int argc, char *argv[]);
+DSTATUS disk_initialize (BYTE);
+DSTATUS disk_status (BYTE);
+DRESULT disk_read (BYTE, BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+#if	_READONLY == 0
+DRESULT disk_write (BYTE, const BYTE*, DWORD, BYTE);
+#endif
+DRESULT disk_ioctl (BYTE, BYTE, void*);
+
+
+/* Disk Status Bits (DSTATUS) */
+
+#define STA_NOINIT		0x01	/* Drive not initialized */
+#define STA_NODISK		0x02	/* No medium in the drive */
+#define STA_PROTECT		0x04	/* Write protected */
+
+
+/* Command code for disk_ioctrl() */
+
+/* Generic command */
+#define CTRL_SYNC			0	/* Mandatory for write functions */
+#define GET_SECTOR_COUNT	1	/* Mandatory for only f_mkfs() */
+#define GET_SECTOR_SIZE		2	/* Mandatory for multiple sector size cfg */
+#define GET_BLOCK_SIZE		3	/* Mandatory for only f_mkfs() */
+#define CTRL_POWER			4
+#define CTRL_LOCK			5
+#define CTRL_EJECT			6
+/* MMC/SDC command */
+#define MMC_GET_TYPE		10
+#define MMC_GET_CSD			11
+#define MMC_GET_CID			12
+#define MMC_GET_OCR			13
+#define MMC_GET_SDSTAT		14
+/* ATA/CF command */
+#define ATA_GET_REV			20
+#define ATA_GET_MODEL		21
+#define ATA_GET_SN			22
+
+
+#define _DISKIO
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
index 6382fea1f..b30139055 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.c
@@ -1,3153 +1,3153 @@
-/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/  FatFs - FAT file system module  R0.07e                    (C)ChaN, 2010

-/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.

-/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial

-/ developments under license policy of following trems.

-/

-/  Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.

-/

-/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.

-/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for

-/   personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.

-/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.

-/

-/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00  Prototype.

-/

-/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01  First stable version.

-/

-/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02  Added FAT12 support.

-/                   Removed unbuffered mode.

-/                   Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition.

-/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM).

-/

-/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03  Added f_rename().

-/                   Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.

-/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast.

-/                   Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32.

-/

-/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04  Supported multiple drive system.

-/                   Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system.

-/                   Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount().

-/                   Added f_mkfs().

-/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive.

-/                   Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek().

-/                   Added minimization level 3.

-/                   Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs().

-/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG.

-/                   Added FSInfo support.

-/                   Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.

-/                   Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object.

-/

-/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs().

-/                   Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo.

-/                   Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory.

-/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime().

-/                   Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.

-/                   Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.

-/                   Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close

-/                   without write.

-/

-/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06  Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().

-/                   Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same

-/                   or following cluster.

-/

-/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option.

-/                   Added long file name support.

-/                   Added multiple code page support.

-/                   Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.

-/                   Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().

-/                   Added rewind option to f_readdir().

-/                   Changed result code of critical errors.

-/                   Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.

-/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.

-/                   Added multiple sector size support.

-/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error.

-/                   Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().

-/                   Added relative path feature.

-/                   Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive().

-/                   Added proper case conversion to extended char.

-/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.

-/                   Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.

-/                   Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.

-/                   Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.

-/                   Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper

-/                   case on non-LFN cfg.

-/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#include "ff.h"			/* FatFs configurations and declarations */

-#include "diskio.h"		/* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */

-

-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-   Module Private Definitions

-

----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#if _FATFS != 0x007E

-#error Wrong include file (ff.h).

-#endif

-

-#if _FS_REENTRANT

-#if _USE_LFN == 1

-#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration.

-#endif

-#define	ENTER_FF(fs)		{ if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; }

-#define	LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	{ unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; }

-

-#else

-#define	ENTER_FF(fs)

-#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	return res

-

-#endif

-

-#define	ABORT(fs, res)		{ fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); }

-

-#ifndef NULL

-#define	NULL	0

-#endif

-

-/* Name status flags */

-#define NS			11		/* Offset of name status byte */

-#define NS_LOSS		0x01	/* Out of 8.3 format */

-#define NS_LFN		0x02	/* Force to create LFN entry */

-#define NS_LAST		0x04	/* Last segment */

-#define NS_BODY		0x08	/* Lower case flag (body) */

-#define NS_EXT		0x10	/* Lower case flag (ext) */

-#define NS_DOT		0x20	/* Dot entry */

-

-

-

-

-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-   Private Work Area

-

----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#if _DRIVES < 1 || _DRIVES > 9

-#error Number of drives must be 1-9.

-#endif

-static

-FATFS *FatFs[_DRIVES];	/* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */

-

-static

-WORD Fsid;				/* File system mount ID */

-

-#if _FS_RPATH

-static

-BYTE Drive;				/* Current drive */

-#endif

-

-

-#if _USE_LFN == 1	/* LFN with static LFN working buffer */

-static

-WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN + 1];

-#define	NAMEBUF(sp,lp)	BYTE sp[12]; WCHAR *lp = LfnBuf

-#define INITBUF(dj,sp,lp)	dj.fn = sp; dj.lfn = lp

-

-#elif _USE_LFN > 1	/* LFN with dynamic LFN working buffer */

-#define	NAMEBUF(sp,lp)	BYTE sp[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN + 1], *lp = lbuf

-#define INITBUF(dj,sp,lp)	dj.fn = sp; dj.lfn = lp

-

-#else				/* No LFN */

-#define	NAMEBUF(sp,lp)	BYTE sp[12]

-#define INITBUF(dj,sp,lp)	dj.fn = sp

-

-#endif

-

-

-

-

-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-   Module Private Functions

-

----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* String functions                                                      */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-/* Copy memory to memory */

-static

-void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, int cnt) {

-	char *d = (char*)dst;

-	const char *s = (const char *)src;

-	while (cnt--) *d++ = *s++;

-}

-

-/* Fill memory */

-static

-void mem_set (void* dst, int val, int cnt) {

-	char *d = (char*)dst;

-	while (cnt--) *d++ = (char)val;

-}

-

-/* Compare memory to memory */

-static

-int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, int cnt) {

-	const char *d = (const char *)dst, *s = (const char *)src;

-	int r = 0;

-	while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;

-	return r;

-}

-

-/* Check if chr is contained in the string */

-static

-int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) {

-	while (*str && *str != chr) str++;

-	return *str;

-}

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Request/Release grant to access the volume                            */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if _FS_REENTRANT

-

-static

-BOOL lock_fs (

-	FATFS *fs		/* File system object */

-)

-{

-	return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj);

-}

-

-

-static

-void unlock_fs (

-	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */

-	FRESULT res		/* Result code to be returned */

-)

-{

-	if (res != FR_NOT_ENABLED &&

-		res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE &&

-		res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT &&

-		res != FR_TIMEOUT) {

-		ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj);

-	}

-}

-#endif

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Change window offset                                                  */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-static

-FRESULT move_window (

-	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */

-	DWORD sector	/* Sector number to make apperance in the fs->win[] */

-)					/* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */

-{

-	DWORD wsect;

-

-

-	wsect = fs->winsect;

-	if (wsect != sector) {	/* Changed current window */

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-		if (fs->wflag) {	/* Write back dirty window if needed */

-			if (disk_write(fs->drive, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK)

-				return FR_DISK_ERR;

-			fs->wflag = 0;

-			if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->sects_fat)) {	/* In FAT area */

-				BYTE nf;

-				for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) {	/* Refrect the change to all FAT copies */

-					wsect += fs->sects_fat;

-					disk_write(fs->drive, fs->win, wsect, 1);

-				}

-			}

-		}

-#endif

-		if (sector) {

-			if (disk_read(fs->drive, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK)

-				return FR_DISK_ERR;

-			fs->winsect = sector;

-		}

-	}

-

-	return FR_OK;

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Clean-up cached data                                                  */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-static

-FRESULT sync (	/* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */

-	FATFS *fs	/* File system object */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-

-

-	res = move_window(fs, 0);

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		/* Update FSInfo sector if needed */

-		if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) {

-			fs->winsect = 0;

-			mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512);

-			ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);

-			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);

-			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);

-			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust);

-			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust);

-			disk_write(fs->drive, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1);

-			fs->fsi_flag = 0;

-		}

-		/* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */

-		if (disk_ioctl(fs->drive, CTRL_SYNC, (void*)NULL) != RES_OK)

-			res = FR_DISK_ERR;

-	}

-

-	return res;

-}

-#endif

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry                                */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-

-DWORD get_fat (	/* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Interal error, Else:Cluster status */

-	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */

-	DWORD clst	/* Cluster# to get the link information */

-)

-{

-	UINT wc, bc;

-	DWORD fsect;

-

-

-	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->max_clust)	/* Range check */

-		return 1;

-

-	fsect = fs->fatbase;

-	switch (fs->fs_type) {

-	case FS_FAT12 :

-		bc = clst; bc += bc / 2;

-		if (move_window(fs, fsect + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;

-		wc = fs->win[bc & (SS(fs) - 1)]; bc++;

-		if (move_window(fs, fsect + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;

-		wc |= (WORD)fs->win[bc & (SS(fs) - 1)] << 8;

-		return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF);

-

-	case FS_FAT16 :

-		if (move_window(fs, fsect + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break;

-		return LD_WORD(&fs->win[((WORD)clst * 2) & (SS(fs) - 1)]);

-

-	case FS_FAT32 :

-		if (move_window(fs, fsect + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break;

-		return LD_DWORD(&fs->win[((WORD)clst * 4) & (SS(fs) - 1)]) & 0x0FFFFFFF;

-	}

-

-	return 0xFFFFFFFF;	/* An error occured at the disk I/O layer */

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry                              */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-

-FRESULT put_fat (

-	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */

-	DWORD clst,	/* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->max_clust - 1 */

-	DWORD val	/* New value to mark the cluster */

-)

-{

-	UINT bc;

-	BYTE *p;

-	DWORD fsect;

-	FRESULT res;

-

-

-	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->max_clust) {	/* Range check */

-		res = FR_INT_ERR;

-

-	} else {

-		fsect = fs->fatbase;

-		switch (fs->fs_type) {

-		case FS_FAT12 :

-			bc = clst; bc += bc / 2;

-			res = move_window(fs, fsect + (bc / SS(fs)));

-			if (res != FR_OK) break;

-			p = &fs->win[bc & (SS(fs) - 1)];

-			*p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val;

-			bc++;

-			fs->wflag = 1;

-			res = move_window(fs, fsect + (bc / SS(fs)));

-			if (res != FR_OK) break;

-			p = &fs->win[bc & (SS(fs) - 1)];

-			*p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F));

-			break;

-

-		case FS_FAT16 :

-			res = move_window(fs, fsect + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)));

-			if (res != FR_OK) break;

-			ST_WORD(&fs->win[((WORD)clst * 2) & (SS(fs) - 1)], (WORD)val);

-			break;

-

-		case FS_FAT32 :

-			res = move_window(fs, fsect + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)));

-			if (res != FR_OK) break;

-			ST_DWORD(&fs->win[((WORD)clst * 4) & (SS(fs) - 1)], val);

-			break;

-

-		default :

-			res = FR_INT_ERR;

-		}

-		fs->wflag = 1;

-	}

-

-	return res;

-}

-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain                                 */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-static

-FRESULT remove_chain (

-	FATFS *fs,			/* File system object */

-	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to remove a chain from */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DWORD nxt;

-

-

-	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->max_clust) {	/* Check the range of cluster# */

-		res = FR_INT_ERR;

-

-	} else {

-		res = FR_OK;

-		while (clst < fs->max_clust) {			/* Not a last link? */

-			nxt = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Get cluster status */

-			if (nxt == 0) break;				/* Empty cluster? */

-			if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }	/* Internal error? */

-			if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }	/* Disk error? */

-			res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0);			/* Mark the cluster "empty" */

-			if (res != FR_OK) break;

-			if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {	/* Update FSInfo */

-				fs->free_clust++;

-				fs->fsi_flag = 1;

-			}

-			clst = nxt;	/* Next cluster */

-		}

-	}

-

-	return res;

-}

-#endif

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain                      */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-static

-DWORD create_chain (	/* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */

-	FATFS *fs,			/* File system object */

-	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */

-)

-{

-	DWORD cs, ncl, scl, mcl;

-

-

-	mcl = fs->max_clust;

-	if (clst == 0) {		/* Create new chain */

-		scl = fs->last_clust;			/* Get suggested start point */

-		if (scl == 0 || scl >= mcl) scl = 1;

-	}

-	else {					/* Stretch existing chain */

-		cs = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Check the cluster status */

-		if (cs < 2) return 1;			/* It is an invalid cluster */

-		if (cs < mcl) return cs;		/* It is already followed by next cluster */

-		scl = clst;

-	}

-

-	ncl = scl;				/* Start cluster */

-	for (;;) {

-		ncl++;							/* Next cluster */

-		if (ncl >= mcl) {				/* Wrap around */

-			ncl = 2;

-			if (ncl > scl) return 0;	/* No free custer */

-		}

-		cs = get_fat(fs, ncl);			/* Get the cluster status */

-		if (cs == 0) break;				/* Found a free cluster */

-		if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occured */

-			return cs;

-		if (ncl == scl) return 0;		/* No free custer */

-	}

-

-	if (put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF))	/* Mark the new cluster "in use" */

-		return 0xFFFFFFFF;

-	if (clst != 0) {					/* Link it to the previous one if needed */

-		if (put_fat(fs, clst, ncl))

-			return 0xFFFFFFFF;

-	}

-

-	fs->last_clust = ncl;				/* Update FSINFO */

-	if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {

-		fs->free_clust--;

-		fs->fsi_flag = 1;

-	}

-

-	return ncl;		/* Return new cluster number */

-}

-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Get sector# from cluster#                                             */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-

-DWORD clust2sect (	/* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */

-	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */

-	DWORD clst		/* Cluster# to be converted */

-)

-{

-	clst -= 2;

-	if (clst >= (fs->max_clust - 2)) return 0;		/* Invalid cluster# */

-	return clst * fs->csize + fs->database;

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Directory handling - Seek directory index                             */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-static

-FRESULT dir_seek (

-	DIR *dj,		/* Pointer to directory object */

-	WORD idx		/* Directory index number */

-)

-{

-	DWORD clst;

-	WORD ic;

-

-

-	dj->index = idx;

-	clst = dj->sclust;

-	if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->max_clust)	/* Check start cluster range */

-		return FR_INT_ERR;

-	if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)	/* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */

-		clst = dj->fs->dirbase;

-

-	if (clst == 0) {	/* Static table */

-		dj->clust = clst;

-		if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)		/* Index is out of range */

-			return FR_INT_ERR;

-		dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / 32);	/* Sector# */

-	}

-	else {				/* Dynamic table */

-		ic = SS(dj->fs) / 32 * dj->fs->csize;	/* Entries per cluster */

-		while (idx >= ic) {	/* Follow cluster chain */

-			clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst);				/* Get next cluster */

-			if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Disk error */

-			if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->max_clust)	/* Reached to end of table or int error */

-				return FR_INT_ERR;

-			idx -= ic;

-		}

-		dj->clust = clst;

-		dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / 32);	/* Sector# */

-	}

-

-	dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / 32)) * 32;	/* Ptr to the entry in the sector */

-

-	return FR_OK;	/* Seek succeeded */

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Directory handling - Move directory index next                        */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-static

-FRESULT dir_next (	/* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not streach */

-	DIR *dj,		/* Pointer to directory object */

-	BOOL streach	/* FALSE: Do not streach table, TRUE: Streach table if needed */

-)

-{

-	DWORD clst;

-	WORD i;

-

-

-	i = dj->index + 1;

-	if (!i || !dj->sect)	/* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */

-		return FR_NO_FILE;

-

-	if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / 32))) {	/* Sector changed? */

-		dj->sect++;					/* Next sector */

-

-		if (dj->clust == 0) {	/* Static table */

-			if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)	/* Report EOT when end of table */

-				return FR_NO_FILE;

-		}

-		else {					/* Dynamic table */

-			if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / 32)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) {	/* Cluster changed? */

-				clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust);				/* Get next cluster */

-				if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR;

-				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;

-				if (clst >= dj->fs->max_clust) {				/* When it reached end of dynamic table */

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-					BYTE c;

-					if (!streach) return FR_NO_FILE;			/* When do not streach, report EOT */

-					clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust);		/* Streach cluster chain */

-					if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED;			/* No free cluster */

-					if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR;

-					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;

-					/* Clean-up streached table */

-					if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Flush active window */

-					mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs));			/* Clear window buffer */

-					dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);	/* Cluster start sector */

-					for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) {		/* Fill the new cluster with 0 */

-						dj->fs->wflag = 1;

-						if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;

-						dj->fs->winsect++;

-					}

-					dj->fs->winsect -= c;						/* Rewind window address */

-#else

-					return FR_NO_FILE;			/* Report EOT */

-#endif

-				}

-				dj->clust = clst;				/* Initialize data for new cluster */

-				dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);

-			}

-		}

-	}

-

-	dj->index = i;

-	dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / 32)) * 32;

-

-	return FR_OK;

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry   */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if _USE_LFN

-static

-const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30};	/* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */

-

-

-static

-BOOL cmp_lfn (			/* TRUE:Matched, FALSE:Not matched */

-	WCHAR *lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */

-	BYTE *dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */

-)

-{

-	int i, s;

-	WCHAR wc, uc;

-

-

-	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0xBF) - 1) * 13;	/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */

-	s = 0; wc = 1;

-	do {

-		uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);	/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */

-		if (wc) {	/* Last char has not been processed */

-			wc = ff_wtoupper(uc);		/* Convert it to upper case */

-			if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++]))	/* Compare it */

-				return FALSE;			/* Not matched */

-		} else {

-			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return FALSE;	/* Check filler */

-		}

-	} while (++s < 13);				/* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */

-

-	if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x40) && wc && lfnbuf[i])	/* Last segment matched but different length */

-		return FALSE;

-

-	return TRUE;					/* The part of LFN matched */

-}

-

-

-

-static

-BOOL pick_lfn (			/* TRUE:Succeeded, FALSE:Buffer overflow */

-	WCHAR *lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */

-	BYTE *dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry */

-)

-{

-	int i, s;

-	WCHAR wc, uc;

-

-

-	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13;	/* Offset in the LFN buffer */

-

-	s = 0; wc = 1;

-	do {

-		uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);			/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */

-		if (wc) {	/* Last char has not been processed */

-			if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return FALSE;	/* Buffer overflow? */

-			lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc;				/* Store it */

-		} else {

-			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return FALSE;		/* Check filler */

-		}

-	} while (++s < 13);						/* Read all character in the entry */

-

-	if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x40) {				/* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */

-		if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return FALSE;	/* Buffer overflow? */

-		lfnbuf[i] = 0;

-	}

-

-	return TRUE;

-}

-

-

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-static

-void fit_lfn (

-	const WCHAR *lfnbuf,	/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */

-	BYTE *dir,				/* Pointer to the directory entry */

-	BYTE ord,				/* LFN order (1-20) */

-	BYTE sum				/* SFN sum */

-)

-{

-	int i, s;

-	WCHAR wc;

-

-

-	dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum;			/* Set check sum */

-	dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN;		/* Set attribute. LFN entry */

-	dir[LDIR_Type] = 0;

-	ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0);

-

-	i = (ord - 1) * 13;				/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */

-	s = wc = 0;

-	do {

-		if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++];	/* Get an effective char */

-		ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc);	/* Put it */

-		if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF;		/* Padding chars following last char */

-	} while (++s < 13);

-	if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= 0x40;	/* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */

-	dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord;			/* Set the LFN order */

-}

-

-#endif

-#endif

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Create numbered name                                                  */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if _USE_LFN

-void gen_numname (

-	BYTE *dst,			/* Pointer to genartated SFN */

-	const BYTE *src,	/* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */

-	const WCHAR *lfn,	/* Pointer to LFN */

-	WORD num			/* Sequense number */

-)

-{

-	char ns[8];

-	int i, j;

-

-

-	mem_cpy(dst, src, 11);

-

-	if (num > 5) {	/* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequencial number */

-		do num = (num >> 1) + (num << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn);

-	}

-

-	/* itoa */

-	i = 7;

-	do {

-		ns[i--] = (num % 10) + '0';

-		num /= 10;

-	} while (num);

-	ns[i] = '~';

-

-	/* Append the number */

-	for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) {

-		if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) {

-			if (j == i - 1) break;

-			j++;

-		}

-	}

-	do {

-		dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' ';

-	} while (j < 8);

-}

-#endif

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Calculate sum of an SFN                                               */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if _USE_LFN

-static

-BYTE sum_sfn (

-	const BYTE *dir		/* Ptr to directory entry */

-)

-{

-	BYTE sum = 0;

-	int n = 11;

-

-	do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n);

-	return sum;

-}

-#endif

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory                  */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-static

-FRESULT dir_find (

-	DIR *dj			/* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	BYTE c, *dir;

-#if _USE_LFN

-	BYTE a, ord, sum;

-#endif

-

-	res = dir_seek(dj, 0);			/* Rewind directory object */

-	if (res != FR_OK) return res;

-

-#if _USE_LFN

-	ord = sum = 0xFF;

-#endif

-	do {

-		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);

-		if (res != FR_OK) break;

-		dir = dj->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */

-		c = dir[DIR_Name];

-		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */

-#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */

-		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;

-		if (c == 0xE5 || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */

-			ord = 0xFF;

-		} else {

-			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */

-				if (dj->lfn) {

-					if (c & 0x40) {		/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */

-						sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];

-						c &= 0xBF; ord = c;	/* LFN start order */

-						dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;

-					}

-					/* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */

-					ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;

-				}

-			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */

-				if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break;	/* LFN matched? */

-				ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;	/* Reset LFN sequence */

-				if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break;	/* SFN matched? */

-			}

-		}

-#else		/* Non LFN configuration */

-		if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */

-			break;

-#endif

-		res = dir_next(dj, FALSE);		/* Next entry */

-	} while (res == FR_OK);

-

-	return res;

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Read an object from the directory                                     */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1

-static

-FRESULT dir_read (

-	DIR *dj			/* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	BYTE c, *dir;

-#if _USE_LFN

-	BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF;

-#endif

-

-	res = FR_NO_FILE;

-	while (dj->sect) {

-		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);

-		if (res != FR_OK) break;

-		dir = dj->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */

-		c = dir[DIR_Name];

-		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */

-#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */

-		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;

-		if (c == 0xE5 || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */

-			ord = 0xFF;

-		} else {

-			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */

-				if (c & 0x40) {			/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */

-					sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];

-					c &= 0xBF; ord = c;

-					dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;

-				}

-				/* Check LFN validity and capture it */

-				ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;

-			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */

-				if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir))	/* Is there a valid LFN? */

-					dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;		/* It has no LFN. */

-				break;

-			}

-		}

-#else		/* Non LFN configuration */

-		if (c != 0xE5 && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL))	/* Is it a valid entry? */

-			break;

-#endif

-		res = dir_next(dj, FALSE);				/* Next entry */

-		if (res != FR_OK) break;

-	}

-

-	if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0;

-

-	return res;

-}

-#endif

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Register an object to the directory                                   */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-static

-FRESULT dir_register (	/* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */

-	DIR *dj				/* Target directory with object name to be created */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	BYTE c, *dir;

-#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */

-	WORD n, ne, is;

-	BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum;

-	WCHAR *lfn;

-

-

-	fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn;

-	mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12);

-

-	if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT)) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Cannot create dot entry */

-

-	if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) {			/* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */

-		fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = NULL;			/* Find only SFN */

-		for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) {

-			gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n);	/* Generate a numbered name */

-			res = dir_find(dj);				/* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */

-			if (res != FR_OK) break;

-		}

-		if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED;		/* Abort if too many collisions */

-		if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res;	/* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */

-		fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn;

-	}

-

-	if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) {			/* When LFN is to be created, reserve reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */

-		for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ;

-		ne = (ne + 25) / 13;

-	} else {						/* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */

-		ne = 1;

-	}

-

-	/* Reserve contiguous entries */

-	res = dir_seek(dj, 0);

-	if (res != FR_OK) return res;

-	n = is = 0;

-	do {

-		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);

-		if (res != FR_OK) break;

-		c = *dj->dir;				/* Check the entry status */

-		if (c == 0xE5 || c == 0) {	/* Is it a blank entry? */

-			if (n == 0) is = dj->index;	/* First index of the contigulus entry */

-			if (++n == ne) break;	/* A contiguous entry that requiered count is found */

-		} else {

-			n = 0;					/* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */

-		}

-		res = dir_next(dj, TRUE);	/* Next entry with table streach */

-	} while (res == FR_OK);

-

-	if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) {	/* Initialize LFN entry if needed */

-		res = dir_seek(dj, is);

-		if (res == FR_OK) {

-			sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn);	/* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */

-			ne--;

-			do {					/* Store LFN entries in bottom first */

-				res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);

-				if (res != FR_OK) break;

-				fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum);

-				dj->fs->wflag = 1;

-				res = dir_next(dj, FALSE);	/* Next entry */

-			} while (res == FR_OK && --ne);

-		}

-	}

-

-#else	/* Non LFN configuration */

-	res = dir_seek(dj, 0);

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		do {	/* Find a blank entry for the SFN */

-			res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);

-			if (res != FR_OK) break;

-			c = *dj->dir;

-			if (c == 0xE5 || c == 0) break;	/* Is it a blank entry? */

-			res = dir_next(dj, TRUE);		/* Next entry with table streach */

-		} while (res == FR_OK);

-	}

-#endif

-

-	if (res == FR_OK) {		/* Initialize the SFN entry */

-		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);

-		if (res == FR_OK) {

-			dir = dj->dir;

-			mem_set(dir, 0, 32);		/* Clean the entry */

-			mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11);	/* Put SFN */

-			dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT);	/* Put NT flag */

-			dj->fs->wflag = 1;

-		}

-	}

-

-	return res;

-}

-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Remove an object from the directory                                   */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE

-static

-FRESULT dir_remove (	/* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */

-	DIR *dj				/* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */

-	WORD i;

-

-	i = dj->index;	/* SFN index */

-	res = dir_seek(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx));	/* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		do {

-			res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);

-			if (res != FR_OK) break;

-			*dj->dir = 0xE5;			/* Mark the entry "deleted" */

-			dj->fs->wflag = 1;

-			if (dj->index >= i) break;	/* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */

-			res = dir_next(dj, FALSE);	/* Next entry */

-		} while (res == FR_OK);

-		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;

-	}

-

-#else			/* Non LFN configuration */

-	res = dir_seek(dj, dj->index);

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);

-		if (res == FR_OK) {

-			*dj->dir = 0xE5;			/* Mark the entry "deleted" */

-			dj->fs->wflag = 1;

-		}

-	}

-#endif

-

-	return res;

-}

-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form           */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-static

-FRESULT create_name (

-	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the directory object */

-	const XCHAR **path	/* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */

-)

-{

-#ifdef _EXCVT

-	static const BYTE cvt[] = _EXCVT;

-#endif

-

-#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */

-	BYTE b, cf;

-	WCHAR w, *lfn;

-	int i, ni, si, di;

-	const XCHAR *p;

-

-	/* Create LFN in Unicode */

-	si = di = 0;

-	p = *path;

-	lfn = dj->lfn;

-	for (;;) {

-		w = p[si++];					/* Get a character */

-		if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */

-		if (di >= _MAX_LFN)				/* Reject too long name */

-			return FR_INVALID_NAME;

-#if !_LFN_UNICODE

-		w &= 0xFF;

-		if (IsDBCS1(w)) {				/* If it is a DBC 1st byte */

-			b = p[si++];				/* Get 2nd byte */

-			if (!IsDBCS2(b))			/* Reject invalid code for DBC */

-				return FR_INVALID_NAME;

-			w = (w << 8) + b;

-		}

-		w = ff_convert(w, 1);			/* Convert OEM to Unicode */

-		if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject invalid code */

-#endif

-		if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */

-			return FR_INVALID_NAME;

-		lfn[di++] = w;					/* Store the Unicode char */

-	}

-	*path = &p[si];						/* Rerurn pointer to the next segment */

-	cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */

-#if _FS_RPATH

-	if ((di == 1 && lfn[di - 1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */

-		(di == 2 && lfn[di - 1] == '.' && lfn[di - 2] == '.')) {

-		lfn[di] = 0;

-		for (i = 0; i < 11; i++)

-			dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' ';

-		dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT;		/* This is a dot entry */

-		return FR_OK;

-	}

-#endif

-	while (di) {						/* Strip trailing spaces and dots */

-		w = lfn[di - 1];

-		if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break;

-		di--;

-	}

-	if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject null string */

-

-	lfn[di] = 0;						/* LFN is created */

-

-	/* Create SFN in directory form */

-	mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11);

-	for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ;	/* Strip leading spaces and dots */

-	if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;

-	while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--;	/* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */

-

-	b = i = 0; ni = 8;

-	for (;;) {

-		w = lfn[si++];					/* Get an LFN char */

-		if (!w) break;					/* Break on enf of the LFN */

-		if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) {	/* Remove spaces and dots */

-			cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue;

-		}

-

-		if (i >= ni || si == di) {		/* Extension or end of SFN */

-			if (ni == 11) {				/* Long extension */

-				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break;

-			}

-			if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;	/* Out of 8.3 format */

-			if (si > di) break;			/* No extension */

-			si = di; i = 8; ni = 11;	/* Enter extension section */

-			b <<= 2; continue;

-		}

-

-		if (w >= 0x80) {				/* Non ASCII char */

-#ifdef _EXCVT

-			w = ff_convert(w, 0);		/* Unicode -> OEM code */

-			if (w) w = cvt[w - 0x80];	/* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */

-#else

-			w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0);	/* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */

-#endif

-			cf |= NS_LFN;				/* Force create LFN entry */

-		}

-

-		if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) {		/* Double byte char */

-			if (i >= ni - 1) {

-				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue;

-			}

-			dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8);

-		} else {						/* Single byte char */

-			if (!w || chk_chr("+,;[=]", w)) {		/* Replace illegal chars for SFN */

-				w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;	/* Lossy conversion */

-			} else {

-				if (IsUpper(w)) {		/* ASCII large capital */

-					b |= 2;

-				} else {

-					if (IsLower(w)) {	/* ASCII small capital */

-						b |= 1; w -= 0x20;

-					}

-				}

-			}

-		}

-		dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w;

-	}

-

-	if (dj->fn[0] == 0xE5) dj->fn[0] = 0x05;	/* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */

-

-	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;

-	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03)	/* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */

-		cf |= NS_LFN;

-	if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) {						/* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */

-		if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */

-		if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */

-	}

-

-	dj->fn[NS] = cf;	/* SFN is created */

-

-	return FR_OK;

-

-

-#else	/* Non-LFN configuration */

-	BYTE b, c, d, *sfn;

-	int ni, si, i;

-	const char *p;

-

-	/* Create file name in directory form */

-	sfn = dj->fn;

-	mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);

-	si = i = b = 0; ni = 8;

-	p = *path;

-#if _FS_RPATH

-	if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */

-		for (;;) {

-			c = p[si++];

-			if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break;

-			sfn[i++] = c;

-		}

-		if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME;

-		*path = &p[si];									/* Rerurn pointer to the next segment */

-		sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT;	/* Set last segment flag if end of path */

-		return FR_OK;

-	}

-#endif

-	for (;;) {

-		c = p[si++];

-		if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */

-		if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {

-			if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME;

-			i = 8; ni = 11;

-			b <<= 2; continue;

-		}

-		if (c >= 0x80) {				/* Extended char */

-#ifdef _EXCVT

-			c = cvt[c - 0x80];			/* Convert extend char (SBCS) */

-#else

-			b |= 3;						/* Eliminate NT flag if ext char is exist */

-#if !_DF1S	/* ASCII only cfg */

-			return FR_INVALID_NAME;

-#endif

-#endif

-		}

-		if (IsDBCS1(c)) {				/* DBC 1st byte? */

-			d = p[si++];				/* Get 2nd byte */

-			if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1)	/* Reject invalid DBC */

-				return FR_INVALID_NAME;

-			sfn[i++] = c;

-			sfn[i++] = d;

-		} else {						/* Single byte code */

-			if (chk_chr(" \"*+,[=]|\x7F", c))	/* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */

-				return FR_INVALID_NAME;

-			if (IsUpper(c)) {			/* ASCII large capital? */

-				b |= 2;

-			} else {

-				if (IsLower(c)) {		/* ASCII small capital? */

-					b |= 1; c -= 0x20;

-				}

-			}

-			sfn[i++] = c;

-		}

-	}

-	*path = &p[si];						/* Rerurn pointer to the next segment */

-	c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */

-

-	if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME;		/* Reject null string */

-	if (sfn[0] == 0xE5) sfn[0] = 0x05;	/* When first char collides with 0xE5, replace it with 0x05 */

-

-	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;

-	if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */

-	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */

-

-	sfn[NS] = c;		/* Store NT flag, File name is created */

-

-	return FR_OK;

-#endif

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Get file information from directory entry                             */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1

-static

-void get_fileinfo (		/* No return code */

-	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the directory object */

-	FILINFO *fno	 	/* Pointer to the file information to be filled */

-)

-{

-	int i;

-	BYTE c, nt, *dir;

-	char *p;

-

-

-	p = fno->fname;

-	if (dj->sect) {

-		dir = dj->dir;

-		nt = dir[DIR_NTres];		/* NT flag */

-		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {	/* Copy name body */

-			c = dir[i];

-			if (c == ' ') break;

-			if (c == 0x05) c = 0xE5;

-			if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;

-			*p++ = c;

-		}

-		if (dir[8] != ' ') {		/* Copy name extension */

-			*p++ = '.';

-			for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) {

-				c = dir[i];

-				if (c == ' ') break;

-				if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;

-				*p++ = c;

-			}

-		}

-		fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr];				/* Attribute */

-		fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);	/* Size */

-		fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate);		/* Date */

-		fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime);		/* Time */

-	}

-	*p = 0;

-

-#if _USE_LFN

-	if (fno->lfname) {

-		XCHAR *tp = fno->lfname;

-		WCHAR w, *lfn;

-

-		i = 0;

-		if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */

-			lfn = dj->lfn;

-			while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) {			/* Get an LFN char */

-#if !_LFN_UNICODE

-				w = ff_convert(w, 0);			/* Unicode -> OEM conversion */

-				if (!w) { i = 0; break; }		/* Could not convert, no LFN */

-				if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100)		/* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC */

-					tp[i++] = (XCHAR)(w >> 8);

-#endif

-				if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; }	/* Buffer overrun, no LFN */

-				tp[i++] = (XCHAR)w;

-			}

-		}

-		tp[i] = 0;	/* Terminator */

-	}

-#endif

-}

-#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Follow a file path                                                    */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-static

-FRESULT follow_path (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */

-	DIR *dj,			/* Directory object to return last directory and found object */

-	const XCHAR *path	/* Full-path string to find a file or directory */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	BYTE *dir, last;

-

-

-	while (!_USE_LFN && *path == ' ') path++;	/* Skip leading spaces */

-#if _FS_RPATH

-	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */

-		path++;	dj->sclust = 0;		/* Strip it and start from the root dir */

-	} else {							/* No heading saparator */

-		dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir;	/* Start from the current dir */

-	}

-#else

-	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\')	/* Strip heading separator if exist */

-		path++;

-	dj->sclust = 0;						/* Start from the root dir */

-#endif

-

-	if ((UINT)*path < ' ') {			/* Null path means the start directory itself */

-		res = dir_seek(dj, 0);

-		dj->dir = NULL;

-

-	} else {							/* Follow path */

-		for (;;) {

-			res = create_name(dj, &path);	/* Get a segment */

-			if (res != FR_OK) break;

-			res = dir_find(dj);				/* Find it */

-			last = *(dj->fn+NS) & NS_LAST;

-			if (res != FR_OK) {				/* Could not find the object */

-				if (res == FR_NO_FILE && !last)

-					res = FR_NO_PATH;

-				break;

-			}

-			if (last) break;				/* Last segment match. Function completed. */

-			dir = dj->dir;					/* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */

-			if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */

-				res = FR_NO_PATH; break;

-			}

-			dj->sclust = ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);

-		}

-	}

-

-	return res;

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Load boot record and check if it is an FAT boot record                */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-static

-BYTE check_fs (	/* 0:The FAT boot record, 1:Valid boot record but not an FAT, 2:Not a boot record, 3:Error */

-	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */

-	DWORD sect	/* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */

-)

-{

-	if (disk_read(fs->drive, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Load boot record */

-		return 3;

-	if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55)		/* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */

-		return 2;

-

-	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)	/* Check "FAT" string */

-		return 0;

-	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)

-		return 0;

-

-	return 1;

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Make sure that the file system is valid                               */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-

-FRESULT chk_mounted (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occured */

-	const XCHAR **path,	/* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */

-	FATFS **rfs,		/* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */

-	BYTE chk_wp			/* !=0: Check media write protection for write access */

-)

-{

-	BYTE fmt, *tbl;

-	UINT vol;

-	DSTATUS stat;

-	DWORD bsect, fsize, tsect, mclst;

-	const XCHAR *p = *path;

-	FATFS *fs;

-

-	/* Get logical drive number from the path name */

-	vol = p[0] - '0';				/* Is there a drive number? */

-	if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') {	/* Found a drive number, get and strip it */

-		p += 2; *path = p;			/* Return pointer to the path name */

-	} else {						/* No drive number is given */

-#if _FS_RPATH

-		vol = Drive;				/* Use current drive */

-#else

-		vol = 0;					/* Use drive 0 */

-#endif

-	}

-

-	/* Check if the logical drive is valid or not */

-	if (vol >= _DRIVES) 			/* Is the drive number valid? */

-		return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;

-	*rfs = fs = FatFs[vol];			/* Returen pointer to the corresponding file system object */

-	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;	/* Is the file system object available? */

-

-	ENTER_FF(fs);					/* Lock file system */

-

-	if (fs->fs_type) {				/* If the logical drive has been mounted */

-		stat = disk_status(fs->drive);

-		if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) {	/* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-			if (chk_wp && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check write protection if needed */

-				return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;

-#endif

-			return FR_OK;			/* The file system object is valid */

-		}

-	}

-

-	/* The logical drive must be mounted. Following code attempts to mount the volume */

-

-	fs->fs_type = 0;					/* Clear the file system object */

-	fs->drive = (BYTE)LD2PD(vol);		/* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */

-	stat = disk_initialize(fs->drive);	/* Initialize low level disk I/O layer */

-	if (stat & STA_NOINIT)				/* Check if the drive is ready */

-		return FR_NOT_READY;

-#if _MAX_SS != 512						/* Get disk sector size if needed */

-	if (disk_ioctl(fs->drive, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS)

-		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;

-#endif

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-	if (chk_wp && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check disk write protection if needed */

-		return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;

-#endif

-	/* Search FAT partition on the drive */

-	fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0);		/* Check sector 0 as an SFD format */

-	if (fmt == 1) {						/* Not an FAT boot record, it may be patitioned */

-		/* Check a partition listed in top of the partition table */

-		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + LD2PT(vol) * 16];	/* Partition table */

-		if (tbl[4]) {									/* Is the partition existing? */

-			bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]);					/* Partition offset in LBA */

-			fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect);					/* Check the partition */

-		}

-	}

-	if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;

-	if (fmt || LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs))	/* No valid FAT patition is found */

-		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;

-

-	/* Initialize the file system object */

-	fsize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16);				/* Number of sectors per FAT */

-	if (!fsize) fsize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32);

-	fs->sects_fat = fsize;

-	fs->n_fats = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs];					/* Number of FAT copies */

-	fsize *= fs->n_fats;								/* (Number of sectors in FAT area) */

-	fs->fatbase = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt); /* FAT start sector (lba) */

-	fs->csize = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus];				/* Number of sectors per cluster */

-	fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt);	/* Nmuber of root directory entries */

-	tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16);				/* Number of sectors on the volume */

-	if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32);

-	fs->max_clust = mclst = (tsect						/* Last cluster# + 1 (Number of clusters + 2) */

-		- LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt) - fsize - fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs)/32)

-		) / fs->csize + 2;

-

-	fmt = FS_FAT12;										/* Determine the FAT sub type */

-	if (mclst >= 0xFF7) fmt = FS_FAT16;					/* Number of clusters >= 0xFF5 */

-	if (mclst >= 0xFFF7) fmt = FS_FAT32;				/* Number of clusters >= 0xFFF5 */

-

-	if (fmt == FS_FAT32)

-		fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus);	/* Root directory start cluster */

-	else

-		fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fsize;				/* Root directory start sector (lba) */

-	fs->database = fs->fatbase + fsize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs)/32);	/* Data start sector (lba) */

-

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-	/* Initialize allocation information */

-	fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF;

-	fs->wflag = 0;

-	/* Get fsinfo if needed */

-	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {

-	 	fs->fsi_flag = 0;

-		fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo);

-		if (disk_read(fs->drive, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK &&

-			LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 &&

-			LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 &&

-			LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) {

-			fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free);

-			fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count);

-		}

-	}

-#endif

-	fs->fs_type = fmt;		/* FAT sub-type */

-	fs->winsect = 0;		/* Invalidate sector cache */

-#if _FS_RPATH

-	fs->cdir = 0;			/* Current directory (root dir) */

-#endif

-	fs->id = ++Fsid;		/* File system mount ID */

-

-	return FR_OK;

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not                          */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-static

-FRESULT validate (	/* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */

-	FATFS *fs,		/* Pointer to the file system object */

-	WORD id			/* Member id of the target object to be checked */

-)

-{

-	if (!fs || !fs->fs_type || fs->id != id)

-		return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;

-

-	ENTER_FF(fs);		/* Lock file system */

-

-	if (disk_status(fs->drive) & STA_NOINIT)

-		return FR_NOT_READY;

-

-	return FR_OK;

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-   Public Functions

-

---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Mount/Unmount a Locical Drive                                         */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_mount (

-	BYTE vol,		/* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */

-	FATFS *fs		/* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/

-)

-{

-	FATFS *rfs;

-

-

-	if (vol >= _DRIVES)				/* Check if the drive number is valid */

-		return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;

-	rfs = FatFs[vol];				/* Get current fs object */

-

-	if (rfs) {

-#if _FS_REENTRANT					/* Discard sync object of the current volume */

-		if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;

-#endif

-		rfs->fs_type = 0;			/* Clear old fs object */

-	}

-

-	if (fs) {

-		fs->fs_type = 0;			/* Clear new fs object */

-#if _FS_REENTRANT					/* Create sync object for the new volume */

-		if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;

-#endif

-	}

-	FatFs[vol] = fs;				/* Register new fs object */

-

-	return FR_OK;

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Open or Create a File                                                 */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_open (

-	FIL *fp,			/* Pointer to the blank file object */

-	const XCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file name */

-	BYTE mode			/* Access mode and file open mode flags */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DIR dj;

-	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);

-	BYTE *dir;

-

-

-	fp->fs = NULL;		/* Clear file object */

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-	mode &= (FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW);

-	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & (FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)));

-#else

-	mode &= FA_READ;

-	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);

-#endif

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-	INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);

-	res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */

-

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-	/* Create or Open a file */

-	if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) {

-		DWORD ps, cl;

-

-		if (res != FR_OK) {			/* No file, create new */

-			if (res == FR_NO_FILE)	/* There is no file to open, create a new entry */

-				res = dir_register(&dj);

-			if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-			mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS;

-			dir = dj.dir;			/* Created entry (SFN entry) */

-		}

-		else {						/* Any object is already existing */

-			if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW)			/* Cannot create new */

-				LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_EXIST);

-			dir = dj.dir;

-			if (!dir || (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)))	/* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */

-				LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_DENIED);

-			if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) {		/* Resize it to zero on over write mode */

-				cl = ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);	/* Get start cluster */

-				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, 0);	/* cluster = 0 */

-				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, 0);

-				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0);	/* size = 0 */

-				dj.fs->wflag = 1;

-				ps = dj.fs->winsect;			/* Remove the cluster chain */

-				if (cl) {

-					res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl);

-					if (res) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-					dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1;	/* Reuse the cluster hole */

-				}

-				res = move_window(dj.fs, ps);

-				if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-			}

-		}

-		if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) {

-			dir[DIR_Attr] = 0;					/* Reset attribute */

-			ps = get_fattime();

-			ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, ps);		/* Created time */

-			dj.fs->wflag = 1;

-			mode |= FA__WRITTEN;				/* Set file changed flag */

-		}

-	}

-	/* Open an existing file */

-	else {

-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */

-		if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);	/* Follow failed */

-		dir = dj.dir;

-		if (!dir || (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR))	/* It is a directory */

-			LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_NO_FILE);

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-		if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */

-			LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_DENIED);

-	}

-	fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect;		/* Pointer to the directory entry */

-	fp->dir_ptr = dj.dir;

-#endif

-	fp->flag = mode;					/* File access mode */

-	fp->org_clust =						/* File start cluster */

-		((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);

-	fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);	/* File size */

-	fp->fptr = 0; fp->csect = 255;		/* File pointer */

-	fp->dsect = 0;

-	fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id;	/* Owner file system object of the file */

-

-	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_OK);

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Read File                                                             */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_read (

-	FIL *fp, 		/* Pointer to the file object */

-	void *buff,		/* Pointer to data buffer */

-	UINT btr,		/* Number of bytes to read */

-	UINT *br		/* Pointer to number of bytes read */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DWORD clst, sect, remain;

-	UINT rcnt, cc;

-	BYTE *rbuff = buff;

-

-

-	*br = 0;	/* Initialize bytes read */

-

-	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);					/* Check validity of the object */

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);

-	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)						/* Check abort flag */

-		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) 						/* Check access mode */

-		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);

-	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;

-	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;			/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */

-

-	for ( ;  btr;									/* Repeat until all data transferred */

-		rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {

-		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {			/* On the sector boundary? */

-			if (fp->csect >= fp->fs->csize) {		/* On the cluster boundary? */

-				clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ?			/* On the top of the file? */

-					fp->org_clust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);

-				if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-				fp->curr_clust = clst;				/* Update current cluster */

-				fp->csect = 0;						/* Reset sector offset in the cluster */

-			}

-			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);	/* Get current sector */

-			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-			sect += fp->csect;

-			cc = btr / SS(fp->fs);					/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */

-			if (cc) {								/* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */

-				if (fp->csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */

-					cc = fp->fs->csize - fp->csect;

-				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drive, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)

-					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2

-#if _FS_TINY

-				if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc)		/* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */

-					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs));

-#else

-				if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc)	/* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */

-					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs));

-#endif

-#endif

-				fp->csect += (BYTE)cc;				/* Next sector address in the cluster */

-				rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;				/* Number of bytes transferred */

-				continue;

-			}

-#if !_FS_TINY

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {			/* Write sector I/O buffer if needed */

-				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)

-					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;

-			}

-#endif

-			if (fp->dsect != sect) {			/* Fill sector buffer with file data */

-				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)

-					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-			}

-#endif

-			fp->dsect = sect;

-			fp->csect++;							/* Next sector address in the cluster */

-		}

-		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */

-		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;

-#if _FS_TINY

-		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))			/* Move sector window */

-			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */

-#else

-		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */

-#endif

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);

-}

-

-

-

-

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Write File                                                            */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_write (

-	FIL *fp,			/* Pointer to the file object */

-	const void *buff,	/* Pointer to the data to be written */

-	UINT btw,			/* Number of bytes to write */

-	UINT *bw			/* Pointer to number of bytes written */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DWORD clst, sect;

-	UINT wcnt, cc;

-	const BYTE *wbuff = buff;

-

-

-	*bw = 0;	/* Initialize bytes written */

-

-	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);					/* Check validity of the object */

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);

-	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)						/* Check abort flag */

-		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-	if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))						/* Check access mode */

-		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);

-	if (fp->fsize + btw < fp->fsize) btw = 0;		/* File size cannot reach 4GB */

-

-	for ( ;  btw;									/* Repeat until all data transferred */

-		wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) {

-		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {			/* On the sector boundary? */

-			if (fp->csect >= fp->fs->csize) {		/* On the cluster boundary? */

-				if (fp->fptr == 0) {				/* On the top of the file? */

-					clst = fp->org_clust;			/* Follow from the origin */

-					if (clst == 0)					/* When there is no cluster chain, */

-						fp->org_clust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);	/* Create a new cluster chain */

-				} else {							/* Middle or end of the file */

-					clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);			/* Follow or streach cluster chain */

-				}

-				if (clst == 0) break;				/* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */

-				if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-				fp->curr_clust = clst;				/* Update current cluster */

-				fp->csect = 0;						/* Reset sector address in the cluster */

-			}

-#if _FS_TINY

-			if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0))	/* Write back data buffer prior to following direct transfer */

-				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-#else

-			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write back data buffer prior to following direct transfer */

-				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)

-					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;

-			}

-#endif

-			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);	/* Get current sector */

-			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-			sect += fp->csect;

-			cc = btw / SS(fp->fs);					/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */

-			if (cc) {								/* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */

-				if (fp->csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */

-					cc = fp->fs->csize - fp->csect;

-				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drive, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)

-					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-#if _FS_TINY

-				if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) {	/* Refill sector cache if it gets dirty by the direct write */

-					mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));

-					fp->fs->wflag = 0;

-				}

-#else

-				if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) {		/* Refill sector cache if it gets dirty by the direct write */

-					mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));

-					fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;

-				}

-#endif

-				fp->csect += (BYTE)cc;				/* Next sector address in the cluster */

-				wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;				/* Number of bytes transferred */

-				continue;

-			}

-#if _FS_TINY

-			if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) {			/* Avoid silly buffer filling at growing edge */

-				if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-				fp->fs->winsect = sect;

-			}

-#else

-			if (fp->dsect != sect) {				/* Fill sector buffer with file data */

-				if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize &&

-					disk_read(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)

-						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-			}

-#endif

-			fp->dsect = sect;

-			fp->csect++;							/* Next sector address in the cluster */

-		}

-		wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */

-		if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw;

-#if _FS_TINY

-		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))			/* Move sector window */

-			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-		mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);	/* Fit partial sector */

-		fp->fs->wflag = 1;

-#else

-		mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);	/* Fit partial sector */

-		fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY;

-#endif

-	}

-

-	if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr;	/* Update file size if needed */

-	fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;						/* Set file changed flag */

-

-	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Synchronize the File Object                                           */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_sync (

-	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DWORD tim;

-	BYTE *dir;

-

-

-	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);		/* Check validity of the object */

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) {	/* Has the file been written? */

-#if !_FS_TINY	/* Write-back dirty buffer */

-			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {

-				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)

-					LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;

-			}

-#endif

-			/* Update the directory entry */

-			res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect);

-			if (res == FR_OK) {

-				dir = fp->dir_ptr;

-				dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC;					/* Set archive bit */

-				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize);		/* Update file size */

-				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, fp->org_clust);	/* Update start cluster */

-				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, fp->org_clust >> 16);

-				tim = get_fattime();			/* Updated time */

-				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);

-				fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN;

-				fp->fs->wflag = 1;

-				res = sync(fp->fs);

-			}

-		}

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);

-}

-

-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Close File                                                            */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_close (

-	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object to be closed */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-

-

-#if _FS_READONLY

-	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);

-	if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = NULL;

-	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);

-#else

-	res = f_sync(fp);

-	if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = NULL;

-	return res;

-#endif

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Change Current Drive/Directory                                        */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#if _FS_RPATH

-

-FRESULT f_chdrive (

-	BYTE drv		/* Drive number */

-)

-{

-	if (drv >= _DRIVES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;

-

-	Drive = drv;

-

-	return FR_OK;

-}

-

-

-

-

-FRESULT f_chdir (

-	const XCHAR *path	/* Pointer to the directory path */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DIR dj;

-	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);

-	BYTE *dir;

-

-

-	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);

-		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the file path */

-		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Follow completed */

-			dir = dj.dir;					/* Pointer to the entry */

-			if (!dir) {

-				dj.fs->cdir = 0;			/* No entry (root dir) */

-			} else {

-				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)	/* Reached to the dir */

-					dj.fs->cdir = ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);

-				else

-					res = FR_NO_PATH;		/* Could not reach the dir (it is a file) */

-			}

-		}

-		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-}

-

-#endif

-

-

-

-#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Seek File R/W Pointer                                                 */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_lseek (

-	FIL *fp,		/* Pointer to the file object */

-	DWORD ofs		/* File pointer from top of file */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr;

-

-

-	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);		/* Check validity of the object */

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);

-	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)			/* Check abort flag */

-		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-	if (ofs > fp->fsize					/* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-		 && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)

-#endif

-		) ofs = fp->fsize;

-

-	ifptr = fp->fptr;

-	fp->fptr = nsect = 0; fp->csect = 255;

-	if (ofs > 0) {

-		bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs);	/* Cluster size (byte) */

-		if (ifptr > 0 &&

-			(ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) {	/* When seek to same or following cluster, */

-			fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1);	/* start from the current cluster */

-			ofs -= fp->fptr;

-			clst = fp->curr_clust;

-		} else {									/* When seek to back cluster, */

-			clst = fp->org_clust;					/* start from the first cluster */

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-			if (clst == 0) {						/* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */

-				clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);

-				if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-				fp->org_clust = clst;

-			}

-#endif

-			fp->curr_clust = clst;

-		}

-		if (clst != 0) {

-			while (ofs > bcs) {						/* Cluster following loop */

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-				if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) {			/* Check if in write mode or not */

-					clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst);	/* Force streached if in write mode */

-					if (clst == 0) {				/* When disk gets full, clip file size */

-						ofs = bcs; break;

-					}

-				} else

-#endif

-					clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst);	/* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */

-				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-				if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->max_clust) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-				fp->curr_clust = clst;

-				fp->fptr += bcs;

-				ofs -= bcs;

-			}

-			fp->fptr += ofs;

-			fp->csect = (BYTE)(ofs / SS(fp->fs));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */

-			if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) {

-				nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst);	/* Current sector */

-				if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-				nsect += fp->csect;

-				fp->csect++;

-			}

-		}

-	}

-	if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) {

-#if !_FS_TINY

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-		if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {			/* Write-back dirty buffer if needed */

-			if (disk_write(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)

-				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-			fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;

-		}

-#endif

-		if (disk_read(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK)

-			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-#endif

-		fp->dsect = nsect;

-	}

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-	if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) {			/* Set changed flag if the file size is extended */

-		fp->fsize = fp->fptr;

-		fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;

-	}

-#endif

-

-	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);

-}

-

-

-

-

-#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Create a Directroy Object                                             */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_opendir (

-	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to directory object to create */

-	const XCHAR *path	/* Pointer to the directory path */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);

-	BYTE *dir;

-

-

-	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0);

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		INITBUF((*dj), sfn, lfn);

-		res = follow_path(dj, path);			/* Follow the path to the directory */

-		if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Follow completed */

-			dir = dj->dir;

-			if (dir) {							/* It is not the root dir */

-				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {	/* The object is a directory */

-					dj->sclust = ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);

-				} else {						/* The object is not a directory */

-					res = FR_NO_PATH;

-				}

-			}

-			if (res == FR_OK) {

-				dj->id = dj->fs->id;

-				res = dir_seek(dj, 0);			/* Rewind dir */

-			}

-		}

-		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res);

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Read Directory Entry in Sequense                                      */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_readdir (

-	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the open directory object */

-	FILINFO *fno		/* Pointer to file information to return */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);

-

-

-	res = validate(dj->fs, dj->id);			/* Check validity of the object */

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		INITBUF((*dj), sfn, lfn);

-		if (!fno) {

-			res = dir_seek(dj, 0);

-		} else {

-			res = dir_read(dj);

-			if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {

-				dj->sect = 0;

-				res = FR_OK;

-			}

-			if (res == FR_OK) {				/* A valid entry is found */

-				get_fileinfo(dj, fno);		/* Get the object information */

-				res = dir_next(dj, FALSE);	/* Increment index for next */

-				if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {

-					dj->sect = 0;

-					res = FR_OK;

-				}

-			}

-		}

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res);

-}

-

-

-

-#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Get File Status                                                       */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_stat (

-	const XCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file path */

-	FILINFO *fno		/* Pointer to file information to return */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DIR dj;

-	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);

-

-

-	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);

-		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */

-		if (res == FR_OK) {				/* Follwo completed */

-			if (dj.dir)	/* Found an object */

-				get_fileinfo(&dj, fno);

-			else		/* It is root dir */

-				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;

-		}

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-}

-

-

-

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Get Number of Free Clusters                                           */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_getfree (

-	const XCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */

-	DWORD *nclst,		/* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */

-	FATFS **fatfs		/* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DWORD n, clst, sect, stat;

-	UINT i;

-	BYTE fat, *p;

-

-

-	/* Get drive number */

-	res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0);

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, res);

-

-	/* If number of free cluster is valid, return it without cluster scan. */

-	if ((*fatfs)->free_clust <= (*fatfs)->max_clust - 2) {

-		*nclst = (*fatfs)->free_clust;

-		LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, FR_OK);

-	}

-

-	/* Get number of free clusters */

-	fat = (*fatfs)->fs_type;

-	n = 0;

-	if (fat == FS_FAT12) {

-		clst = 2;

-		do {

-			stat = get_fat(*fatfs, clst);

-			if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-			if (stat == 1) LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, FR_INT_ERR);

-			if (stat == 0) n++;

-		} while (++clst < (*fatfs)->max_clust);

-	} else {

-		clst = (*fatfs)->max_clust;

-		sect = (*fatfs)->fatbase;

-		i = 0; p = 0;

-		do {

-			if (!i) {

-				res = move_window(*fatfs, sect++);

-				if (res != FR_OK)

-					LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, res);

-				p = (*fatfs)->win;

-				i = SS(*fatfs);

-			}

-			if (fat == FS_FAT16) {

-				if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++;

-				p += 2; i -= 2;

-			} else {

-				if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++;

-				p += 4; i -= 4;

-			}

-		} while (--clst);

-	}

-	(*fatfs)->free_clust = n;

-	if (fat == FS_FAT32) (*fatfs)->fsi_flag = 1;

-	*nclst = n;

-

-	LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, FR_OK);

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Truncate File                                                         */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_truncate (

-	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DWORD ncl;

-

-

-	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);		/* Check validity of the object */

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);

-	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)			/* Check abort flag */

-		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-	if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))			/* Check access mode */

-		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);

-

-	if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) {

-		fp->fsize = fp->fptr;	/* Set file size to current R/W point */

-		fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;

-		if (fp->fptr == 0) {	/* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */

-			res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->org_clust);

-			fp->org_clust = 0;

-		} else {				/* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */

-			ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);

-			res = FR_OK;

-			if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;

-			if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;

-			if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->max_clust) {

-				res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust, 0x0FFFFFFF);

-				if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl);

-			}

-		}

-	}

-	if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR;

-

-	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Delete a File or Directory                                            */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_unlink (

-	const XCHAR *path		/* Pointer to the file or directory path */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DIR dj, sdj;

-	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);

-	BYTE *dir;

-	DWORD dclst;

-

-

-	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-

-	INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);

-	res = follow_path(&dj, path);			/* Follow the file path */

-	if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))

-		res = FR_INVALID_NAME;

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); /* Follow failed */

-

-	dir = dj.dir;

-	if (!dir)								/* Is it the root directory? */

-		LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_INVALID_NAME);

-	if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)				/* Is it a R/O object? */

-		LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_DENIED);

-	dclst = ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);

-

-	if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {			/* It is a sub-directory */

-		if (dclst < 2) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-		mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof(DIR));	/* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */

-		sdj.sclust = dclst;

-		res = dir_seek(&sdj, 2);

-		if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-		res = dir_read(&sdj);

-		if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_DENIED;	/* Not empty sub-dir */

-		if (res != FR_NO_FILE) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-	}

-

-	res = dir_remove(&dj);					/* Remove directory entry */

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		if (dclst)

-			res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst);	/* Remove the cluster chain */

-		if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs);

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Create a Directory                                                    */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_mkdir (

-	const XCHAR *path		/* Pointer to the directory path */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DIR dj;

-	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);

-	BYTE *dir, n;

-	DWORD dsect, dclst, pclst, tim;

-

-

-	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-

-	INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);

-	res = follow_path(&dj, path);			/* Follow the file path */

-	if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;		/* Any file or directory is already existing */

-	if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))

-		res = FR_INVALID_NAME;

-	if (res != FR_NO_FILE)					/* Any error occured */

-		LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-

-	dclst = create_chain(dj.fs, 0);			/* Allocate a new cluster for new directory table */

-	res = FR_OK;

-	if (dclst == 0) res = FR_DENIED;

-	if (dclst == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;

-	if (dclst == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;

-	if (res == FR_OK)

-		res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-	dsect = clust2sect(dj.fs, dclst);

-

-	dir = dj.fs->win;						/* Initialize the new directory table */

-	mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));

-	mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3);		/* Create "." entry */

-	dir[DIR_Name] = '.';

-	dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;

-	tim = get_fattime();

-	ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);

-	ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, dclst);

-	ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, dclst >> 16);

-	mem_cpy(dir+32, dir, 32); 			/* Create ".." entry */

-	dir[33] = '.';

-	pclst = dj.sclust;

-	if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pclst == dj.fs->dirbase)

-		pclst = 0;

-	ST_WORD(dir+32+DIR_FstClusLO, pclst);

-	ST_WORD(dir+32+DIR_FstClusHI, pclst >> 16);

-	for (n = 0; n < dj.fs->csize; n++) {	/* Write dot entries and clear left sectors */

-		dj.fs->winsect = dsect++;

-		dj.fs->wflag = 1;

-		res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);

-		if (res) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-		mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));

-	}

-

-	res = dir_register(&dj);

-	if (res != FR_OK) {

-		remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst);

-	} else {

-		dir = dj.dir;

-		dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;					/* Attribute */

-		ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);			/* Crated time */

-		ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, dclst);		/* Table start cluster */

-		ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, dclst >> 16);

-		dj.fs->wflag = 1;

-		res = sync(dj.fs);

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Change File Attribute                                                 */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_chmod (

-	const XCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file path */

-	BYTE value,			/* Attribute bits */

-	BYTE mask			/* Attribute mask to change */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DIR dj;

-	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);

-	BYTE *dir;

-

-

-	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);

-		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the file path */

-		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))

-			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;

-		if (res == FR_OK) {

-			dir = dj.dir;

-			if (!dir) {						/* Is it a root directory? */

-				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;

-			} else {						/* File or sub directory */

-				mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC;	/* Valid attribute mask */

-				dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask);	/* Apply attribute change */

-				dj.fs->wflag = 1;

-				res = sync(dj.fs);

-			}

-		}

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Change Timestamp                                                      */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_utime (

-	const XCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file/directory name */

-	const FILINFO *fno	/* Pointer to the timestamp to be set */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DIR dj;

-	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);

-	BYTE *dir;

-

-

-	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);

-		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */

-		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))

-			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;

-		if (res == FR_OK) {

-			dir = dj.dir;

-			if (!dir) {				/* Root directory */

-				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;

-			} else {				/* File or sub-directory */

-				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime);

-				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate);

-				dj.fs->wflag = 1;

-				res = sync(dj.fs);

-			}

-		}

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Rename File/Directory                                                 */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-FRESULT f_rename (

-	const XCHAR *path_old,	/* Pointer to the old name */

-	const XCHAR *path_new	/* Pointer to the new name */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DIR dj_old, dj_new;

-	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);

-	BYTE buf[21], *dir;

-	DWORD dw;

-

-

-	INITBUF(dj_old, sfn, lfn);

-	res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &dj_old.fs, 1);

-	if (res == FR_OK) {

-		dj_new.fs = dj_old.fs;

-		res = follow_path(&dj_old, path_old);	/* Check old object */

-		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj_old.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))

-			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;

-	}

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj_old.fs, res);	/* The old object is not found */

-

-	if (!dj_old.dir) LEAVE_FF(dj_old.fs, FR_NO_FILE);	/* Is root dir? */

-	mem_cpy(buf, dj_old.dir+DIR_Attr, 21);		/* Save the object information */

-

-	mem_cpy(&dj_new, &dj_old, sizeof(DIR));

-	res = follow_path(&dj_new, path_new);		/* Check new object */

-	if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;			/* The new object name is already existing */

-	if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { 					/* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */

-		res = dir_register(&dj_new);			/* Register the new object */

-		if (res == FR_OK) {

-			dir = dj_new.dir;					/* Copy object information into new entry */

-			mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19);

-			dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC;

-			dj_old.fs->wflag = 1;

-			if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {		/* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */

-				dw = clust2sect(dj_new.fs, (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO));

-				if (!dw) {

-					res = FR_INT_ERR;

-				} else {

-					res = move_window(dj_new.fs, dw);

-					dir = dj_new.fs->win+32;

-					if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') {

-						dw = (dj_new.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && dj_new.sclust == dj_new.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : dj_new.sclust;

-						ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, dw);

-						ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, dw >> 16);

-						dj_new.fs->wflag = 1;

-					}

-				}

-			}

-			if (res == FR_OK) {

-				res = dir_remove(&dj_old);			/* Remove old entry */

-				if (res == FR_OK)

-					res = sync(dj_old.fs);

-			}

-		}

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(dj_old.fs, res);

-}

-

-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */

-#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */

-#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */

-#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Forward data to the stream directly (Available on only _FS_TINY cfg)  */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY

-

-FRESULT f_forward (

-	FIL *fp, 						/* Pointer to the file object */

-	UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT),	/* Pointer to the streaming function */

-	UINT btr,						/* Number of bytes to forward */

-	UINT *bf						/* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */

-)

-{

-	FRESULT res;

-	DWORD remain, clst, sect;

-	UINT rcnt;

-

-

-	*bf = 0;

-

-	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);					/* Check validity of the object */

-	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);

-	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)						/* Check error flag */

-		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ))						/* Check access mode */

-		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);

-

-	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;

-	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;			/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */

-

-	for ( ;  btr && (*func)(NULL, 0);				/* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */

-		fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {

-		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {			/* On the sector boundary? */

-			if (fp->csect >= fp->fs->csize) {		/* On the cluster boundary? */

-				clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ?			/* On the top of the file? */

-					fp->org_clust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);

-				if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-				fp->curr_clust = clst;				/* Update current cluster */

-				fp->csect = 0;						/* Reset sector address in the cluster */

-			}

-			fp->csect++;							/* Next sector address in the cluster */

-		}

-		sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);	/* Get current data sector */

-		if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-		sect += fp->csect - 1;

-		if (move_window(fp->fs, sect))				/* Move sector window */

-			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);

-		fp->dsect = sect;

-		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Forward data from sector window */

-		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;

-		rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);

-		if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);

-	}

-

-	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);

-}

-#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */

-

-

-

-#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Create File System on the Drive                                       */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#define N_ROOTDIR	512			/* Multiple of 32 and <= 2048 */

-#define N_FATS		1			/* 1 or 2 */

-#define MAX_SECTOR	131072000UL	/* Maximum partition size */

-#define MIN_SECTOR	2000UL		/* Minimum partition size */

-

-

-FRESULT f_mkfs (

-	BYTE drv,			/* Logical drive number */

-	BYTE partition,		/* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */

-	WORD allocsize		/* Allocation unit size [bytes] */

-)

-{

-	static const DWORD sstbl[] = { 2048000, 1024000, 512000, 256000, 128000, 64000, 32000, 16000, 8000, 4000,   0 };

-	static const WORD cstbl[] =  {   32768,   16384,   8192,   4096,   2048, 16384,  8192,  4096, 2048, 1024, 512 };

-	BYTE fmt, m, *tbl;

-	DWORD b_part, b_fat, b_dir, b_data;		/* Area offset (LBA) */

-	DWORD n_part, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir;		/* Area size */

-	DWORD n_clst, d, n;

-	WORD as;

-	FATFS *fs;

-	DSTATUS stat;

-

-

-	/* Check validity of the parameters */

-	if (drv >= _DRIVES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;

-	if (partition >= 2) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;

-

-	/* Check mounted drive and clear work area */

-	fs = FatFs[drv];

-	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;

-	fs->fs_type = 0;

-	drv = LD2PD(drv);

-

-	/* Get disk statics */

-	stat = disk_initialize(drv);

-	if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;

-	if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;

-#if _MAX_SS != 512						/* Get disk sector size */

-	if (disk_ioctl(drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK

-		|| SS(fs) > _MAX_SS)

-		return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;

-#endif

-	if (disk_ioctl(drv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_part) != RES_OK || n_part < MIN_SECTOR)

-		return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;

-	if (n_part > MAX_SECTOR) n_part = MAX_SECTOR;

-	b_part = (!partition) ? 63 : 0;		/* Boot sector */

-	n_part -= b_part;

-	for (d = 512; d <= 32768U && d != allocsize; d <<= 1) ;	/* Check validity of the allocation unit size */

-	if (d != allocsize) allocsize = 0;

-	if (!allocsize) {					/* Auto selection of cluster size */

-		d = n_part;

-		for (as = SS(fs); as > 512U; as >>= 1) d >>= 1;

-		for (n = 0; d < sstbl[n]; n++) ;

-		allocsize = cstbl[n];

-	}

-	if (allocsize < SS(fs)) allocsize = SS(fs);

-

-	allocsize /= SS(fs);		/* Number of sectors per cluster */

-

-	/* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT type */

-	n_clst = n_part / allocsize;

-	fmt = FS_FAT12;

-	if (n_clst >= 0xFF5) fmt = FS_FAT16;

-	if (n_clst >= 0xFFF5) fmt = FS_FAT32;

-

-	/* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */

-	switch (fmt) {

-	case FS_FAT12:

-		n_fat = ((n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);

-		n_rsv = 1 + partition;

-		n_dir = N_ROOTDIR * 32 / SS(fs);

-		break;

-	case FS_FAT16:

-		n_fat = ((n_clst * 2) + 4 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);

-		n_rsv = 1 + partition;

-		n_dir = N_ROOTDIR * 32 / SS(fs);

-		break;

-	default:

-		n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);

-		n_rsv = 33 - partition;

-		n_dir = 0;

-	}

-	b_fat = b_part + n_rsv;			/* FATs start sector */

-	b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS;	/* Directory start sector */

-	b_data = b_dir + n_dir;			/* Data start sector */

-

-	/* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */

-	if (disk_ioctl(drv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;

-	n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1);

-	n_fat += (n - b_data) / N_FATS;

-	/* b_dir and b_data are no longer used below */

-

-	/* Determine number of cluster and final check of validity of the FAT type */

-	n_clst = (n_part - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / allocsize;

-	if (   (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < 0xFF5)

-		|| (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < 0xFFF5))

-		return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;

-

-	/* Create partition table if needed */

-	if (!partition) {

-		DWORD n_disk = b_part + n_part;

-

-		mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs));

-		tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table;

-		ST_DWORD(tbl, 0x00010180);		/* Partition start in CHS */

-		if (n_disk < 63UL * 255 * 1024) {	/* Partition end in CHS */

-			n_disk = n_disk / 63 / 255;

-			tbl[7] = (BYTE)n_disk;

-			tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n_disk >> 2) | 63);

-		} else {

-			ST_WORD(&tbl[6], 0xFFFF);

-		}

-		tbl[5] = 254;

-		if (fmt != FS_FAT32)			/* System ID */

-			tbl[4] = (n_part < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06;

-		else

-			tbl[4] = 0x0c;

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63);			/* Partition start in LBA */

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_part);		/* Partition size in LBA */

-		ST_WORD(tbl+64, 0xAA55);		/* Signature */

-		if (disk_write(drv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK)

-			return FR_DISK_ERR;

-		partition = 0xF8;

-	} else {

-		partition = 0xF0;

-	}

-

-	/* Create boot record */

-	tbl = fs->win;								/* Clear buffer */

-	mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));

-	ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_jmpBoot, 0x90FEEB);			/* Boot code (jmp $, nop) */

-	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, SS(fs));		/* Sector size */

-	tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)allocsize;		/* Sectors per cluster */

-	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv);			/* Reserved sectors */

-	tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS;					/* Number of FATs */

-	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, SS(fs) / 32 * n_dir); /* Number of rootdir entries */

-	if (n_part < 0x10000) {						/* Number of total sectors */

-		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_part);

-	} else {

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_part);

-	}

-	tbl[BPB_Media] = partition;					/* Media descripter */

-	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63);				/* Number of sectors per track */

-	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255);				/* Number of heads */

-	ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_part);			/* Hidden sectors */

-	n = get_fattime();							/* Use current time as a VSN */

-	if (fmt != FS_FAT32) {

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n);				/* Volume serial number */

-		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat);		/* Number of secters per FAT */

-		tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80;					/* Drive number */

-		tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29;					/* Extended boot signature */

-		mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME    FAT     ", 19);	/* Volume lavel, FAT signature */

-	} else {

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n);			/* Volume serial number */

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat);		/* Number of secters per FAT */

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2);			/* Root directory cluster (2) */

-		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1);				/* FSInfo record offset (bs+1) */

-		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6);			/* Backup boot record offset (bs+6) */

-		tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80;				/* Drive number */

-		tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29;				/* Extended boot signature */

-		mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME    FAT32   ", 19);	/* Volume lavel, FAT signature */

-	}

-	ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);				/* Signature */

-	if (SS(fs) > 512U) {

-		ST_WORD(tbl+SS(fs)-2, 0xAA55);

-	}

-	if (disk_write(drv, tbl, b_part+0, 1) != RES_OK)

-		return FR_DISK_ERR;

-	if (fmt == FS_FAT32)

-		disk_write(drv, tbl, b_part+6, 1);

-

-	/* Initialize FAT area */

-	for (m = 0; m < N_FATS; m++) {

-		mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));		/* 1st sector of the FAT  */

-		if (fmt != FS_FAT32) {

-			n = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00;

-			n |= partition;

-			ST_DWORD(tbl, n);				/* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */

-		} else {

-			ST_DWORD(tbl+0, 0xFFFFFFF8);	/* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */

-			ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF);

-			ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF);	/* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */

-		}

-		if (disk_write(drv, tbl, b_fat++, 1) != RES_OK)

-			return FR_DISK_ERR;

-		mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));		/* Following FAT entries are filled by zero */

-		for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) {

-			if (disk_write(drv, tbl, b_fat++, 1) != RES_OK)

-				return FR_DISK_ERR;

-		}

-	}

-

-	/* Initialize Root directory */

-	m = (BYTE)((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? allocsize : n_dir);

-	do {

-		if (disk_write(drv, tbl, b_fat++, 1) != RES_OK)

-			return FR_DISK_ERR;

-	} while (--m);

-

-	/* Create FSInfo record if needed */

-	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {

-		ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1);

-		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 0xFFFFFFFF);

-		disk_write(drv, tbl, b_part+1, 1);

-		disk_write(drv, tbl, b_part+7, 1);

-	}

-

-	return (disk_ioctl(drv, CTRL_SYNC, (void*)NULL) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR;

-}

-

-#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */

-

-

-

-

-#if _USE_STRFUNC

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Get a string from the file                                            */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-char* f_gets (

-	char* buff,	/* Pointer to the string buffer to read */

-	int len,	/* Size of string buffer */

-	FIL* fil	/* Pointer to the file object */

-)

-{

-	int i = 0;

-	char *p = buff;

-	UINT rc;

-

-

-	while (i < len - 1) {			/* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */

-		f_read(fil, p, 1, &rc);

-		if (rc != 1) break;			/* Break when no data to read */

-#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2

-		if (*p == '\r') continue;	/* Strip '\r' */

-#endif

-		i++;

-		if (*p++ == '\n') break;	/* Break when reached end of line */

-	}

-	*p = 0;

-	return i ? buff : NULL;			/* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */

-}

-

-

-

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-#include <stdarg.h>

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Put a character to the file                                           */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-int f_putc (

-	int chr,	/* A character to be output */

-	FIL* fil	/* Ponter to the file object */

-)

-{

-	UINT bw;

-	char c;

-

-

-#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2

-	if (chr == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil);	/* LF -> CRLF conversion */

-#endif

-	if (!fil) {	/* Special value may be used to switch the destination to any other device */

-	/*	put_console(chr);	*/

-		return chr;

-	}

-	c = (char)chr;

-	f_write(fil, &c, 1, &bw);	/* Write a byte to the file */

-	return bw ? chr : EOF;		/* Return the result */

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Put a string to the file                                              */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-int f_puts (

-	const char* str,	/* Pointer to the string to be output */

-	FIL* fil			/* Pointer to the file object */

-)

-{

-	int n;

-

-

-	for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) {

-		if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF;

-	}

-	return n;

-}

-

-

-

-

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Put a formatted string to the file                                    */

-/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-int f_printf (

-	FIL* fil,			/* Pointer to the file object */

-	const char* str,	/* Pointer to the format string */

-	...					/* Optional arguments... */

-)

-{

-	va_list arp;

-	UCHAR c, f, r;

-	ULONG val;

-	char s[16];

-	int i, w, res, cc;

-

-

-	va_start(arp, str);

-

-	for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) {

-		c = *str++;

-		if (c == 0) break;			/* End of string */

-		if (c != '%') {				/* Non escape cahracter */

-			cc = f_putc(c, fil);

-			if (cc != EOF) cc = 1;

-			continue;

-		}

-		w = f = 0;

-		c = *str++;

-		if (c == '0') {				/* Flag: '0' padding */

-			f = 1; c = *str++;

-		}

-		while (c >= '0' && c <= '9') {	/* Precision */

-			w = w * 10 + (c - '0');

-			c = *str++;

-		}

-		if (c == 'l') {				/* Prefix: Size is long int */

-			f |= 2; c = *str++;

-		}

-		if (c == 's') {				/* Type is string */

-			cc = f_puts(va_arg(arp, char*), fil);

-			continue;

-		}

-		if (c == 'c') {				/* Type is character */

-			cc = f_putc(va_arg(arp, int), fil);

-			if (cc != EOF) cc = 1;

-			continue;

-		}

-		r = 0;

-		if (c == 'd') r = 10;		/* Type is signed decimal */

-		if (c == 'u') r = 10;		/* Type is unsigned decimal */

-		if (c == 'X') r = 16;		/* Type is unsigned hexdecimal */

-		if (r == 0) break;			/* Unknown type */

-		if (f & 2) {				/* Get the value */

-			val = (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long);

-		} else {

-			val = (c == 'd') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int);

-		}

-		/* Put numeral string */

-		if (c == 'd') {

-			if (val & 0x80000000) {

-				val = 0 - val;

-				f |= 4;

-			}

-		}

-		i = sizeof(s) - 1; s[i] = 0;

-		do {

-			c = (UCHAR)(val % r + '0');

-			if (c > '9') c += 7;

-			s[--i] = c;

-			val /= r;

-		} while (i && val);

-		if (i && (f & 4)) s[--i] = '-';

-		w = sizeof(s) - 1 - w;

-		while (i && i > w) s[--i] = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' ';

-		cc = f_puts(&s[i], fil);

-	}

-

-	va_end(arp);

-	return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res;

-}

-

-#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */

-#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */

+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module  R0.07e                    (C)ChaN, 2010
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following trems.
+/
+/  Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/   personal, non-profit or commercial products UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/
+/-----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Feb 26,'06 R0.00  Prototype.
+/
+/ Apr 29,'06 R0.01  First stable version.
+/
+/ Jun 01,'06 R0.02  Added FAT12 support.
+/                   Removed unbuffered mode.
+/                   Fixed a problem on small (<32M) patition.
+/ Jun 10,'06 R0.02a Added a configuration option (_FS_MINIMUM).
+/
+/ Sep 22,'06 R0.03  Added f_rename().
+/                   Changed option _FS_MINIMUM to _FS_MINIMIZE.
+/ Dec 11,'06 R0.03a Improved cluster scan algolithm to write files fast.
+/                   Fixed f_mkdir() creates incorrect directory on FAT32.
+/
+/ Feb 04,'07 R0.04  Supported multiple drive system.
+/                   Changed some interfaces for multiple drive system.
+/                   Changed f_mountdrv() to f_mount().
+/                   Added f_mkfs().
+/ Apr 01,'07 R0.04a Supported multiple partitions on a plysical drive.
+/                   Added a capability of extending file size to f_lseek().
+/                   Added minimization level 3.
+/                   Fixed an endian sensitive code in f_mkfs().
+/ May 05,'07 R0.04b Added a configuration option _USE_NTFLAG.
+/                   Added FSInfo support.
+/                   Fixed DBCS name can result FR_INVALID_NAME.
+/                   Fixed short seek (<= csize) collapses the file object.
+/
+/ Aug 25,'07 R0.05  Changed arguments of f_read(), f_write() and f_mkfs().
+/                   Fixed f_mkfs() on FAT32 creates incorrect FSInfo.
+/                   Fixed f_mkdir() on FAT32 creates incorrect directory.
+/ Feb 03,'08 R0.05a Added f_truncate() and f_utime().
+/                   Fixed off by one error at FAT sub-type determination.
+/                   Fixed btr in f_read() can be mistruncated.
+/                   Fixed cached sector is not flushed when create and close
+/                   without write.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'08 R0.06  Added fputc(), fputs(), fprintf() and fgets().
+/                   Improved performance of f_lseek() on moving to the same
+/                   or following cluster.
+/
+/ Apr 01,'09 R0.07  Merged Tiny-FatFs as a buffer configuration option.
+/                   Added long file name support.
+/                   Added multiple code page support.
+/                   Added re-entrancy for multitask operation.
+/                   Added auto cluster size selection to f_mkfs().
+/                   Added rewind option to f_readdir().
+/                   Changed result code of critical errors.
+/                   Renamed string functions to avoid name collision.
+/ Apr 14,'09 R0.07a Separated out OS dependent code on reentrant cfg.
+/                   Added multiple sector size support.
+/ Jun 21,'09 R0.07c Fixed f_unlink() can return FR_OK on error.
+/                   Fixed wrong cache control in f_lseek().
+/                   Added relative path feature.
+/                   Added f_chdir() and f_chdrive().
+/                   Added proper case conversion to extended char.
+/ Nov 03,'09 R0.07e Separated out configuration options from ff.h to ffconf.h.
+/                   Fixed f_unlink() fails to remove a sub-dir on _FS_RPATH.
+/                   Fixed name matching error on the 13 char boundary.
+/                   Added a configuration option, _LFN_UNICODE.
+/                   Changed f_readdir() to return the SFN with always upper
+/                   case on non-LFN cfg.
+/---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#include "ff.h"			/* FatFs configurations and declarations */
+#include "diskio.h"		/* Declarations of low level disk I/O functions */
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Module Private Definitions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FATFS != 0x007E
+#error Wrong include file (ff.h).
+#endif
+
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+#if _USE_LFN == 1
+#error Static LFN work area must not be used in re-entrant configuration.
+#endif
+#define	ENTER_FF(fs)		{ if (!lock_fs(fs)) return FR_TIMEOUT; }
+#define	LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	{ unlock_fs(fs, res); return res; }
+
+#else
+#define	ENTER_FF(fs)
+#define LEAVE_FF(fs, res)	return res
+
+#endif
+
+#define	ABORT(fs, res)		{ fp->flag |= FA__ERROR; LEAVE_FF(fs, res); }
+
+#ifndef NULL
+#define	NULL	0
+#endif
+
+/* Name status flags */
+#define NS			11		/* Offset of name status byte */
+#define NS_LOSS		0x01	/* Out of 8.3 format */
+#define NS_LFN		0x02	/* Force to create LFN entry */
+#define NS_LAST		0x04	/* Last segment */
+#define NS_BODY		0x08	/* Lower case flag (body) */
+#define NS_EXT		0x10	/* Lower case flag (ext) */
+#define NS_DOT		0x20	/* Dot entry */
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Private Work Area
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _DRIVES < 1 || _DRIVES > 9
+#error Number of drives must be 1-9.
+#endif
+static
+FATFS *FatFs[_DRIVES];	/* Pointer to the file system objects (logical drives) */
+
+static
+WORD Fsid;				/* File system mount ID */
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+static
+BYTE Drive;				/* Current drive */
+#endif
+
+
+#if _USE_LFN == 1	/* LFN with static LFN working buffer */
+static
+WCHAR LfnBuf[_MAX_LFN + 1];
+#define	NAMEBUF(sp,lp)	BYTE sp[12]; WCHAR *lp = LfnBuf
+#define INITBUF(dj,sp,lp)	dj.fn = sp; dj.lfn = lp
+
+#elif _USE_LFN > 1	/* LFN with dynamic LFN working buffer */
+#define	NAMEBUF(sp,lp)	BYTE sp[12]; WCHAR lbuf[_MAX_LFN + 1], *lp = lbuf
+#define INITBUF(dj,sp,lp)	dj.fn = sp; dj.lfn = lp
+
+#else				/* No LFN */
+#define	NAMEBUF(sp,lp)	BYTE sp[12]
+#define INITBUF(dj,sp,lp)	dj.fn = sp
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Module Private Functions
+
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* String functions                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Copy memory to memory */
+static
+void mem_cpy (void* dst, const void* src, int cnt) {
+	char *d = (char*)dst;
+	const char *s = (const char *)src;
+	while (cnt--) *d++ = *s++;
+}
+
+/* Fill memory */
+static
+void mem_set (void* dst, int val, int cnt) {
+	char *d = (char*)dst;
+	while (cnt--) *d++ = (char)val;
+}
+
+/* Compare memory to memory */
+static
+int mem_cmp (const void* dst, const void* src, int cnt) {
+	const char *d = (const char *)dst, *s = (const char *)src;
+	int r = 0;
+	while (cnt-- && (r = *d++ - *s++) == 0) ;
+	return r;
+}
+
+/* Check if chr is contained in the string */
+static
+int chk_chr (const char* str, int chr) {
+	while (*str && *str != chr) str++;
+	return *str;
+}
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Request/Release grant to access the volume                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+
+static
+BOOL lock_fs (
+	FATFS *fs		/* File system object */
+)
+{
+	return ff_req_grant(fs->sobj);
+}
+
+
+static
+void unlock_fs (
+	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */
+	FRESULT res		/* Result code to be returned */
+)
+{
+	if (res != FR_NOT_ENABLED &&
+		res != FR_INVALID_DRIVE &&
+		res != FR_INVALID_OBJECT &&
+		res != FR_TIMEOUT) {
+		ff_rel_grant(fs->sobj);
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change window offset                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT move_window (
+	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */
+	DWORD sector	/* Sector number to make apperance in the fs->win[] */
+)					/* Move to zero only writes back dirty window */
+{
+	DWORD wsect;
+
+
+	wsect = fs->winsect;
+	if (wsect != sector) {	/* Changed current window */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+		if (fs->wflag) {	/* Write back dirty window if needed */
+			if (disk_write(fs->drive, fs->win, wsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+			fs->wflag = 0;
+			if (wsect < (fs->fatbase + fs->sects_fat)) {	/* In FAT area */
+				BYTE nf;
+				for (nf = fs->n_fats; nf > 1; nf--) {	/* Refrect the change to all FAT copies */
+					wsect += fs->sects_fat;
+					disk_write(fs->drive, fs->win, wsect, 1);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+		if (sector) {
+			if (disk_read(fs->drive, fs->win, sector, 1) != RES_OK)
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+			fs->winsect = sector;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Clean-up cached data                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT sync (	/* FR_OK: successful, FR_DISK_ERR: failed */
+	FATFS *fs	/* File system object */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	res = move_window(fs, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		/* Update FSInfo sector if needed */
+		if (fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && fs->fsi_flag) {
+			fs->winsect = 0;
+			mem_set(fs->win, 0, 512);
+			ST_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count, fs->free_clust);
+			ST_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free, fs->last_clust);
+			disk_write(fs->drive, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1);
+			fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+		}
+		/* Make sure that no pending write process in the physical drive */
+		if (disk_ioctl(fs->drive, CTRL_SYNC, (void*)NULL) != RES_OK)
+			res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Read value of a FAT entry                                */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD get_fat (	/* 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, 1:Interal error, Else:Cluster status */
+	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst	/* Cluster# to get the link information */
+)
+{
+	UINT wc, bc;
+	DWORD fsect;
+
+
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->max_clust)	/* Range check */
+		return 1;
+
+	fsect = fs->fatbase;
+	switch (fs->fs_type) {
+	case FS_FAT12 :
+		bc = clst; bc += bc / 2;
+		if (move_window(fs, fsect + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+		wc = fs->win[bc & (SS(fs) - 1)]; bc++;
+		if (move_window(fs, fsect + (bc / SS(fs)))) break;
+		wc |= (WORD)fs->win[bc & (SS(fs) - 1)] << 8;
+		return (clst & 1) ? (wc >> 4) : (wc & 0xFFF);
+
+	case FS_FAT16 :
+		if (move_window(fs, fsect + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)))) break;
+		return LD_WORD(&fs->win[((WORD)clst * 2) & (SS(fs) - 1)]);
+
+	case FS_FAT32 :
+		if (move_window(fs, fsect + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)))) break;
+		return LD_DWORD(&fs->win[((WORD)clst * 4) & (SS(fs) - 1)]) & 0x0FFFFFFF;
+	}
+
+	return 0xFFFFFFFF;	/* An error occured at the disk I/O layer */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT access - Change value of a FAT entry                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+
+FRESULT put_fat (
+	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst,	/* Cluster# to be changed in range of 2 to fs->max_clust - 1 */
+	DWORD val	/* New value to mark the cluster */
+)
+{
+	UINT bc;
+	BYTE *p;
+	DWORD fsect;
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->max_clust) {	/* Range check */
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+	} else {
+		fsect = fs->fatbase;
+		switch (fs->fs_type) {
+		case FS_FAT12 :
+			bc = clst; bc += bc / 2;
+			res = move_window(fs, fsect + (bc / SS(fs)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			p = &fs->win[bc & (SS(fs) - 1)];
+			*p = (clst & 1) ? ((*p & 0x0F) | ((BYTE)val << 4)) : (BYTE)val;
+			bc++;
+			fs->wflag = 1;
+			res = move_window(fs, fsect + (bc / SS(fs)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			p = &fs->win[bc & (SS(fs) - 1)];
+			*p = (clst & 1) ? (BYTE)(val >> 4) : ((*p & 0xF0) | ((BYTE)(val >> 8) & 0x0F));
+			break;
+
+		case FS_FAT16 :
+			res = move_window(fs, fsect + (clst / (SS(fs) / 2)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			ST_WORD(&fs->win[((WORD)clst * 2) & (SS(fs) - 1)], (WORD)val);
+			break;
+
+		case FS_FAT32 :
+			res = move_window(fs, fsect + (clst / (SS(fs) / 4)));
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			ST_DWORD(&fs->win[((WORD)clst * 4) & (SS(fs) - 1)], val);
+			break;
+
+		default :
+			res = FR_INT_ERR;
+		}
+		fs->wflag = 1;
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Remove a cluster chain                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT remove_chain (
+	FATFS *fs,			/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to remove a chain from */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD nxt;
+
+
+	if (clst < 2 || clst >= fs->max_clust) {	/* Check the range of cluster# */
+		res = FR_INT_ERR;
+
+	} else {
+		res = FR_OK;
+		while (clst < fs->max_clust) {			/* Not a last link? */
+			nxt = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Get cluster status */
+			if (nxt == 0) break;				/* Empty cluster? */
+			if (nxt == 1) { res = FR_INT_ERR; break; }	/* Internal error? */
+			if (nxt == 0xFFFFFFFF) { res = FR_DISK_ERR; break; }	/* Disk error? */
+			res = put_fat(fs, clst, 0);			/* Mark the cluster "empty" */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {	/* Update FSInfo */
+				fs->free_clust++;
+				fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+			}
+			clst = nxt;	/* Next cluster */
+		}
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FAT handling - Stretch or Create a cluster chain                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+DWORD create_chain (	/* 0:No free cluster, 1:Internal error, 0xFFFFFFFF:Disk error, >=2:New cluster# */
+	FATFS *fs,			/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst			/* Cluster# to stretch. 0 means create a new chain. */
+)
+{
+	DWORD cs, ncl, scl, mcl;
+
+
+	mcl = fs->max_clust;
+	if (clst == 0) {		/* Create new chain */
+		scl = fs->last_clust;			/* Get suggested start point */
+		if (scl == 0 || scl >= mcl) scl = 1;
+	}
+	else {					/* Stretch existing chain */
+		cs = get_fat(fs, clst);			/* Check the cluster status */
+		if (cs < 2) return 1;			/* It is an invalid cluster */
+		if (cs < mcl) return cs;		/* It is already followed by next cluster */
+		scl = clst;
+	}
+
+	ncl = scl;				/* Start cluster */
+	for (;;) {
+		ncl++;							/* Next cluster */
+		if (ncl >= mcl) {				/* Wrap around */
+			ncl = 2;
+			if (ncl > scl) return 0;	/* No free custer */
+		}
+		cs = get_fat(fs, ncl);			/* Get the cluster status */
+		if (cs == 0) break;				/* Found a free cluster */
+		if (cs == 0xFFFFFFFF || cs == 1)/* An error occured */
+			return cs;
+		if (ncl == scl) return 0;		/* No free custer */
+	}
+
+	if (put_fat(fs, ncl, 0x0FFFFFFF))	/* Mark the new cluster "in use" */
+		return 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	if (clst != 0) {					/* Link it to the previous one if needed */
+		if (put_fat(fs, clst, ncl))
+			return 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	}
+
+	fs->last_clust = ncl;				/* Update FSINFO */
+	if (fs->free_clust != 0xFFFFFFFF) {
+		fs->free_clust--;
+		fs->fsi_flag = 1;
+	}
+
+	return ncl;		/* Return new cluster number */
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get sector# from cluster#                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+DWORD clust2sect (	/* !=0: Sector number, 0: Failed - invalid cluster# */
+	FATFS *fs,		/* File system object */
+	DWORD clst		/* Cluster# to be converted */
+)
+{
+	clst -= 2;
+	if (clst >= (fs->max_clust - 2)) return 0;		/* Invalid cluster# */
+	return clst * fs->csize + fs->database;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Seek directory index                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_seek (
+	DIR *dj,		/* Pointer to directory object */
+	WORD idx		/* Directory index number */
+)
+{
+	DWORD clst;
+	WORD ic;
+
+
+	dj->index = idx;
+	clst = dj->sclust;
+	if (clst == 1 || clst >= dj->fs->max_clust)	/* Check start cluster range */
+		return FR_INT_ERR;
+	if (!clst && dj->fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32)	/* Replace cluster# 0 with root cluster# if in FAT32 */
+		clst = dj->fs->dirbase;
+
+	if (clst == 0) {	/* Static table */
+		dj->clust = clst;
+		if (idx >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)		/* Index is out of range */
+			return FR_INT_ERR;
+		dj->sect = dj->fs->dirbase + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / 32);	/* Sector# */
+	}
+	else {				/* Dynamic table */
+		ic = SS(dj->fs) / 32 * dj->fs->csize;	/* Entries per cluster */
+		while (idx >= ic) {	/* Follow cluster chain */
+			clst = get_fat(dj->fs, clst);				/* Get next cluster */
+			if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Disk error */
+			if (clst < 2 || clst >= dj->fs->max_clust)	/* Reached to end of table or int error */
+				return FR_INT_ERR;
+			idx -= ic;
+		}
+		dj->clust = clst;
+		dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst) + idx / (SS(dj->fs) / 32);	/* Sector# */
+	}
+
+	dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (idx % (SS(dj->fs) / 32)) * 32;	/* Ptr to the entry in the sector */
+
+	return FR_OK;	/* Seek succeeded */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Move directory index next                        */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_next (	/* FR_OK:Succeeded, FR_NO_FILE:End of table, FR_DENIED:EOT and could not streach */
+	DIR *dj,		/* Pointer to directory object */
+	BOOL streach	/* FALSE: Do not streach table, TRUE: Streach table if needed */
+)
+{
+	DWORD clst;
+	WORD i;
+
+
+	i = dj->index + 1;
+	if (!i || !dj->sect)	/* Report EOT when index has reached 65535 */
+		return FR_NO_FILE;
+
+	if (!(i % (SS(dj->fs) / 32))) {	/* Sector changed? */
+		dj->sect++;					/* Next sector */
+
+		if (dj->clust == 0) {	/* Static table */
+			if (i >= dj->fs->n_rootdir)	/* Report EOT when end of table */
+				return FR_NO_FILE;
+		}
+		else {					/* Dynamic table */
+			if (((i / (SS(dj->fs) / 32)) & (dj->fs->csize - 1)) == 0) {	/* Cluster changed? */
+				clst = get_fat(dj->fs, dj->clust);				/* Get next cluster */
+				if (clst <= 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+				if (clst >= dj->fs->max_clust) {				/* When it reached end of dynamic table */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+					BYTE c;
+					if (!streach) return FR_NO_FILE;			/* When do not streach, report EOT */
+					clst = create_chain(dj->fs, dj->clust);		/* Streach cluster chain */
+					if (clst == 0) return FR_DENIED;			/* No free cluster */
+					if (clst == 1) return FR_INT_ERR;
+					if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+					/* Clean-up streached table */
+					if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;	/* Flush active window */
+					mem_set(dj->fs->win, 0, SS(dj->fs));			/* Clear window buffer */
+					dj->fs->winsect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);	/* Cluster start sector */
+					for (c = 0; c < dj->fs->csize; c++) {		/* Fill the new cluster with 0 */
+						dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+						if (move_window(dj->fs, 0)) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+						dj->fs->winsect++;
+					}
+					dj->fs->winsect -= c;						/* Rewind window address */
+#else
+					return FR_NO_FILE;			/* Report EOT */
+#endif
+				}
+				dj->clust = clst;				/* Initialize data for new cluster */
+				dj->sect = clust2sect(dj->fs, clst);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	dj->index = i;
+	dj->dir = dj->fs->win + (i % (SS(dj->fs) / 32)) * 32;
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* LFN handling - Test/Pick/Fit an LFN segment from/to directory entry   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+const BYTE LfnOfs[] = {1,3,5,7,9,14,16,18,20,22,24,28,30};	/* Offset of LFN chars in the directory entry */
+
+
+static
+BOOL cmp_lfn (			/* TRUE:Matched, FALSE:Not matched */
+	WCHAR *lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the LFN to be compared */
+	BYTE *dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry containing a part of LFN */
+)
+{
+	int i, s;
+	WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0xBF) - 1) * 13;	/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+	s = 0; wc = 1;
+	do {
+		uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);	/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+		if (wc) {	/* Last char has not been processed */
+			wc = ff_wtoupper(uc);		/* Convert it to upper case */
+			if (i >= _MAX_LFN || wc != ff_wtoupper(lfnbuf[i++]))	/* Compare it */
+				return FALSE;			/* Not matched */
+		} else {
+			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return FALSE;	/* Check filler */
+		}
+	} while (++s < 13);				/* Repeat until all chars in the entry are checked */
+
+	if ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x40) && wc && lfnbuf[i])	/* Last segment matched but different length */
+		return FALSE;
+
+	return TRUE;					/* The part of LFN matched */
+}
+
+
+
+static
+BOOL pick_lfn (			/* TRUE:Succeeded, FALSE:Buffer overflow */
+	WCHAR *lfnbuf,		/* Pointer to the Unicode-LFN buffer */
+	BYTE *dir			/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+)
+{
+	int i, s;
+	WCHAR wc, uc;
+
+
+	i = ((dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x3F) - 1) * 13;	/* Offset in the LFN buffer */
+
+	s = 0; wc = 1;
+	do {
+		uc = LD_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s]);			/* Pick an LFN character from the entry */
+		if (wc) {	/* Last char has not been processed */
+			if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return FALSE;	/* Buffer overflow? */
+			lfnbuf[i++] = wc = uc;				/* Store it */
+		} else {
+			if (uc != 0xFFFF) return FALSE;		/* Check filler */
+		}
+	} while (++s < 13);						/* Read all character in the entry */
+
+	if (dir[LDIR_Ord] & 0x40) {				/* Put terminator if it is the last LFN part */
+		if (i >= _MAX_LFN) return FALSE;	/* Buffer overflow? */
+		lfnbuf[i] = 0;
+	}
+
+	return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+void fit_lfn (
+	const WCHAR *lfnbuf,	/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+	BYTE *dir,				/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+	BYTE ord,				/* LFN order (1-20) */
+	BYTE sum				/* SFN sum */
+)
+{
+	int i, s;
+	WCHAR wc;
+
+
+	dir[LDIR_Chksum] = sum;			/* Set check sum */
+	dir[LDIR_Attr] = AM_LFN;		/* Set attribute. LFN entry */
+	dir[LDIR_Type] = 0;
+	ST_WORD(dir+LDIR_FstClusLO, 0);
+
+	i = (ord - 1) * 13;				/* Get offset in the LFN buffer */
+	s = wc = 0;
+	do {
+		if (wc != 0xFFFF) wc = lfnbuf[i++];	/* Get an effective char */
+		ST_WORD(dir+LfnOfs[s], wc);	/* Put it */
+		if (!wc) wc = 0xFFFF;		/* Padding chars following last char */
+	} while (++s < 13);
+	if (wc == 0xFFFF || !lfnbuf[i]) ord |= 0x40;	/* Bottom LFN part is the start of LFN sequence */
+	dir[LDIR_Ord] = ord;			/* Set the LFN order */
+}
+
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create numbered name                                                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+void gen_numname (
+	BYTE *dst,			/* Pointer to genartated SFN */
+	const BYTE *src,	/* Pointer to source SFN to be modified */
+	const WCHAR *lfn,	/* Pointer to LFN */
+	WORD num			/* Sequense number */
+)
+{
+	char ns[8];
+	int i, j;
+
+
+	mem_cpy(dst, src, 11);
+
+	if (num > 5) {	/* On many collisions, generate a hash number instead of sequencial number */
+		do num = (num >> 1) + (num << 15) + (WORD)*lfn++; while (*lfn);
+	}
+
+	/* itoa */
+	i = 7;
+	do {
+		ns[i--] = (num % 10) + '0';
+		num /= 10;
+	} while (num);
+	ns[i] = '~';
+
+	/* Append the number */
+	for (j = 0; j < i && dst[j] != ' '; j++) {
+		if (IsDBCS1(dst[j])) {
+			if (j == i - 1) break;
+			j++;
+		}
+	}
+	do {
+		dst[j++] = (i < 8) ? ns[i++] : ' ';
+	} while (j < 8);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Calculate sum of an SFN                                               */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_LFN
+static
+BYTE sum_sfn (
+	const BYTE *dir		/* Ptr to directory entry */
+)
+{
+	BYTE sum = 0;
+	int n = 11;
+
+	do sum = (sum >> 1) + (sum << 7) + *dir++; while (--n);
+	return sum;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Directory handling - Find an object in the directory                  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT dir_find (
+	DIR *dj			/* Pointer to the directory object linked to the file name */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+	BYTE a, ord, sum;
+#endif
+
+	res = dir_seek(dj, 0);			/* Rewind directory object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+	ord = sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+	do {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		dir = dj->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+		c = dir[DIR_Name];
+		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+		if (c == 0xE5 || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */
+			ord = 0xFF;
+		} else {
+			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */
+				if (dj->lfn) {
+					if (c & 0x40) {		/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+						sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+						c &= 0xBF; ord = c;	/* LFN start order */
+						dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+					}
+					/* Check validity of the LFN entry and compare it with given name */
+					ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && cmp_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+				}
+			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */
+				if (!ord && sum == sum_sfn(dir)) break;	/* LFN matched? */
+				ord = 0xFF; dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;	/* Reset LFN sequence */
+				if (!(dj->fn[NS] & NS_LOSS) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) break;	/* SFN matched? */
+			}
+		}
+#else		/* Non LFN configuration */
+		if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL) && !mem_cmp(dir, dj->fn, 11)) /* Is it a valid entry? */
+			break;
+#endif
+		res = dir_next(dj, FALSE);		/* Next entry */
+	} while (res == FR_OK);
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read an object from the directory                                     */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+FRESULT dir_read (
+	DIR *dj			/* Pointer to the directory object that pointing the entry to be read */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN
+	BYTE a, ord = 0xFF, sum = 0xFF;
+#endif
+
+	res = FR_NO_FILE;
+	while (dj->sect) {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		dir = dj->dir;					/* Ptr to the directory entry of current index */
+		c = dir[DIR_Name];
+		if (c == 0) { res = FR_NO_FILE; break; }	/* Reached to end of table */
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+		a = dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_MASK;
+		if (c == 0xE5 || (!_FS_RPATH && c == '.') || ((a & AM_VOL) && a != AM_LFN)) {	/* An entry without valid data */
+			ord = 0xFF;
+		} else {
+			if (a == AM_LFN) {			/* An LFN entry is found */
+				if (c & 0x40) {			/* Is it start of LFN sequence? */
+					sum = dir[LDIR_Chksum];
+					c &= 0xBF; ord = c;
+					dj->lfn_idx = dj->index;
+				}
+				/* Check LFN validity and capture it */
+				ord = (c == ord && sum == dir[LDIR_Chksum] && pick_lfn(dj->lfn, dir)) ? ord - 1 : 0xFF;
+			} else {					/* An SFN entry is found */
+				if (ord || sum != sum_sfn(dir))	/* Is there a valid LFN? */
+					dj->lfn_idx = 0xFFFF;		/* It has no LFN. */
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+#else		/* Non LFN configuration */
+		if (c != 0xE5 && (_FS_RPATH || c != '.') && !(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_VOL))	/* Is it a valid entry? */
+			break;
+#endif
+		res = dir_next(dj, FALSE);				/* Next entry */
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+	}
+
+	if (res != FR_OK) dj->sect = 0;
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Register an object to the directory                                   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+static
+FRESULT dir_register (	/* FR_OK:Successful, FR_DENIED:No free entry or too many SFN collision, FR_DISK_ERR:Disk error */
+	DIR *dj				/* Target directory with object name to be created */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE c, *dir;
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+	WORD n, ne, is;
+	BYTE sn[12], *fn, sum;
+	WCHAR *lfn;
+
+
+	fn = dj->fn; lfn = dj->lfn;
+	mem_cpy(sn, fn, 12);
+
+	if (_FS_RPATH && (sn[NS] & NS_DOT)) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Cannot create dot entry */
+
+	if (sn[NS] & NS_LOSS) {			/* When LFN is out of 8.3 format, generate a numbered name */
+		fn[NS] = 0; dj->lfn = NULL;			/* Find only SFN */
+		for (n = 1; n < 100; n++) {
+			gen_numname(fn, sn, lfn, n);	/* Generate a numbered name */
+			res = dir_find(dj);				/* Check if the name collides with existing SFN */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		}
+		if (n == 100) return FR_DENIED;		/* Abort if too many collisions */
+		if (res != FR_NO_FILE) return res;	/* Abort if the result is other than 'not collided' */
+		fn[NS] = sn[NS]; dj->lfn = lfn;
+	}
+
+	if (sn[NS] & NS_LFN) {			/* When LFN is to be created, reserve reserve an SFN + LFN entries. */
+		for (ne = 0; lfn[ne]; ne++) ;
+		ne = (ne + 25) / 13;
+	} else {						/* Otherwise reserve only an SFN entry. */
+		ne = 1;
+	}
+
+	/* Reserve contiguous entries */
+	res = dir_seek(dj, 0);
+	if (res != FR_OK) return res;
+	n = is = 0;
+	do {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res != FR_OK) break;
+		c = *dj->dir;				/* Check the entry status */
+		if (c == 0xE5 || c == 0) {	/* Is it a blank entry? */
+			if (n == 0) is = dj->index;	/* First index of the contigulus entry */
+			if (++n == ne) break;	/* A contiguous entry that requiered count is found */
+		} else {
+			n = 0;					/* Not a blank entry. Restart to search */
+		}
+		res = dir_next(dj, TRUE);	/* Next entry with table streach */
+	} while (res == FR_OK);
+
+	if (res == FR_OK && ne > 1) {	/* Initialize LFN entry if needed */
+		res = dir_seek(dj, is);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			sum = sum_sfn(dj->fn);	/* Sum of the SFN tied to the LFN */
+			ne--;
+			do {					/* Store LFN entries in bottom first */
+				res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+				if (res != FR_OK) break;
+				fit_lfn(dj->lfn, dj->dir, (BYTE)ne, sum);
+				dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = dir_next(dj, FALSE);	/* Next entry */
+			} while (res == FR_OK && --ne);
+		}
+	}
+
+#else	/* Non LFN configuration */
+	res = dir_seek(dj, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		do {	/* Find a blank entry for the SFN */
+			res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			c = *dj->dir;
+			if (c == 0xE5 || c == 0) break;	/* Is it a blank entry? */
+			res = dir_next(dj, TRUE);		/* Next entry with table streach */
+		} while (res == FR_OK);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (res == FR_OK) {		/* Initialize the SFN entry */
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			dir = dj->dir;
+			mem_set(dir, 0, 32);		/* Clean the entry */
+			mem_cpy(dir, dj->fn, 11);	/* Put SFN */
+			dir[DIR_NTres] = *(dj->fn+NS) & (NS_BODY | NS_EXT);	/* Put NT flag */
+			dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Remove an object from the directory                                   */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if !_FS_READONLY && !_FS_MINIMIZE
+static
+FRESULT dir_remove (	/* FR_OK: Successful, FR_DISK_ERR: A disk error */
+	DIR *dj				/* Directory object pointing the entry to be removed */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+	WORD i;
+
+	i = dj->index;	/* SFN index */
+	res = dir_seek(dj, (WORD)((dj->lfn_idx == 0xFFFF) ? i : dj->lfn_idx));	/* Goto the SFN or top of the LFN entries */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		do {
+			res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			*dj->dir = 0xE5;			/* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+			dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+			if (dj->index >= i) break;	/* When reached SFN, all entries of the object has been deleted. */
+			res = dir_next(dj, FALSE);	/* Next entry */
+		} while (res == FR_OK);
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+	}
+
+#else			/* Non LFN configuration */
+	res = dir_seek(dj, dj->index);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		res = move_window(dj->fs, dj->sect);
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			*dj->dir = 0xE5;			/* Mark the entry "deleted" */
+			dj->fs->wflag = 1;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	return res;
+}
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Pick a segment and create the object name in directory form           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT create_name (
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the directory object */
+	const XCHAR **path	/* Pointer to pointer to the segment in the path string */
+)
+{
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+	static const BYTE cvt[] = _EXCVT;
+#endif
+
+#if _USE_LFN	/* LFN configuration */
+	BYTE b, cf;
+	WCHAR w, *lfn;
+	int i, ni, si, di;
+	const XCHAR *p;
+
+	/* Create LFN in Unicode */
+	si = di = 0;
+	p = *path;
+	lfn = dj->lfn;
+	for (;;) {
+		w = p[si++];					/* Get a character */
+		if (w < ' ' || w == '/' || w == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */
+		if (di >= _MAX_LFN)				/* Reject too long name */
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+		w &= 0xFF;
+		if (IsDBCS1(w)) {				/* If it is a DBC 1st byte */
+			b = p[si++];				/* Get 2nd byte */
+			if (!IsDBCS2(b))			/* Reject invalid code for DBC */
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			w = (w << 8) + b;
+		}
+		w = ff_convert(w, 1);			/* Convert OEM to Unicode */
+		if (!w) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject invalid code */
+#endif
+		if (w < 0x80 && chk_chr("\"*:<>\?|\x7F", w)) /* Reject illegal chars for LFN */
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		lfn[di++] = w;					/* Store the Unicode char */
+	}
+	*path = &p[si];						/* Rerurn pointer to the next segment */
+	cf = (w < ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	if ((di == 1 && lfn[di - 1] == '.') || /* Is this a dot entry? */
+		(di == 2 && lfn[di - 1] == '.' && lfn[di - 2] == '.')) {
+		lfn[di] = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < 11; i++)
+			dj->fn[i] = (i < di) ? '.' : ' ';
+		dj->fn[i] = cf | NS_DOT;		/* This is a dot entry */
+		return FR_OK;
+	}
+#endif
+	while (di) {						/* Strip trailing spaces and dots */
+		w = lfn[di - 1];
+		if (w != ' ' && w != '.') break;
+		di--;
+	}
+	if (!di) return FR_INVALID_NAME;	/* Reject null string */
+
+	lfn[di] = 0;						/* LFN is created */
+
+	/* Create SFN in directory form */
+	mem_set(dj->fn, ' ', 11);
+	for (si = 0; lfn[si] == ' ' || lfn[si] == '.'; si++) ;	/* Strip leading spaces and dots */
+	if (si) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;
+	while (di && lfn[di - 1] != '.') di--;	/* Find extension (di<=si: no extension) */
+
+	b = i = 0; ni = 8;
+	for (;;) {
+		w = lfn[si++];					/* Get an LFN char */
+		if (!w) break;					/* Break on enf of the LFN */
+		if (w == ' ' || (w == '.' && si != di)) {	/* Remove spaces and dots */
+			cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; continue;
+		}
+
+		if (i >= ni || si == di) {		/* Extension or end of SFN */
+			if (ni == 11) {				/* Long extension */
+				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; break;
+			}
+			if (si != di) cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;	/* Out of 8.3 format */
+			if (si > di) break;			/* No extension */
+			si = di; i = 8; ni = 11;	/* Enter extension section */
+			b <<= 2; continue;
+		}
+
+		if (w >= 0x80) {				/* Non ASCII char */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+			w = ff_convert(w, 0);		/* Unicode -> OEM code */
+			if (w) w = cvt[w - 0x80];	/* Convert extended char to upper (SBCS) */
+#else
+			w = ff_convert(ff_wtoupper(w), 0);	/* Upper converted Unicode -> OEM code */
+#endif
+			cf |= NS_LFN;				/* Force create LFN entry */
+		}
+
+		if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100) {		/* Double byte char */
+			if (i >= ni - 1) {
+				cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN; i = ni; continue;
+			}
+			dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)(w >> 8);
+		} else {						/* Single byte char */
+			if (!w || chk_chr("+,;[=]", w)) {		/* Replace illegal chars for SFN */
+				w = '_'; cf |= NS_LOSS | NS_LFN;	/* Lossy conversion */
+			} else {
+				if (IsUpper(w)) {		/* ASCII large capital */
+					b |= 2;
+				} else {
+					if (IsLower(w)) {	/* ASCII small capital */
+						b |= 1; w -= 0x20;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		dj->fn[i++] = (BYTE)w;
+	}
+
+	if (dj->fn[0] == 0xE5) dj->fn[0] = 0x05;	/* If the first char collides with deleted mark, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x0C || (b & 0x03) == 0x03)	/* Create LFN entry when there are composite capitals */
+		cf |= NS_LFN;
+	if (!(cf & NS_LFN)) {						/* When LFN is in 8.3 format without extended char, NT flags are created */
+		if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) cf |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */
+		if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) cf |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */
+	}
+
+	dj->fn[NS] = cf;	/* SFN is created */
+
+	return FR_OK;
+
+
+#else	/* Non-LFN configuration */
+	BYTE b, c, d, *sfn;
+	int ni, si, i;
+	const char *p;
+
+	/* Create file name in directory form */
+	sfn = dj->fn;
+	mem_set(sfn, ' ', 11);
+	si = i = b = 0; ni = 8;
+	p = *path;
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	if (p[si] == '.') { /* Is this a dot entry? */
+		for (;;) {
+			c = p[si++];
+			if (c != '.' || si >= 3) break;
+			sfn[i++] = c;
+		}
+		if (c != '/' && c != '\\' && c > ' ') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		*path = &p[si];									/* Rerurn pointer to the next segment */
+		sfn[NS] = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST | NS_DOT : NS_DOT;	/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+		return FR_OK;
+	}
+#endif
+	for (;;) {
+		c = p[si++];
+		if (c <= ' ' || c == '/' || c == '\\') break;	/* Break on end of segment */
+		if (c == '.' || i >= ni) {
+			if (ni != 8 || c != '.') return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			i = 8; ni = 11;
+			b <<= 2; continue;
+		}
+		if (c >= 0x80) {				/* Extended char */
+#ifdef _EXCVT
+			c = cvt[c - 0x80];			/* Convert extend char (SBCS) */
+#else
+			b |= 3;						/* Eliminate NT flag if ext char is exist */
+#if !_DF1S	/* ASCII only cfg */
+			return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+#endif
+#endif
+		}
+		if (IsDBCS1(c)) {				/* DBC 1st byte? */
+			d = p[si++];				/* Get 2nd byte */
+			if (!IsDBCS2(d) || i >= ni - 1)	/* Reject invalid DBC */
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			sfn[i++] = c;
+			sfn[i++] = d;
+		} else {						/* Single byte code */
+			if (chk_chr(" \"*+,[=]|\x7F", c))	/* Reject illegal chrs for SFN */
+				return FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			if (IsUpper(c)) {			/* ASCII large capital? */
+				b |= 2;
+			} else {
+				if (IsLower(c)) {		/* ASCII small capital? */
+					b |= 1; c -= 0x20;
+				}
+			}
+			sfn[i++] = c;
+		}
+	}
+	*path = &p[si];						/* Rerurn pointer to the next segment */
+	c = (c <= ' ') ? NS_LAST : 0;		/* Set last segment flag if end of path */
+
+	if (!i) return FR_INVALID_NAME;		/* Reject null string */
+	if (sfn[0] == 0xE5) sfn[0] = 0x05;	/* When first char collides with 0xE5, replace it with 0x05 */
+
+	if (ni == 8) b <<= 2;
+	if ((b & 0x03) == 0x01) c |= NS_EXT;	/* NT flag (Extension has only small capital) */
+	if ((b & 0x0C) == 0x04) c |= NS_BODY;	/* NT flag (Filename has only small capital) */
+
+	sfn[NS] = c;		/* Store NT flag, File name is created */
+
+	return FR_OK;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get file information from directory entry                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+static
+void get_fileinfo (		/* No return code */
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the directory object */
+	FILINFO *fno	 	/* Pointer to the file information to be filled */
+)
+{
+	int i;
+	BYTE c, nt, *dir;
+	char *p;
+
+
+	p = fno->fname;
+	if (dj->sect) {
+		dir = dj->dir;
+		nt = dir[DIR_NTres];		/* NT flag */
+		for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {	/* Copy name body */
+			c = dir[i];
+			if (c == ' ') break;
+			if (c == 0x05) c = 0xE5;
+			if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_BODY) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+			*p++ = c;
+		}
+		if (dir[8] != ' ') {		/* Copy name extension */
+			*p++ = '.';
+			for (i = 8; i < 11; i++) {
+				c = dir[i];
+				if (c == ' ') break;
+				if (_USE_LFN && (nt & NS_EXT) && IsUpper(c)) c += 0x20;
+				*p++ = c;
+			}
+		}
+		fno->fattrib = dir[DIR_Attr];				/* Attribute */
+		fno->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);	/* Size */
+		fno->fdate = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate);		/* Date */
+		fno->ftime = LD_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime);		/* Time */
+	}
+	*p = 0;
+
+#if _USE_LFN
+	if (fno->lfname) {
+		XCHAR *tp = fno->lfname;
+		WCHAR w, *lfn;
+
+		i = 0;
+		if (dj->sect && dj->lfn_idx != 0xFFFF) {/* Get LFN if available */
+			lfn = dj->lfn;
+			while ((w = *lfn++) != 0) {			/* Get an LFN char */
+#if !_LFN_UNICODE
+				w = ff_convert(w, 0);			/* Unicode -> OEM conversion */
+				if (!w) { i = 0; break; }		/* Could not convert, no LFN */
+				if (_DF1S && w >= 0x100)		/* Put 1st byte if it is a DBC */
+					tp[i++] = (XCHAR)(w >> 8);
+#endif
+				if (i >= fno->lfsize - 1) { i = 0; break; }	/* Buffer overrun, no LFN */
+				tp[i++] = (XCHAR)w;
+			}
+		}
+		tp[i] = 0;	/* Terminator */
+	}
+#endif
+}
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Follow a file path                                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT follow_path (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: error code */
+	DIR *dj,			/* Directory object to return last directory and found object */
+	const XCHAR *path	/* Full-path string to find a file or directory */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	BYTE *dir, last;
+
+
+	while (!_USE_LFN && *path == ' ') path++;	/* Skip leading spaces */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\') { /* There is a heading separator */
+		path++;	dj->sclust = 0;		/* Strip it and start from the root dir */
+	} else {							/* No heading saparator */
+		dj->sclust = dj->fs->cdir;	/* Start from the current dir */
+	}
+#else
+	if (*path == '/' || *path == '\\')	/* Strip heading separator if exist */
+		path++;
+	dj->sclust = 0;						/* Start from the root dir */
+#endif
+
+	if ((UINT)*path < ' ') {			/* Null path means the start directory itself */
+		res = dir_seek(dj, 0);
+		dj->dir = NULL;
+
+	} else {							/* Follow path */
+		for (;;) {
+			res = create_name(dj, &path);	/* Get a segment */
+			if (res != FR_OK) break;
+			res = dir_find(dj);				/* Find it */
+			last = *(dj->fn+NS) & NS_LAST;
+			if (res != FR_OK) {				/* Could not find the object */
+				if (res == FR_NO_FILE && !last)
+					res = FR_NO_PATH;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (last) break;				/* Last segment match. Function completed. */
+			dir = dj->dir;					/* There is next segment. Follow the sub directory */
+			if (!(dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)) { /* Cannot follow because it is a file */
+				res = FR_NO_PATH; break;
+			}
+			dj->sclust = ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return res;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Load boot record and check if it is an FAT boot record                */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+BYTE check_fs (	/* 0:The FAT boot record, 1:Valid boot record but not an FAT, 2:Not a boot record, 3:Error */
+	FATFS *fs,	/* File system object */
+	DWORD sect	/* Sector# (lba) to check if it is an FAT boot record or not */
+)
+{
+	if (disk_read(fs->drive, fs->win, sect, 1) != RES_OK)	/* Load boot record */
+		return 3;
+	if (LD_WORD(&fs->win[BS_55AA]) != 0xAA55)		/* Check record signature (always placed at offset 510 even if the sector size is >512) */
+		return 2;
+
+	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)	/* Check "FAT" string */
+		return 0;
+	if ((LD_DWORD(&fs->win[BS_FilSysType32]) & 0xFFFFFF) == 0x544146)
+		return 0;
+
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Make sure that the file system is valid                               */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+FRESULT chk_mounted (	/* FR_OK(0): successful, !=0: any error occured */
+	const XCHAR **path,	/* Pointer to pointer to the path name (drive number) */
+	FATFS **rfs,		/* Pointer to pointer to the found file system object */
+	BYTE chk_wp			/* !=0: Check media write protection for write access */
+)
+{
+	BYTE fmt, *tbl;
+	UINT vol;
+	DSTATUS stat;
+	DWORD bsect, fsize, tsect, mclst;
+	const XCHAR *p = *path;
+	FATFS *fs;
+
+	/* Get logical drive number from the path name */
+	vol = p[0] - '0';				/* Is there a drive number? */
+	if (vol <= 9 && p[1] == ':') {	/* Found a drive number, get and strip it */
+		p += 2; *path = p;			/* Return pointer to the path name */
+	} else {						/* No drive number is given */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+		vol = Drive;				/* Use current drive */
+#else
+		vol = 0;					/* Use drive 0 */
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/* Check if the logical drive is valid or not */
+	if (vol >= _DRIVES) 			/* Is the drive number valid? */
+		return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+	*rfs = fs = FatFs[vol];			/* Returen pointer to the corresponding file system object */
+	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;	/* Is the file system object available? */
+
+	ENTER_FF(fs);					/* Lock file system */
+
+	if (fs->fs_type) {				/* If the logical drive has been mounted */
+		stat = disk_status(fs->drive);
+		if (!(stat & STA_NOINIT)) {	/* and the physical drive is kept initialized (has not been changed), */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+			if (chk_wp && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check write protection if needed */
+				return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#endif
+			return FR_OK;			/* The file system object is valid */
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* The logical drive must be mounted. Following code attempts to mount the volume */
+
+	fs->fs_type = 0;					/* Clear the file system object */
+	fs->drive = (BYTE)LD2PD(vol);		/* Bind the logical drive and a physical drive */
+	stat = disk_initialize(fs->drive);	/* Initialize low level disk I/O layer */
+	if (stat & STA_NOINIT)				/* Check if the drive is ready */
+		return FR_NOT_READY;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512						/* Get disk sector size if needed */
+	if (disk_ioctl(fs->drive, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK || SS(fs) > _MAX_SS)
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+#endif
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	if (chk_wp && (stat & STA_PROTECT))	/* Check disk write protection if needed */
+		return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#endif
+	/* Search FAT partition on the drive */
+	fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect = 0);		/* Check sector 0 as an SFD format */
+	if (fmt == 1) {						/* Not an FAT boot record, it may be patitioned */
+		/* Check a partition listed in top of the partition table */
+		tbl = &fs->win[MBR_Table + LD2PT(vol) * 16];	/* Partition table */
+		if (tbl[4]) {									/* Is the partition existing? */
+			bsect = LD_DWORD(&tbl[8]);					/* Partition offset in LBA */
+			fmt = check_fs(fs, bsect);					/* Check the partition */
+		}
+	}
+	if (fmt == 3) return FR_DISK_ERR;
+	if (fmt || LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_BytsPerSec) != SS(fs))	/* No valid FAT patition is found */
+		return FR_NO_FILESYSTEM;
+
+	/* Initialize the file system object */
+	fsize = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz16);				/* Number of sectors per FAT */
+	if (!fsize) fsize = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_FATSz32);
+	fs->sects_fat = fsize;
+	fs->n_fats = fs->win[BPB_NumFATs];					/* Number of FAT copies */
+	fsize *= fs->n_fats;								/* (Number of sectors in FAT area) */
+	fs->fatbase = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt); /* FAT start sector (lba) */
+	fs->csize = fs->win[BPB_SecPerClus];				/* Number of sectors per cluster */
+	fs->n_rootdir = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RootEntCnt);	/* Nmuber of root directory entries */
+	tsect = LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec16);				/* Number of sectors on the volume */
+	if (!tsect) tsect = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_TotSec32);
+	fs->max_clust = mclst = (tsect						/* Last cluster# + 1 (Number of clusters + 2) */
+		- LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_RsvdSecCnt) - fsize - fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs)/32)
+		) / fs->csize + 2;
+
+	fmt = FS_FAT12;										/* Determine the FAT sub type */
+	if (mclst >= 0xFF7) fmt = FS_FAT16;					/* Number of clusters >= 0xFF5 */
+	if (mclst >= 0xFFF7) fmt = FS_FAT32;				/* Number of clusters >= 0xFFF5 */
+
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32)
+		fs->dirbase = LD_DWORD(fs->win+BPB_RootClus);	/* Root directory start cluster */
+	else
+		fs->dirbase = fs->fatbase + fsize;				/* Root directory start sector (lba) */
+	fs->database = fs->fatbase + fsize + fs->n_rootdir / (SS(fs)/32);	/* Data start sector (lba) */
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	/* Initialize allocation information */
+	fs->free_clust = 0xFFFFFFFF;
+	fs->wflag = 0;
+	/* Get fsinfo if needed */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+	 	fs->fsi_flag = 0;
+		fs->fsi_sector = bsect + LD_WORD(fs->win+BPB_FSInfo);
+		if (disk_read(fs->drive, fs->win, fs->fsi_sector, 1) == RES_OK &&
+			LD_WORD(fs->win+BS_55AA) == 0xAA55 &&
+			LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_LeadSig) == 0x41615252 &&
+			LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_StrucSig) == 0x61417272) {
+			fs->last_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Nxt_Free);
+			fs->free_clust = LD_DWORD(fs->win+FSI_Free_Count);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+	fs->fs_type = fmt;		/* FAT sub-type */
+	fs->winsect = 0;		/* Invalidate sector cache */
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	fs->cdir = 0;			/* Current directory (root dir) */
+#endif
+	fs->id = ++Fsid;		/* File system mount ID */
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Check if the file/dir object is valid or not                          */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static
+FRESULT validate (	/* FR_OK(0): The object is valid, !=0: Invalid */
+	FATFS *fs,		/* Pointer to the file system object */
+	WORD id			/* Member id of the target object to be checked */
+)
+{
+	if (!fs || !fs->fs_type || fs->id != id)
+		return FR_INVALID_OBJECT;
+
+	ENTER_FF(fs);		/* Lock file system */
+
+	if (disk_status(fs->drive) & STA_NOINIT)
+		return FR_NOT_READY;
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+   Public Functions
+
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Mount/Unmount a Locical Drive                                         */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mount (
+	BYTE vol,		/* Logical drive number to be mounted/unmounted */
+	FATFS *fs		/* Pointer to new file system object (NULL for unmount)*/
+)
+{
+	FATFS *rfs;
+
+
+	if (vol >= _DRIVES)				/* Check if the drive number is valid */
+		return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+	rfs = FatFs[vol];				/* Get current fs object */
+
+	if (rfs) {
+#if _FS_REENTRANT					/* Discard sync object of the current volume */
+		if (!ff_del_syncobj(rfs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+		rfs->fs_type = 0;			/* Clear old fs object */
+	}
+
+	if (fs) {
+		fs->fs_type = 0;			/* Clear new fs object */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT					/* Create sync object for the new volume */
+		if (!ff_cre_syncobj(vol, &fs->sobj)) return FR_INT_ERR;
+#endif
+	}
+	FatFs[vol] = fs;				/* Register new fs object */
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Open or Create a File                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_open (
+	FIL *fp,			/* Pointer to the blank file object */
+	const XCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file name */
+	BYTE mode			/* Access mode and file open mode flags */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);
+	BYTE *dir;
+
+
+	fp->fs = NULL;		/* Clear file object */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	mode &= (FA_READ | FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW);
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, (BYTE)(mode & (FA_WRITE | FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)));
+#else
+	mode &= FA_READ;
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+#endif
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+	INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);
+	res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	/* Create or Open a file */
+	if (mode & (FA_CREATE_ALWAYS | FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_CREATE_NEW)) {
+		DWORD ps, cl;
+
+		if (res != FR_OK) {			/* No file, create new */
+			if (res == FR_NO_FILE)	/* There is no file to open, create a new entry */
+				res = dir_register(&dj);
+			if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+			mode |= FA_CREATE_ALWAYS;
+			dir = dj.dir;			/* Created entry (SFN entry) */
+		}
+		else {						/* Any object is already existing */
+			if (mode & FA_CREATE_NEW)			/* Cannot create new */
+				LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_EXIST);
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir || (dir[DIR_Attr] & (AM_RDO | AM_DIR)))	/* Cannot overwrite it (R/O or DIR) */
+				LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_DENIED);
+			if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) {		/* Resize it to zero on over write mode */
+				cl = ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);	/* Get start cluster */
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, 0);	/* cluster = 0 */
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, 0);
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, 0);	/* size = 0 */
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				ps = dj.fs->winsect;			/* Remove the cluster chain */
+				if (cl) {
+					res = remove_chain(dj.fs, cl);
+					if (res) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+					dj.fs->last_clust = cl - 1;	/* Reuse the cluster hole */
+				}
+				res = move_window(dj.fs, ps);
+				if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+			}
+		}
+		if (mode & FA_CREATE_ALWAYS) {
+			dir[DIR_Attr] = 0;					/* Reset attribute */
+			ps = get_fattime();
+			ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_CrtTime, ps);		/* Created time */
+			dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+			mode |= FA__WRITTEN;				/* Set file changed flag */
+		}
+	}
+	/* Open an existing file */
+	else {
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+		if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);	/* Follow failed */
+		dir = dj.dir;
+		if (!dir || (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR))	/* It is a directory */
+			LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_NO_FILE);
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+		if ((mode & FA_WRITE) && (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)) /* R/O violation */
+			LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_DENIED);
+	}
+	fp->dir_sect = dj.fs->winsect;		/* Pointer to the directory entry */
+	fp->dir_ptr = dj.dir;
+#endif
+	fp->flag = mode;					/* File access mode */
+	fp->org_clust =						/* File start cluster */
+		((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
+	fp->fsize = LD_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize);	/* File size */
+	fp->fptr = 0; fp->csect = 255;		/* File pointer */
+	fp->dsect = 0;
+	fp->fs = dj.fs; fp->id = dj.fs->id;	/* Owner file system object of the file */
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read File                                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_read (
+	FIL *fp, 		/* Pointer to the file object */
+	void *buff,		/* Pointer to data buffer */
+	UINT btr,		/* Number of bytes to read */
+	UINT *br		/* Pointer to number of bytes read */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD clst, sect, remain;
+	UINT rcnt, cc;
+	BYTE *rbuff = buff;
+
+
+	*br = 0;	/* Initialize bytes read */
+
+	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);					/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)						/* Check abort flag */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ)) 						/* Check access mode */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;			/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+	for ( ;  btr;									/* Repeat until all data transferred */
+		rbuff += rcnt, fp->fptr += rcnt, *br += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {			/* On the sector boundary? */
+			if (fp->csect >= fp->fs->csize) {		/* On the cluster boundary? */
+				clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ?			/* On the top of the file? */
+					fp->org_clust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);
+				if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->curr_clust = clst;				/* Update current cluster */
+				fp->csect = 0;						/* Reset sector offset in the cluster */
+			}
+			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);	/* Get current sector */
+			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+			sect += fp->csect;
+			cc = btr / SS(fp->fs);					/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+			if (cc) {								/* Read maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+				if (fp->csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */
+					cc = fp->fs->csize - fp->csect;
+				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drive, rbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if !_FS_READONLY && _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2
+#if _FS_TINY
+				if (fp->fs->wflag && fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc)		/* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */
+					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->fs->win, SS(fp->fs));
+#else
+				if ((fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) && fp->dsect - sect < cc)	/* Replace one of the read sectors with cached data if it contains a dirty sector */
+					mem_cpy(rbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), fp->buf, SS(fp->fs));
+#endif
+#endif
+				fp->csect += (BYTE)cc;				/* Next sector address in the cluster */
+				rcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;				/* Number of bytes transferred */
+				continue;
+			}
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {			/* Write sector I/O buffer if needed */
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+			}
+#endif
+			if (fp->dsect != sect) {			/* Fill sector buffer with file data */
+				if (disk_read(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+			}
+#endif
+			fp->dsect = sect;
+			fp->csect++;							/* Next sector address in the cluster */
+		}
+		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Get partial sector data from sector buffer */
+		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+#if _FS_TINY
+		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))			/* Move sector window */
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */
+#else
+		mem_cpy(rbuff, &fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);	/* Pick partial sector */
+#endif
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Write File                                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_write (
+	FIL *fp,			/* Pointer to the file object */
+	const void *buff,	/* Pointer to the data to be written */
+	UINT btw,			/* Number of bytes to write */
+	UINT *bw			/* Pointer to number of bytes written */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD clst, sect;
+	UINT wcnt, cc;
+	const BYTE *wbuff = buff;
+
+
+	*bw = 0;	/* Initialize bytes written */
+
+	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);					/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)						/* Check abort flag */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))						/* Check access mode */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+	if (fp->fsize + btw < fp->fsize) btw = 0;		/* File size cannot reach 4GB */
+
+	for ( ;  btw;									/* Repeat until all data transferred */
+		wbuff += wcnt, fp->fptr += wcnt, *bw += wcnt, btw -= wcnt) {
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {			/* On the sector boundary? */
+			if (fp->csect >= fp->fs->csize) {		/* On the cluster boundary? */
+				if (fp->fptr == 0) {				/* On the top of the file? */
+					clst = fp->org_clust;			/* Follow from the origin */
+					if (clst == 0)					/* When there is no cluster chain, */
+						fp->org_clust = clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);	/* Create a new cluster chain */
+				} else {							/* Middle or end of the file */
+					clst = create_chain(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);			/* Follow or streach cluster chain */
+				}
+				if (clst == 0) break;				/* Could not allocate a new cluster (disk full) */
+				if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->curr_clust = clst;				/* Update current cluster */
+				fp->csect = 0;						/* Reset sector address in the cluster */
+			}
+#if _FS_TINY
+			if (fp->fs->winsect == fp->dsect && move_window(fp->fs, 0))	/* Write back data buffer prior to following direct transfer */
+				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#else
+			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {		/* Write back data buffer prior to following direct transfer */
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+			}
+#endif
+			sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);	/* Get current sector */
+			if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+			sect += fp->csect;
+			cc = btw / SS(fp->fs);					/* When remaining bytes >= sector size, */
+			if (cc) {								/* Write maximum contiguous sectors directly */
+				if (fp->csect + cc > fp->fs->csize)	/* Clip at cluster boundary */
+					cc = fp->fs->csize - fp->csect;
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drive, wbuff, sect, (BYTE)cc) != RES_OK)
+					ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#if _FS_TINY
+				if (fp->fs->winsect - sect < cc) {	/* Refill sector cache if it gets dirty by the direct write */
+					mem_cpy(fp->fs->win, wbuff + ((fp->fs->winsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+					fp->fs->wflag = 0;
+				}
+#else
+				if (fp->dsect - sect < cc) {		/* Refill sector cache if it gets dirty by the direct write */
+					mem_cpy(fp->buf, wbuff + ((fp->dsect - sect) * SS(fp->fs)), SS(fp->fs));
+					fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+				}
+#endif
+				fp->csect += (BYTE)cc;				/* Next sector address in the cluster */
+				wcnt = SS(fp->fs) * cc;				/* Number of bytes transferred */
+				continue;
+			}
+#if _FS_TINY
+			if (fp->fptr >= fp->fsize) {			/* Avoid silly buffer filling at growing edge */
+				if (move_window(fp->fs, 0)) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->fs->winsect = sect;
+			}
+#else
+			if (fp->dsect != sect) {				/* Fill sector buffer with file data */
+				if (fp->fptr < fp->fsize &&
+					disk_read(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, sect, 1) != RES_OK)
+						ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+			}
+#endif
+			fp->dsect = sect;
+			fp->csect++;							/* Next sector address in the cluster */
+		}
+		wcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Put partial sector into file I/O buffer */
+		if (wcnt > btw) wcnt = btw;
+#if _FS_TINY
+		if (move_window(fp->fs, fp->dsect))			/* Move sector window */
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+		mem_cpy(&fp->fs->win[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);	/* Fit partial sector */
+		fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+#else
+		mem_cpy(&fp->buf[fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], wbuff, wcnt);	/* Fit partial sector */
+		fp->flag |= FA__DIRTY;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) fp->fsize = fp->fptr;	/* Update file size if needed */
+	fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;						/* Set file changed flag */
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Synchronize the File Object                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_sync (
+	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD tim;
+	BYTE *dir;
+
+
+	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);		/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		if (fp->flag & FA__WRITTEN) {	/* Has the file been written? */
+#if !_FS_TINY	/* Write-back dirty buffer */
+			if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {
+				if (disk_write(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+					LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+			}
+#endif
+			/* Update the directory entry */
+			res = move_window(fp->fs, fp->dir_sect);
+			if (res == FR_OK) {
+				dir = fp->dir_ptr;
+				dir[DIR_Attr] |= AM_ARC;					/* Set archive bit */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_FileSize, fp->fsize);		/* Update file size */
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, fp->org_clust);	/* Update start cluster */
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, fp->org_clust >> 16);
+				tim = get_fattime();			/* Updated time */
+				ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+				fp->flag &= ~FA__WRITTEN;
+				fp->fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(fp->fs);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Close File                                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_close (
+	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object to be closed */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+
+
+#if _FS_READONLY
+	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);
+	if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = NULL;
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+#else
+	res = f_sync(fp);
+	if (res == FR_OK) fp->fs = NULL;
+	return res;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Current Drive/Directory                                        */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if _FS_RPATH
+
+FRESULT f_chdrive (
+	BYTE drv		/* Drive number */
+)
+{
+	if (drv >= _DRIVES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+
+	Drive = drv;
+
+	return FR_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+
+FRESULT f_chdir (
+	const XCHAR *path	/* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);
+	BYTE *dir;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the file path */
+		if (res == FR_OK) {					/* Follow completed */
+			dir = dj.dir;					/* Pointer to the entry */
+			if (!dir) {
+				dj.fs->cdir = 0;			/* No entry (root dir) */
+			} else {
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR)	/* Reached to the dir */
+					dj.fs->cdir = ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
+				else
+					res = FR_NO_PATH;		/* Could not reach the dir (it is a file) */
+			}
+		}
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Seek File R/W Pointer                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_lseek (
+	FIL *fp,		/* Pointer to the file object */
+	DWORD ofs		/* File pointer from top of file */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD clst, bcs, nsect, ifptr;
+
+
+	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);		/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)			/* Check abort flag */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (ofs > fp->fsize					/* In read-only mode, clip offset with the file size */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+		 && !(fp->flag & FA_WRITE)
+#endif
+		) ofs = fp->fsize;
+
+	ifptr = fp->fptr;
+	fp->fptr = nsect = 0; fp->csect = 255;
+	if (ofs > 0) {
+		bcs = (DWORD)fp->fs->csize * SS(fp->fs);	/* Cluster size (byte) */
+		if (ifptr > 0 &&
+			(ofs - 1) / bcs >= (ifptr - 1) / bcs) {	/* When seek to same or following cluster, */
+			fp->fptr = (ifptr - 1) & ~(bcs - 1);	/* start from the current cluster */
+			ofs -= fp->fptr;
+			clst = fp->curr_clust;
+		} else {									/* When seek to back cluster, */
+			clst = fp->org_clust;					/* start from the first cluster */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+			if (clst == 0) {						/* If no cluster chain, create a new chain */
+				clst = create_chain(fp->fs, 0);
+				if (clst == 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->org_clust = clst;
+			}
+#endif
+			fp->curr_clust = clst;
+		}
+		if (clst != 0) {
+			while (ofs > bcs) {						/* Cluster following loop */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+				if (fp->flag & FA_WRITE) {			/* Check if in write mode or not */
+					clst = create_chain(fp->fs, clst);	/* Force streached if in write mode */
+					if (clst == 0) {				/* When disk gets full, clip file size */
+						ofs = bcs; break;
+					}
+				} else
+#endif
+					clst = get_fat(fp->fs, clst);	/* Follow cluster chain if not in write mode */
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				if (clst <= 1 || clst >= fp->fs->max_clust) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				fp->curr_clust = clst;
+				fp->fptr += bcs;
+				ofs -= bcs;
+			}
+			fp->fptr += ofs;
+			fp->csect = (BYTE)(ofs / SS(fp->fs));	/* Sector offset in the cluster */
+			if (ofs % SS(fp->fs)) {
+				nsect = clust2sect(fp->fs, clst);	/* Current sector */
+				if (!nsect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				nsect += fp->csect;
+				fp->csect++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs) && nsect != fp->dsect) {
+#if !_FS_TINY
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+		if (fp->flag & FA__DIRTY) {			/* Write-back dirty buffer if needed */
+			if (disk_write(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, fp->dsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+				ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+			fp->flag &= ~FA__DIRTY;
+		}
+#endif
+		if (disk_read(fp->fs->drive, fp->buf, nsect, 1) != RES_OK)
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+#endif
+		fp->dsect = nsect;
+	}
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	if (fp->fptr > fp->fsize) {			/* Set changed flag if the file size is extended */
+		fp->fsize = fp->fptr;
+		fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directroy Object                                             */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_opendir (
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to directory object to create */
+	const XCHAR *path	/* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);
+	BYTE *dir;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj->fs, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INITBUF((*dj), sfn, lfn);
+		res = follow_path(dj, path);			/* Follow the path to the directory */
+		if (res == FR_OK) {						/* Follow completed */
+			dir = dj->dir;
+			if (dir) {							/* It is not the root dir */
+				if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {	/* The object is a directory */
+					dj->sclust = ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
+				} else {						/* The object is not a directory */
+					res = FR_NO_PATH;
+				}
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) {
+				dj->id = dj->fs->id;
+				res = dir_seek(dj, 0);			/* Rewind dir */
+			}
+		}
+		if (res == FR_NO_FILE) res = FR_NO_PATH;
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Read Directory Entry in Sequense                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_readdir (
+	DIR *dj,			/* Pointer to the open directory object */
+	FILINFO *fno		/* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);
+
+
+	res = validate(dj->fs, dj->id);			/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INITBUF((*dj), sfn, lfn);
+		if (!fno) {
+			res = dir_seek(dj, 0);
+		} else {
+			res = dir_read(dj);
+			if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
+				dj->sect = 0;
+				res = FR_OK;
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) {				/* A valid entry is found */
+				get_fileinfo(dj, fno);		/* Get the object information */
+				res = dir_next(dj, FALSE);	/* Increment index for next */
+				if (res == FR_NO_FILE) {
+					dj->sect = 0;
+					res = FR_OK;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if _FS_MINIMIZE == 0
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get File Status                                                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_stat (
+	const XCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file path */
+	FILINFO *fno		/* Pointer to file information to return */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 0);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */
+		if (res == FR_OK) {				/* Follwo completed */
+			if (dj.dir)	/* Found an object */
+				get_fileinfo(&dj, fno);
+			else		/* It is root dir */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get Number of Free Clusters                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_getfree (
+	const XCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the logical drive number (root dir) */
+	DWORD *nclst,		/* Pointer to the variable to return number of free clusters */
+	FATFS **fatfs		/* Pointer to pointer to corresponding file system object to return */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD n, clst, sect, stat;
+	UINT i;
+	BYTE fat, *p;
+
+
+	/* Get drive number */
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, fatfs, 0);
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, res);
+
+	/* If number of free cluster is valid, return it without cluster scan. */
+	if ((*fatfs)->free_clust <= (*fatfs)->max_clust - 2) {
+		*nclst = (*fatfs)->free_clust;
+		LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, FR_OK);
+	}
+
+	/* Get number of free clusters */
+	fat = (*fatfs)->fs_type;
+	n = 0;
+	if (fat == FS_FAT12) {
+		clst = 2;
+		do {
+			stat = get_fat(*fatfs, clst);
+			if (stat == 0xFFFFFFFF) LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+			if (stat == 1) LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, FR_INT_ERR);
+			if (stat == 0) n++;
+		} while (++clst < (*fatfs)->max_clust);
+	} else {
+		clst = (*fatfs)->max_clust;
+		sect = (*fatfs)->fatbase;
+		i = 0; p = 0;
+		do {
+			if (!i) {
+				res = move_window(*fatfs, sect++);
+				if (res != FR_OK)
+					LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, res);
+				p = (*fatfs)->win;
+				i = SS(*fatfs);
+			}
+			if (fat == FS_FAT16) {
+				if (LD_WORD(p) == 0) n++;
+				p += 2; i -= 2;
+			} else {
+				if ((LD_DWORD(p) & 0x0FFFFFFF) == 0) n++;
+				p += 4; i -= 4;
+			}
+		} while (--clst);
+	}
+	(*fatfs)->free_clust = n;
+	if (fat == FS_FAT32) (*fatfs)->fsi_flag = 1;
+	*nclst = n;
+
+	LEAVE_FF(*fatfs, FR_OK);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Truncate File                                                         */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_truncate (
+	FIL *fp		/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD ncl;
+
+
+	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);		/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)			/* Check abort flag */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_WRITE))			/* Check access mode */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+
+	if (fp->fsize > fp->fptr) {
+		fp->fsize = fp->fptr;	/* Set file size to current R/W point */
+		fp->flag |= FA__WRITTEN;
+		if (fp->fptr == 0) {	/* When set file size to zero, remove entire cluster chain */
+			res = remove_chain(fp->fs, fp->org_clust);
+			fp->org_clust = 0;
+		} else {				/* When truncate a part of the file, remove remaining clusters */
+			ncl = get_fat(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);
+			res = FR_OK;
+			if (ncl == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+			if (ncl == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+			if (res == FR_OK && ncl < fp->fs->max_clust) {
+				res = put_fat(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust, 0x0FFFFFFF);
+				if (res == FR_OK) res = remove_chain(fp->fs, ncl);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (res != FR_OK) fp->flag |= FA__ERROR;
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Delete a File or Directory                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_unlink (
+	const XCHAR *path		/* Pointer to the file or directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj, sdj;
+	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);
+	BYTE *dir;
+	DWORD dclst;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+
+	INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);
+	res = follow_path(&dj, path);			/* Follow the file path */
+	if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+		res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res); /* Follow failed */
+
+	dir = dj.dir;
+	if (!dir)								/* Is it the root directory? */
+		LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_INVALID_NAME);
+	if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_RDO)				/* Is it a R/O object? */
+		LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_DENIED);
+	dclst = ((DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) << 16) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO);
+
+	if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {			/* It is a sub-directory */
+		if (dclst < 2) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+		mem_cpy(&sdj, &dj, sizeof(DIR));	/* Check if the sub-dir is empty or not */
+		sdj.sclust = dclst;
+		res = dir_seek(&sdj, 2);
+		if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+		res = dir_read(&sdj);
+		if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_DENIED;	/* Not empty sub-dir */
+		if (res != FR_NO_FILE) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+	}
+
+	res = dir_remove(&dj);					/* Remove directory entry */
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		if (dclst)
+			res = remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst);	/* Remove the cluster chain */
+		if (res == FR_OK) res = sync(dj.fs);
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create a Directory                                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_mkdir (
+	const XCHAR *path		/* Pointer to the directory path */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);
+	BYTE *dir, n;
+	DWORD dsect, dclst, pclst, tim;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+
+	INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);
+	res = follow_path(&dj, path);			/* Follow the file path */
+	if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;		/* Any file or directory is already existing */
+	if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_NO_FILE && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+		res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+	if (res != FR_NO_FILE)					/* Any error occured */
+		LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+
+	dclst = create_chain(dj.fs, 0);			/* Allocate a new cluster for new directory table */
+	res = FR_OK;
+	if (dclst == 0) res = FR_DENIED;
+	if (dclst == 1) res = FR_INT_ERR;
+	if (dclst == 0xFFFFFFFF) res = FR_DISK_ERR;
+	if (res == FR_OK)
+		res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+	dsect = clust2sect(dj.fs, dclst);
+
+	dir = dj.fs->win;						/* Initialize the new directory table */
+	mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+	mem_set(dir+DIR_Name, ' ', 8+3);		/* Create "." entry */
+	dir[DIR_Name] = '.';
+	dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;
+	tim = get_fattime();
+	ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);
+	ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, dclst);
+	ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, dclst >> 16);
+	mem_cpy(dir+32, dir, 32); 			/* Create ".." entry */
+	dir[33] = '.';
+	pclst = dj.sclust;
+	if (dj.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && pclst == dj.fs->dirbase)
+		pclst = 0;
+	ST_WORD(dir+32+DIR_FstClusLO, pclst);
+	ST_WORD(dir+32+DIR_FstClusHI, pclst >> 16);
+	for (n = 0; n < dj.fs->csize; n++) {	/* Write dot entries and clear left sectors */
+		dj.fs->winsect = dsect++;
+		dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+		res = move_window(dj.fs, 0);
+		if (res) LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+		mem_set(dir, 0, SS(dj.fs));
+	}
+
+	res = dir_register(&dj);
+	if (res != FR_OK) {
+		remove_chain(dj.fs, dclst);
+	} else {
+		dir = dj.dir;
+		dir[DIR_Attr] = AM_DIR;					/* Attribute */
+		ST_DWORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, tim);			/* Crated time */
+		ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, dclst);		/* Table start cluster */
+		ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, dclst >> 16);
+		dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+		res = sync(dj.fs);
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change File Attribute                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_chmod (
+	const XCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file path */
+	BYTE value,			/* Attribute bits */
+	BYTE mask			/* Attribute mask to change */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);
+	BYTE *dir;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);		/* Follow the file path */
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir) {						/* Is it a root directory? */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			} else {						/* File or sub directory */
+				mask &= AM_RDO|AM_HID|AM_SYS|AM_ARC;	/* Valid attribute mask */
+				dir[DIR_Attr] = (value & mask) | (dir[DIR_Attr] & (BYTE)~mask);	/* Apply attribute change */
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(dj.fs);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Change Timestamp                                                      */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_utime (
+	const XCHAR *path,	/* Pointer to the file/directory name */
+	const FILINFO *fno	/* Pointer to the timestamp to be set */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj;
+	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);
+	BYTE *dir;
+
+
+	res = chk_mounted(&path, &dj.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		INITBUF(dj, sfn, lfn);
+		res = follow_path(&dj, path);	/* Follow the file path */
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			dir = dj.dir;
+			if (!dir) {				/* Root directory */
+				res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+			} else {				/* File or sub-directory */
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtTime, fno->ftime);
+				ST_WORD(dir+DIR_WrtDate, fno->fdate);
+				dj.fs->wflag = 1;
+				res = sync(dj.fs);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj.fs, res);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Rename File/Directory                                                 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+FRESULT f_rename (
+	const XCHAR *path_old,	/* Pointer to the old name */
+	const XCHAR *path_new	/* Pointer to the new name */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DIR dj_old, dj_new;
+	NAMEBUF(sfn, lfn);
+	BYTE buf[21], *dir;
+	DWORD dw;
+
+
+	INITBUF(dj_old, sfn, lfn);
+	res = chk_mounted(&path_old, &dj_old.fs, 1);
+	if (res == FR_OK) {
+		dj_new.fs = dj_old.fs;
+		res = follow_path(&dj_old, path_old);	/* Check old object */
+		if (_FS_RPATH && res == FR_OK && (dj_old.fn[NS] & NS_DOT))
+			res = FR_INVALID_NAME;
+	}
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(dj_old.fs, res);	/* The old object is not found */
+
+	if (!dj_old.dir) LEAVE_FF(dj_old.fs, FR_NO_FILE);	/* Is root dir? */
+	mem_cpy(buf, dj_old.dir+DIR_Attr, 21);		/* Save the object information */
+
+	mem_cpy(&dj_new, &dj_old, sizeof(DIR));
+	res = follow_path(&dj_new, path_new);		/* Check new object */
+	if (res == FR_OK) res = FR_EXIST;			/* The new object name is already existing */
+	if (res == FR_NO_FILE) { 					/* Is it a valid path and no name collision? */
+		res = dir_register(&dj_new);			/* Register the new object */
+		if (res == FR_OK) {
+			dir = dj_new.dir;					/* Copy object information into new entry */
+			mem_cpy(dir+13, buf+2, 19);
+			dir[DIR_Attr] = buf[0] | AM_ARC;
+			dj_old.fs->wflag = 1;
+			if (dir[DIR_Attr] & AM_DIR) {		/* Update .. entry in the directory if needed */
+				dw = clust2sect(dj_new.fs, (DWORD)LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI) | LD_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO));
+				if (!dw) {
+					res = FR_INT_ERR;
+				} else {
+					res = move_window(dj_new.fs, dw);
+					dir = dj_new.fs->win+32;
+					if (res == FR_OK && dir[1] == '.') {
+						dw = (dj_new.fs->fs_type == FS_FAT32 && dj_new.sclust == dj_new.fs->dirbase) ? 0 : dj_new.sclust;
+						ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusLO, dw);
+						ST_WORD(dir+DIR_FstClusHI, dw >> 16);
+						dj_new.fs->wflag = 1;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			if (res == FR_OK) {
+				res = dir_remove(&dj_old);			/* Remove old entry */
+				if (res == FR_OK)
+					res = sync(dj_old.fs);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(dj_old.fs, res);
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE == 0 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 1 */
+#endif /* _FS_MINIMIZE <= 2 */
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Forward data to the stream directly (Available on only _FS_TINY cfg)  */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if _USE_FORWARD && _FS_TINY
+
+FRESULT f_forward (
+	FIL *fp, 						/* Pointer to the file object */
+	UINT (*func)(const BYTE*,UINT),	/* Pointer to the streaming function */
+	UINT btr,						/* Number of bytes to forward */
+	UINT *bf						/* Pointer to number of bytes forwarded */
+)
+{
+	FRESULT res;
+	DWORD remain, clst, sect;
+	UINT rcnt;
+
+
+	*bf = 0;
+
+	res = validate(fp->fs, fp->id);					/* Check validity of the object */
+	if (res != FR_OK) LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, res);
+	if (fp->flag & FA__ERROR)						/* Check error flag */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	if (!(fp->flag & FA_READ))						/* Check access mode */
+		LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_DENIED);
+
+	remain = fp->fsize - fp->fptr;
+	if (btr > remain) btr = (UINT)remain;			/* Truncate btr by remaining bytes */
+
+	for ( ;  btr && (*func)(NULL, 0);				/* Repeat until all data transferred or stream becomes busy */
+		fp->fptr += rcnt, *bf += rcnt, btr -= rcnt) {
+		if ((fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)) == 0) {			/* On the sector boundary? */
+			if (fp->csect >= fp->fs->csize) {		/* On the cluster boundary? */
+				clst = (fp->fptr == 0) ?			/* On the top of the file? */
+					fp->org_clust : get_fat(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);
+				if (clst <= 1) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+				if (clst == 0xFFFFFFFF) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+				fp->curr_clust = clst;				/* Update current cluster */
+				fp->csect = 0;						/* Reset sector address in the cluster */
+			}
+			fp->csect++;							/* Next sector address in the cluster */
+		}
+		sect = clust2sect(fp->fs, fp->curr_clust);	/* Get current data sector */
+		if (!sect) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+		sect += fp->csect - 1;
+		if (move_window(fp->fs, sect))				/* Move sector window */
+			ABORT(fp->fs, FR_DISK_ERR);
+		fp->dsect = sect;
+		rcnt = SS(fp->fs) - (WORD)(fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs));	/* Forward data from sector window */
+		if (rcnt > btr) rcnt = btr;
+		rcnt = (*func)(&fp->fs->win[(WORD)fp->fptr % SS(fp->fs)], rcnt);
+		if (!rcnt) ABORT(fp->fs, FR_INT_ERR);
+	}
+
+	LEAVE_FF(fp->fs, FR_OK);
+}
+#endif /* _USE_FORWARD */
+
+
+
+#if _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Create File System on the Drive                                       */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define N_ROOTDIR	512			/* Multiple of 32 and <= 2048 */
+#define N_FATS		1			/* 1 or 2 */
+#define MAX_SECTOR	131072000UL	/* Maximum partition size */
+#define MIN_SECTOR	2000UL		/* Minimum partition size */
+
+
+FRESULT f_mkfs (
+	BYTE drv,			/* Logical drive number */
+	BYTE partition,		/* Partitioning rule 0:FDISK, 1:SFD */
+	WORD allocsize		/* Allocation unit size [bytes] */
+)
+{
+	static const DWORD sstbl[] = { 2048000, 1024000, 512000, 256000, 128000, 64000, 32000, 16000, 8000, 4000,   0 };
+	static const WORD cstbl[] =  {   32768,   16384,   8192,   4096,   2048, 16384,  8192,  4096, 2048, 1024, 512 };
+	BYTE fmt, m, *tbl;
+	DWORD b_part, b_fat, b_dir, b_data;		/* Area offset (LBA) */
+	DWORD n_part, n_rsv, n_fat, n_dir;		/* Area size */
+	DWORD n_clst, d, n;
+	WORD as;
+	FATFS *fs;
+	DSTATUS stat;
+
+
+	/* Check validity of the parameters */
+	if (drv >= _DRIVES) return FR_INVALID_DRIVE;
+	if (partition >= 2) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+
+	/* Check mounted drive and clear work area */
+	fs = FatFs[drv];
+	if (!fs) return FR_NOT_ENABLED;
+	fs->fs_type = 0;
+	drv = LD2PD(drv);
+
+	/* Get disk statics */
+	stat = disk_initialize(drv);
+	if (stat & STA_NOINIT) return FR_NOT_READY;
+	if (stat & STA_PROTECT) return FR_WRITE_PROTECTED;
+#if _MAX_SS != 512						/* Get disk sector size */
+	if (disk_ioctl(drv, GET_SECTOR_SIZE, &SS(fs)) != RES_OK
+		|| SS(fs) > _MAX_SS)
+		return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+#endif
+	if (disk_ioctl(drv, GET_SECTOR_COUNT, &n_part) != RES_OK || n_part < MIN_SECTOR)
+		return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+	if (n_part > MAX_SECTOR) n_part = MAX_SECTOR;
+	b_part = (!partition) ? 63 : 0;		/* Boot sector */
+	n_part -= b_part;
+	for (d = 512; d <= 32768U && d != allocsize; d <<= 1) ;	/* Check validity of the allocation unit size */
+	if (d != allocsize) allocsize = 0;
+	if (!allocsize) {					/* Auto selection of cluster size */
+		d = n_part;
+		for (as = SS(fs); as > 512U; as >>= 1) d >>= 1;
+		for (n = 0; d < sstbl[n]; n++) ;
+		allocsize = cstbl[n];
+	}
+	if (allocsize < SS(fs)) allocsize = SS(fs);
+
+	allocsize /= SS(fs);		/* Number of sectors per cluster */
+
+	/* Pre-compute number of clusters and FAT type */
+	n_clst = n_part / allocsize;
+	fmt = FS_FAT12;
+	if (n_clst >= 0xFF5) fmt = FS_FAT16;
+	if (n_clst >= 0xFFF5) fmt = FS_FAT32;
+
+	/* Determine offset and size of FAT structure */
+	switch (fmt) {
+	case FS_FAT12:
+		n_fat = ((n_clst * 3 + 1) / 2 + 3 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+		n_rsv = 1 + partition;
+		n_dir = N_ROOTDIR * 32 / SS(fs);
+		break;
+	case FS_FAT16:
+		n_fat = ((n_clst * 2) + 4 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+		n_rsv = 1 + partition;
+		n_dir = N_ROOTDIR * 32 / SS(fs);
+		break;
+	default:
+		n_fat = ((n_clst * 4) + 8 + SS(fs) - 1) / SS(fs);
+		n_rsv = 33 - partition;
+		n_dir = 0;
+	}
+	b_fat = b_part + n_rsv;			/* FATs start sector */
+	b_dir = b_fat + n_fat * N_FATS;	/* Directory start sector */
+	b_data = b_dir + n_dir;			/* Data start sector */
+
+	/* Align data start sector to erase block boundary (for flash memory media) */
+	if (disk_ioctl(drv, GET_BLOCK_SIZE, &n) != RES_OK) return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+	n = (b_data + n - 1) & ~(n - 1);
+	n_fat += (n - b_data) / N_FATS;
+	/* b_dir and b_data are no longer used below */
+
+	/* Determine number of cluster and final check of validity of the FAT type */
+	n_clst = (n_part - n_rsv - n_fat * N_FATS - n_dir) / allocsize;
+	if (   (fmt == FS_FAT16 && n_clst < 0xFF5)
+		|| (fmt == FS_FAT32 && n_clst < 0xFFF5))
+		return FR_MKFS_ABORTED;
+
+	/* Create partition table if needed */
+	if (!partition) {
+		DWORD n_disk = b_part + n_part;
+
+		mem_set(fs->win, 0, SS(fs));
+		tbl = fs->win+MBR_Table;
+		ST_DWORD(tbl, 0x00010180);		/* Partition start in CHS */
+		if (n_disk < 63UL * 255 * 1024) {	/* Partition end in CHS */
+			n_disk = n_disk / 63 / 255;
+			tbl[7] = (BYTE)n_disk;
+			tbl[6] = (BYTE)((n_disk >> 2) | 63);
+		} else {
+			ST_WORD(&tbl[6], 0xFFFF);
+		}
+		tbl[5] = 254;
+		if (fmt != FS_FAT32)			/* System ID */
+			tbl[4] = (n_part < 0x10000) ? 0x04 : 0x06;
+		else
+			tbl[4] = 0x0c;
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 63);			/* Partition start in LBA */
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+12, n_part);		/* Partition size in LBA */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+64, 0xAA55);		/* Signature */
+		if (disk_write(drv, fs->win, 0, 1) != RES_OK)
+			return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		partition = 0xF8;
+	} else {
+		partition = 0xF0;
+	}
+
+	/* Create boot record */
+	tbl = fs->win;								/* Clear buffer */
+	mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));
+	ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_jmpBoot, 0x90FEEB);			/* Boot code (jmp $, nop) */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BytsPerSec, SS(fs));		/* Sector size */
+	tbl[BPB_SecPerClus] = (BYTE)allocsize;		/* Sectors per cluster */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RsvdSecCnt, n_rsv);			/* Reserved sectors */
+	tbl[BPB_NumFATs] = N_FATS;					/* Number of FATs */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_RootEntCnt, SS(fs) / 32 * n_dir); /* Number of rootdir entries */
+	if (n_part < 0x10000) {						/* Number of total sectors */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec16, n_part);
+	} else {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_TotSec32, n_part);
+	}
+	tbl[BPB_Media] = partition;					/* Media descripter */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_SecPerTrk, 63);				/* Number of sectors per track */
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_NumHeads, 255);				/* Number of heads */
+	ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_HiddSec, b_part);			/* Hidden sectors */
+	n = get_fattime();							/* Use current time as a VSN */
+	if (fmt != FS_FAT32) {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID, n);				/* Volume serial number */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz16, n_fat);		/* Number of secters per FAT */
+		tbl[BS_DrvNum] = 0x80;					/* Drive number */
+		tbl[BS_BootSig] = 0x29;					/* Extended boot signature */
+		mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab, "NO NAME    FAT     ", 19);	/* Volume lavel, FAT signature */
+	} else {
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BS_VolID32, n);			/* Volume serial number */
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_FATSz32, n_fat);		/* Number of secters per FAT */
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+BPB_RootClus, 2);			/* Root directory cluster (2) */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_FSInfo, 1);				/* FSInfo record offset (bs+1) */
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BPB_BkBootSec, 6);			/* Backup boot record offset (bs+6) */
+		tbl[BS_DrvNum32] = 0x80;				/* Drive number */
+		tbl[BS_BootSig32] = 0x29;				/* Extended boot signature */
+		mem_cpy(tbl+BS_VolLab32, "NO NAME    FAT32   ", 19);	/* Volume lavel, FAT signature */
+	}
+	ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);				/* Signature */
+	if (SS(fs) > 512U) {
+		ST_WORD(tbl+SS(fs)-2, 0xAA55);
+	}
+	if (disk_write(drv, tbl, b_part+0, 1) != RES_OK)
+		return FR_DISK_ERR;
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32)
+		disk_write(drv, tbl, b_part+6, 1);
+
+	/* Initialize FAT area */
+	for (m = 0; m < N_FATS; m++) {
+		mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));		/* 1st sector of the FAT  */
+		if (fmt != FS_FAT32) {
+			n = (fmt == FS_FAT12) ? 0x00FFFF00 : 0xFFFFFF00;
+			n |= partition;
+			ST_DWORD(tbl, n);				/* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT12/16) */
+		} else {
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+0, 0xFFFFFFF8);	/* Reserve cluster #0-1 (FAT32) */
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+4, 0xFFFFFFFF);
+			ST_DWORD(tbl+8, 0x0FFFFFFF);	/* Reserve cluster #2 for root dir */
+		}
+		if (disk_write(drv, tbl, b_fat++, 1) != RES_OK)
+			return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		mem_set(tbl, 0, SS(fs));		/* Following FAT entries are filled by zero */
+		for (n = 1; n < n_fat; n++) {
+			if (disk_write(drv, tbl, b_fat++, 1) != RES_OK)
+				return FR_DISK_ERR;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* Initialize Root directory */
+	m = (BYTE)((fmt == FS_FAT32) ? allocsize : n_dir);
+	do {
+		if (disk_write(drv, tbl, b_fat++, 1) != RES_OK)
+			return FR_DISK_ERR;
+	} while (--m);
+
+	/* Create FSInfo record if needed */
+	if (fmt == FS_FAT32) {
+		ST_WORD(tbl+BS_55AA, 0xAA55);
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_LeadSig, 0x41615252);
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_StrucSig, 0x61417272);
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Free_Count, n_clst - 1);
+		ST_DWORD(tbl+FSI_Nxt_Free, 0xFFFFFFFF);
+		disk_write(drv, tbl, b_part+1, 1);
+		disk_write(drv, tbl, b_part+7, 1);
+	}
+
+	return (disk_ioctl(drv, CTRL_SYNC, (void*)NULL) == RES_OK) ? FR_OK : FR_DISK_ERR;
+}
+
+#endif /* _USE_MKFS && !_FS_READONLY */
+
+
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Get a string from the file                                            */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+char* f_gets (
+	char* buff,	/* Pointer to the string buffer to read */
+	int len,	/* Size of string buffer */
+	FIL* fil	/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	int i = 0;
+	char *p = buff;
+	UINT rc;
+
+
+	while (i < len - 1) {			/* Read bytes until buffer gets filled */
+		f_read(fil, p, 1, &rc);
+		if (rc != 1) break;			/* Break when no data to read */
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+		if (*p == '\r') continue;	/* Strip '\r' */
+#endif
+		i++;
+		if (*p++ == '\n') break;	/* Break when reached end of line */
+	}
+	*p = 0;
+	return i ? buff : NULL;			/* When no data read (eof or error), return with error. */
+}
+
+
+
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+#include <stdarg.h>
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a character to the file                                           */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_putc (
+	int chr,	/* A character to be output */
+	FIL* fil	/* Ponter to the file object */
+)
+{
+	UINT bw;
+	char c;
+
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC >= 2
+	if (chr == '\n') f_putc ('\r', fil);	/* LF -> CRLF conversion */
+#endif
+	if (!fil) {	/* Special value may be used to switch the destination to any other device */
+	/*	put_console(chr);	*/
+		return chr;
+	}
+	c = (char)chr;
+	f_write(fil, &c, 1, &bw);	/* Write a byte to the file */
+	return bw ? chr : EOF;		/* Return the result */
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a string to the file                                              */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_puts (
+	const char* str,	/* Pointer to the string to be output */
+	FIL* fil			/* Pointer to the file object */
+)
+{
+	int n;
+
+
+	for (n = 0; *str; str++, n++) {
+		if (f_putc(*str, fil) == EOF) return EOF;
+	}
+	return n;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Put a formatted string to the file                                    */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int f_printf (
+	FIL* fil,			/* Pointer to the file object */
+	const char* str,	/* Pointer to the format string */
+	...					/* Optional arguments... */
+)
+{
+	va_list arp;
+	UCHAR c, f, r;
+	ULONG val;
+	char s[16];
+	int i, w, res, cc;
+
+
+	va_start(arp, str);
+
+	for (cc = res = 0; cc != EOF; res += cc) {
+		c = *str++;
+		if (c == 0) break;			/* End of string */
+		if (c != '%') {				/* Non escape cahracter */
+			cc = f_putc(c, fil);
+			if (cc != EOF) cc = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+		w = f = 0;
+		c = *str++;
+		if (c == '0') {				/* Flag: '0' padding */
+			f = 1; c = *str++;
+		}
+		while (c >= '0' && c <= '9') {	/* Precision */
+			w = w * 10 + (c - '0');
+			c = *str++;
+		}
+		if (c == 'l') {				/* Prefix: Size is long int */
+			f |= 2; c = *str++;
+		}
+		if (c == 's') {				/* Type is string */
+			cc = f_puts(va_arg(arp, char*), fil);
+			continue;
+		}
+		if (c == 'c') {				/* Type is character */
+			cc = f_putc(va_arg(arp, int), fil);
+			if (cc != EOF) cc = 1;
+			continue;
+		}
+		r = 0;
+		if (c == 'd') r = 10;		/* Type is signed decimal */
+		if (c == 'u') r = 10;		/* Type is unsigned decimal */
+		if (c == 'X') r = 16;		/* Type is unsigned hexdecimal */
+		if (r == 0) break;			/* Unknown type */
+		if (f & 2) {				/* Get the value */
+			val = (ULONG)va_arg(arp, long);
+		} else {
+			val = (c == 'd') ? (ULONG)(long)va_arg(arp, int) : (ULONG)va_arg(arp, unsigned int);
+		}
+		/* Put numeral string */
+		if (c == 'd') {
+			if (val & 0x80000000) {
+				val = 0 - val;
+				f |= 4;
+			}
+		}
+		i = sizeof(s) - 1; s[i] = 0;
+		do {
+			c = (UCHAR)(val % r + '0');
+			if (c > '9') c += 7;
+			s[--i] = c;
+			val /= r;
+		} while (i && val);
+		if (i && (f & 4)) s[--i] = '-';
+		w = sizeof(s) - 1 - w;
+		while (i && i > w) s[--i] = (f & 1) ? '0' : ' ';
+		cc = f_puts(&s[i], fil);
+	}
+
+	va_end(arp);
+	return (cc == EOF) ? cc : res;
+}
+
+#endif /* !_FS_READONLY */
+#endif /* _USE_STRFUNC */
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
index 41e136ee5..69bfd3109 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ff.h
@@ -1,596 +1,596 @@
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/  FatFs - FAT file system module include file  R0.07e       (C)ChaN, 2010

-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.

-/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial

-/ developments under license policy of following trems.

-/

-/  Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.

-/

-/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.

-/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for

-/   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.

-/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.

-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#ifndef _FATFS

-#define _FATFS	0x007E

-

-#include "integer.h"	/* Basic integer types */

-#include "ffconf.h"		/* FatFs configuration options */

-

-#if _FATFS != _FFCONFIG

-#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h).

-#endif

-

-

-/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */

-

-#if _CODE_PAGE == 932	/* Japanese Shift-JIS */

-#define _DF1S	0x81	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */

-#define _DF1E	0x9F	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */

-#define _DF2S	0xE0	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */

-#define _DF2E	0xFC	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */

-#define _DS1S	0x40	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */

-#define _DS1E	0x7E	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */

-#define _DS2S	0x80	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */

-#define _DS2E	0xFC	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936	/* Simplified Chinese GBK */

-#define _DF1S	0x81

-#define _DF1E	0xFE

-#define _DS1S	0x40

-#define _DS1E	0x7E

-#define _DS2S	0x80

-#define _DS2E	0xFE

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949	/* Korean */

-#define _DF1S	0x81

-#define _DF1E	0xFE

-#define _DS1S	0x41

-#define _DS1E	0x5A

-#define _DS2S	0x61

-#define _DS2E	0x7A

-#define _DS3S	0x81

-#define _DS3E	0xFE

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950	/* Traditional Chinese Big5 */

-#define _DF1S	0x81

-#define _DF1E	0xFE

-#define _DS1S	0x40

-#define _DS1E	0x7E

-#define _DS2S	0xA1

-#define _DS2E	0xFE

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437	/* U.S. (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720	/* Arabic (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737	/* Greek (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \

-				0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775	/* Baltic (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850	/* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852	/* Latin 2 (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855	/* Cyrillic (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \

-				0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857	/* Turkish (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \

-				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858	/* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862	/* Hebrew (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866	/* Russian (OEM) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874	/* Thai (OEM, Windows) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \

-				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \

-				0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \

-				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \

-				0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \

-				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \

-				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F}

-

-#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1	/* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */

-#define _DF1S	0

-

-#else

-#error Unknown code page

-

-#endif

-

-

-

-/* Character code support macros */

-

-#define IsUpper(c)	(((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z'))

-#define IsLower(c)	(((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z'))

-

-#if _DF1S		/* DBCS configuration */

-

-#ifdef _DF2S	/* Two 1st byte areas */

-#define IsDBCS1(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E))

-#else			/* One 1st byte area */

-#define IsDBCS1(c)	((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E)

-#endif

-

-#ifdef _DS3S	/* Three 2nd byte areas */

-#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E))

-#else			/* Two 2nd byte areas */

-#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E))

-#endif

-

-#else			/* SBCS configuration */

-

-#define IsDBCS1(c)	0

-#define IsDBCS2(c)	0

-

-#endif /* _DF1S */

-

-

-

-/* Definitions corresponds to multi partition */

-

-#if _MULTI_PARTITION		/* Multiple partition configuration */

-

-typedef struct _PARTITION {

-	BYTE pd;	/* Physical drive# */

-	BYTE pt;	/* Partition # (0-3) */

-} PARTITION;

-

-extern

-const PARTITION Drives[];			/* Logical drive# to physical location conversion table */

-#define LD2PD(drv) (Drives[drv].pd)	/* Get physical drive# */

-#define LD2PT(drv) (Drives[drv].pt)	/* Get partition# */

-

-#else						/* Single partition configuration */

-

-#define LD2PD(drv) (drv)	/* Physical drive# is equal to the logical drive# */

-#define LD2PT(drv) 0		/* Always mounts the 1st partition */

-

-#endif

-

-

-

-/* Definitions corresponds to multiple sector size */

-

-#if _MAX_SS == 512		/* Single sector size */

-#define	SS(fs)	512U

-

-#elif _MAX_SS == 1024 || _MAX_SS == 2048 || _MAX_SS == 4096	/* Multiple sector size */

-#define	SS(fs)	((fs)->s_size)

-

-#else

-#error Sector size must be 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096.

-

-#endif

-

-

-

-/* Type of file name on FatFs API */

-

-#if _LFN_UNICODE && _USE_LFN

-typedef WCHAR XCHAR;	/* Unicode */

-#else

-typedef char XCHAR;		/* SBCS, DBCS */

-#endif

-

-

-

-/* File system object structure */

-

-typedef struct _FATFS_ {

-	BYTE	fs_type;	/* FAT sub type */

-	BYTE	drive;		/* Physical drive number */

-	BYTE	csize;		/* Number of sectors per cluster */

-	BYTE	n_fats;		/* Number of FAT copies */

-	BYTE	wflag;		/* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */

-	BYTE	fsi_flag;	/* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */

-	WORD	id;			/* File system mount ID */

-	WORD	n_rootdir;	/* Number of root directory entries (0 on FAT32) */

-#if _FS_REENTRANT

-	_SYNC_t	sobj;		/* Identifier of sync object */

-#endif

-#if _MAX_SS != 512

-	WORD	s_size;		/* Sector size */

-#endif

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-	DWORD	last_clust;	/* Last allocated cluster */

-	DWORD	free_clust;	/* Number of free clusters */

-	DWORD	fsi_sector;	/* fsinfo sector */

-#endif

-#if _FS_RPATH

-	DWORD	cdir;		/* Current directory (0:root)*/

-#endif

-	DWORD	sects_fat;	/* Sectors per fat */

-	DWORD	max_clust;	/* Maximum cluster# + 1. Number of clusters is max_clust - 2 */

-	DWORD	fatbase;	/* FAT start sector */

-	DWORD	dirbase;	/* Root directory start sector (Cluster# on FAT32) */

-	DWORD	database;	/* Data start sector */

-	DWORD	winsect;	/* Current sector appearing in the win[] */

-	BYTE	win[_MAX_SS];/* Disk access window for Directory/FAT */

-} FATFS;

-

-

-

-/* Directory object structure */

-

-typedef struct _DIR_ {

-	FATFS*	fs;			/* Pointer to the owner file system object */

-	WORD	id;			/* Owner file system mount ID */

-	WORD	index;		/* Current read/write index number */

-	DWORD	sclust;		/* Table start cluster (0:Static table) */

-	DWORD	clust;		/* Current cluster */

-	DWORD	sect;		/* Current sector */

-	BYTE*	dir;		/* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */

-	BYTE*	fn;			/* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */

-#if _USE_LFN

-	WCHAR*	lfn;		/* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */

-	WORD	lfn_idx;	/* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */

-#endif

-} DIR;

-

-

-

-/* File object structure */

-

-typedef struct _FIL_ {

-	FATFS*	fs;			/* Pointer to the owner file system object */

-	WORD	id;			/* Owner file system mount ID */

-	BYTE	flag;		/* File status flags */

-	BYTE	csect;		/* Sector address in the cluster */

-	DWORD	fptr;		/* File R/W pointer */

-	DWORD	fsize;		/* File size */

-	DWORD	org_clust;	/* File start cluster */

-	DWORD	curr_clust;	/* Current cluster */

-	DWORD	dsect;		/* Current data sector */

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-	DWORD	dir_sect;	/* Sector containing the directory entry */

-	BYTE*	dir_ptr;	/* Ponter to the directory entry in the window */

-#endif

-#if !_FS_TINY

-	BYTE	buf[_MAX_SS];/* File R/W buffer */

-#endif

-} FIL;

-

-

-

-/* File status structure */

-

-typedef struct _FILINFO_ {

-	DWORD	fsize;		/* File size */

-	WORD	fdate;		/* Last modified date */

-	WORD	ftime;		/* Last modified time */

-	BYTE	fattrib;	/* Attribute */

-	char	fname[13];	/* Short file name (8.3 format) */

-#if _USE_LFN

-	XCHAR*	lfname;		/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */

-	int 	lfsize;		/* Size of LFN buffer [chrs] */

-#endif

-} FILINFO;

-

-

-

-/* File function return code (FRESULT) */

-

-typedef enum {

-	FR_OK = 0,			/* 0 */

-	FR_DISK_ERR,		/* 1 */

-	FR_INT_ERR,			/* 2 */

-	FR_NOT_READY,		/* 3 */

-	FR_NO_FILE,			/* 4 */

-	FR_NO_PATH,			/* 5 */

-	FR_INVALID_NAME,	/* 6 */

-	FR_DENIED,			/* 7 */

-	FR_EXIST,			/* 8 */

-	FR_INVALID_OBJECT,	/* 9 */

-	FR_WRITE_PROTECTED,	/* 10 */

-	FR_INVALID_DRIVE,	/* 11 */

-	FR_NOT_ENABLED,		/* 12 */

-	FR_NO_FILESYSTEM,	/* 13 */

-	FR_MKFS_ABORTED,	/* 14 */

-	FR_TIMEOUT			/* 15 */

-} FRESULT;

-

-

-

-/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* FatFs module application interface                           */

-

-FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*);						/* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */

-FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const XCHAR*, BYTE);			/* Open or create a file */

-FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*);			/* Read data from a file */

-FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*);	/* Write data to a file */

-FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD);						/* Move file pointer of a file object */

-FRESULT f_close (FIL*);								/* Close an open file object */

-FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const XCHAR*);				/* Open an existing directory */

-FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*);					/* Read a directory item */

-FRESULT f_stat (const XCHAR*, FILINFO*);			/* Get file status */

-FRESULT f_getfree (const XCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**);	/* Get number of free clusters on the drive */

-FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*);							/* Truncate file */

-FRESULT f_sync (FIL*);								/* Flush cached data of a writing file */

-FRESULT f_unlink (const XCHAR*);					/* Delete an existing file or directory */

-FRESULT	f_mkdir (const XCHAR*);						/* Create a new directory */

-FRESULT f_chmod (const XCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE);			/* Change attriburte of the file/dir */

-FRESULT f_utime (const XCHAR*, const FILINFO*);		/* Change timestamp of the file/dir */

-FRESULT f_rename (const XCHAR*, const XCHAR*);		/* Rename/Move a file or directory */

-FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*);	/* Forward data to the stream */

-FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, WORD);					/* Create a file system on the drive */

-FRESULT f_chdir (const XCHAR*);						/* Change current directory */

-FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE);							/* Change current drive */

-

-#if _USE_STRFUNC

-int f_putc (int, FIL*);								/* Put a character to the file */

-int f_puts (const char*, FIL*);						/* Put a string to the file */

-int f_printf (FIL*, const char*, ...);				/* Put a formatted string to the file */

-char* f_gets (char*, int, FIL*);					/* Get a string from the file */

-#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0)

-#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0)

-#ifndef EOF

-#define EOF -1

-#endif

-#endif

-

-

-

-/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* User defined functions                                       */

-

-/* Real time clock */

-#if !_FS_READONLY

-DWORD get_fattime (void);	/* 31-25: Year(0-127 org.1980), 24-21: Month(1-12), 20-16: Day(1-31) */

-							/* 15-11: Hour(0-23), 10-5: Minute(0-59), 4-0: Second(0-29 *2) */

-#endif

-

-/* Unicode - OEM code conversion */

-#if _USE_LFN

-WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT);

-WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR);

-#endif

-

-/* Sync functions */

-#if _FS_REENTRANT

-BOOL ff_cre_syncobj(BYTE, _SYNC_t*);

-BOOL ff_del_syncobj(_SYNC_t);

-BOOL ff_req_grant(_SYNC_t);

-void ff_rel_grant(_SYNC_t);

-#endif

-

-

-

-/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/

-/* Flags and offset address                                     */

-

-

-/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */

-

-#define	FA_READ				0x01

-#define	FA_OPEN_EXISTING	0x00

-#if _FS_READONLY == 0

-#define	FA_WRITE			0x02

-#define	FA_CREATE_NEW		0x04

-#define	FA_CREATE_ALWAYS	0x08

-#define	FA_OPEN_ALWAYS		0x10

-#define FA__WRITTEN			0x20

-#define FA__DIRTY			0x40

-#endif

-#define FA__ERROR			0x80

-

-

-/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */

-

-#define FS_FAT12	1

-#define FS_FAT16	2

-#define FS_FAT32	3

-

-

-/* File attribute bits for directory entry */

-

-#define	AM_RDO	0x01	/* Read only */

-#define	AM_HID	0x02	/* Hidden */

-#define	AM_SYS	0x04	/* System */

-#define	AM_VOL	0x08	/* Volume label */

-#define AM_LFN	0x0F	/* LFN entry */

-#define AM_DIR	0x10	/* Directory */

-#define AM_ARC	0x20	/* Archive */

-#define AM_MASK	0x3F	/* Mask of defined bits */

-

-

-/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures with byte offset instead

-/ of structure member because there are incompatibility of the packing option

-/ between various compilers. */

-

-#define BS_jmpBoot			0

-#define BS_OEMName			3

-#define BPB_BytsPerSec		11

-#define BPB_SecPerClus		13

-#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt		14

-#define BPB_NumFATs			16

-#define BPB_RootEntCnt		17

-#define BPB_TotSec16		19

-#define BPB_Media			21

-#define BPB_FATSz16			22

-#define BPB_SecPerTrk		24

-#define BPB_NumHeads		26

-#define BPB_HiddSec			28

-#define BPB_TotSec32		32

-#define BS_55AA				510

-

-#define BS_DrvNum			36

-#define BS_BootSig			38

-#define BS_VolID			39

-#define BS_VolLab			43

-#define BS_FilSysType		54

-

-#define BPB_FATSz32			36

-#define BPB_ExtFlags		40

-#define BPB_FSVer			42

-#define BPB_RootClus		44

-#define BPB_FSInfo			48

-#define BPB_BkBootSec		50

-#define BS_DrvNum32			64

-#define BS_BootSig32		66

-#define BS_VolID32			67

-#define BS_VolLab32			71

-#define BS_FilSysType32		82

-

-#define	FSI_LeadSig			0

-#define	FSI_StrucSig		484

-#define	FSI_Free_Count		488

-#define	FSI_Nxt_Free		492

-

-#define MBR_Table			446

-

-#define	DIR_Name			0

-#define	DIR_Attr			11

-#define	DIR_NTres			12

-#define	DIR_CrtTime			14

-#define	DIR_CrtDate			16

-#define	DIR_FstClusHI		20

-#define	DIR_WrtTime			22

-#define	DIR_WrtDate			24

-#define	DIR_FstClusLO		26

-#define	DIR_FileSize		28

-#define	LDIR_Ord			0

-#define	LDIR_Attr			11

-#define	LDIR_Type			12

-#define	LDIR_Chksum			13

-#define	LDIR_FstClusLO		26

-

-

-

-/*--------------------------------*/

-/* Multi-byte word access macros  */

-

-#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1	/* Enable word access to the FAT structure */

-#define	LD_WORD(ptr)		(WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))

-#define	LD_DWORD(ptr)		(DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))

-#define	ST_WORD(ptr,val)	*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)

-#define	ST_DWORD(ptr,val)	*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)

-#else					/* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */

-#define	LD_WORD(ptr)		(WORD)(((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))

-#define	LD_DWORD(ptr)		(DWORD)(((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))

-#define	ST_WORD(ptr,val)	*(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)

-#define	ST_DWORD(ptr,val)	*(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)

-#endif

-

-

-#endif /* _FATFS */

+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module include file  R0.07e       (C)ChaN, 2010
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ FatFs module is a generic FAT file system module for small embedded systems.
+/ This is a free software that opened for education, research and commercial
+/ developments under license policy of following trems.
+/
+/  Copyright (C) 2010, ChaN, all right reserved.
+/
+/ * The FatFs module is a free software and there is NO WARRANTY.
+/ * No restriction on use. You can use, modify and redistribute it for
+/   personal, non-profit or commercial product UNDER YOUR RESPONSIBILITY.
+/ * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice.
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _FATFS
+#define _FATFS	0x007E
+
+#include "integer.h"	/* Basic integer types */
+#include "ffconf.h"		/* FatFs configuration options */
+
+#if _FATFS != _FFCONFIG
+#error Wrong configuration file (ffconf.h).
+#endif
+
+
+/* DBCS code ranges and SBCS extend char conversion table */
+
+#if _CODE_PAGE == 932	/* Japanese Shift-JIS */
+#define _DF1S	0x81	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 start */
+#define _DF1E	0x9F	/* DBC 1st byte range 1 end */
+#define _DF2S	0xE0	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 start */
+#define _DF2E	0xFC	/* DBC 1st byte range 2 end */
+#define _DS1S	0x40	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 start */
+#define _DS1E	0x7E	/* DBC 2nd byte range 1 end */
+#define _DS2S	0x80	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 start */
+#define _DS2E	0xFC	/* DBC 2nd byte range 2 end */
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 936	/* Simplified Chinese GBK */
+#define _DF1S	0x81
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
+#define _DS1S	0x40
+#define _DS1E	0x7E
+#define _DS2S	0x80
+#define _DS2E	0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 949	/* Korean */
+#define _DF1S	0x81
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
+#define _DS1S	0x41
+#define _DS1E	0x5A
+#define _DS2S	0x61
+#define _DS2E	0x7A
+#define _DS3S	0x81
+#define _DS3E	0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 950	/* Traditional Chinese Big5 */
+#define _DF1S	0x81
+#define _DF1E	0xFE
+#define _DS1S	0x40
+#define _DS1E	0x7E
+#define _DS2S	0xA1
+#define _DS2E	0xFE
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 437	/* U.S. (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0x41,0x8E,0x41,0x8F,0x80,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x49,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x4F,0x99,0x4F,0x55,0x55,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 720	/* Arabic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x45,0x41,0x84,0x41,0x86,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x49,0x49,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x49,0x49,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 737	/* Greek (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87, \
+				0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0xAA,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0x97,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xE4,0xED,0xEE,0xE7,0xE8,0xF1,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 775	/* Baltic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x91,0xA0,0x8E,0x95,0x8F,0x80,0xAD,0xED,0x8A,0x8A,0xA1,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xE0,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xBD,0xBE,0xC6,0xC7,0xA5,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE3,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEE,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 850	/* Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 852	/* Latin 2 (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xDE,0x8F,0x80,0x9D,0xD3,0x8A,0x8A,0xD7,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x91,0xE2,0x99,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA4,0xA4,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA8,0xAA,0x8D,0xAC,0xB8,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBD,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC6,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD2,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xB7,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE3,0xD5,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE9,0xE8,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xDD,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xEB,0xFC,0xFC,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 855	/* Cyrillic (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x81,0x81,0x83,0x83,0x85,0x85,0x87,0x87,0x89,0x89,0x8B,0x8B,0x8D,0x8D,0x8F,0x8F,0x91,0x91,0x93,0x93,0x95,0x95,0x97,0x97,0x99,0x99,0x9B,0x9B,0x9D,0x9D,0x9F,0x9F, \
+				0xA1,0xA1,0xA3,0xA3,0xA5,0xA5,0xA7,0xA7,0xA9,0xA9,0xAB,0xAB,0xAD,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB6,0xB6,0xB8,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBE,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD3,0xD3,0xD5,0xD5,0xD7,0xD7,0xDD,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xE0,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE2,0xE2,0xE4,0xE4,0xE6,0xE6,0xE8,0xE8,0xEA,0xEA,0xEC,0xEC,0xEE,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF8,0xFA,0xFA,0xFC,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 857	/* Turkish (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0x98,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9E, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA6,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xDE,0x59,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 858	/* Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x9A,0x90,0xB6,0x8E,0xB7,0x8F,0x80,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD8,0xD7,0xDE,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x92,0x92,0xE2,0x99,0xE3,0xEA,0xEB,0x59,0x99,0x9A,0x9D,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xB5,0xD6,0xE0,0xE9,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC7,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD1,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE5,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE7,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xED,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 862	/* Hebrew (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0x41,0x49,0x4F,0x55,0xA5,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0x21,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 866	/* Russian (OEM) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x9d,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,0xF0,0xF0,0xF2,0xF2,0xF4,0xF4,0xF6,0xF6,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 874	/* Thai (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1250 /* Central Europe (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xA3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xA5,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBC,0xAF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1251 /* Cyrillic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x82,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x80,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F, \
+				0xA0,0xA2,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB2,0xA5,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xA3,0xBD,0xBD,0xAF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1252 /* Latin 1 (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0xAd,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0xAE,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1253 /* Greek (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xA2,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA, \
+				0xE0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xFB,0xBC,0xFD,0xBF,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1254 /* Turkish (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x8A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1255 /* Hebrew (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1256 /* Arabic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x8C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0x41,0xE1,0x41,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0x43,0x45,0x45,0x45,0x45,0xEC,0xED,0x49,0x49,0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0x4F,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0x55,0xFA,0x55,0x55,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1257 /* Baltic (Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xA8,0xB9,0xAA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xAF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xFF}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1258 /* Vietnam (OEM, Windows) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+#define _EXCVT {0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0xAC,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F, \
+				0xA0,0x21,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF, \
+				0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xEC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,0xD0,0xD1,0xF2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xF7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xFE,0x9F}
+
+#elif _CODE_PAGE == 1	/* ASCII (for only non-LFN cfg) */
+#define _DF1S	0
+
+#else
+#error Unknown code page
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Character code support macros */
+
+#define IsUpper(c)	(((c)>='A')&&((c)<='Z'))
+#define IsLower(c)	(((c)>='a')&&((c)<='z'))
+
+#if _DF1S		/* DBCS configuration */
+
+#ifdef _DF2S	/* Two 1st byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DF2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF2E))
+#else			/* One 1st byte area */
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	((BYTE)(c) >= _DF1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DF1E)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _DS3S	/* Three 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS3S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS3E))
+#else			/* Two 2nd byte areas */
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	(((BYTE)(c) >= _DS1S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS1E) || ((BYTE)(c) >= _DS2S && (BYTE)(c) <= _DS2E))
+#endif
+
+#else			/* SBCS configuration */
+
+#define IsDBCS1(c)	0
+#define IsDBCS2(c)	0
+
+#endif /* _DF1S */
+
+
+
+/* Definitions corresponds to multi partition */
+
+#if _MULTI_PARTITION		/* Multiple partition configuration */
+
+typedef struct _PARTITION {
+	BYTE pd;	/* Physical drive# */
+	BYTE pt;	/* Partition # (0-3) */
+} PARTITION;
+
+extern
+const PARTITION Drives[];			/* Logical drive# to physical location conversion table */
+#define LD2PD(drv) (Drives[drv].pd)	/* Get physical drive# */
+#define LD2PT(drv) (Drives[drv].pt)	/* Get partition# */
+
+#else						/* Single partition configuration */
+
+#define LD2PD(drv) (drv)	/* Physical drive# is equal to the logical drive# */
+#define LD2PT(drv) 0		/* Always mounts the 1st partition */
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Definitions corresponds to multiple sector size */
+
+#if _MAX_SS == 512		/* Single sector size */
+#define	SS(fs)	512U
+
+#elif _MAX_SS == 1024 || _MAX_SS == 2048 || _MAX_SS == 4096	/* Multiple sector size */
+#define	SS(fs)	((fs)->s_size)
+
+#else
+#error Sector size must be 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096.
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Type of file name on FatFs API */
+
+#if _LFN_UNICODE && _USE_LFN
+typedef WCHAR XCHAR;	/* Unicode */
+#else
+typedef char XCHAR;		/* SBCS, DBCS */
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* File system object structure */
+
+typedef struct _FATFS_ {
+	BYTE	fs_type;	/* FAT sub type */
+	BYTE	drive;		/* Physical drive number */
+	BYTE	csize;		/* Number of sectors per cluster */
+	BYTE	n_fats;		/* Number of FAT copies */
+	BYTE	wflag;		/* win[] dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+	BYTE	fsi_flag;	/* fsinfo dirty flag (1:must be written back) */
+	WORD	id;			/* File system mount ID */
+	WORD	n_rootdir;	/* Number of root directory entries (0 on FAT32) */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+	_SYNC_t	sobj;		/* Identifier of sync object */
+#endif
+#if _MAX_SS != 512
+	WORD	s_size;		/* Sector size */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	DWORD	last_clust;	/* Last allocated cluster */
+	DWORD	free_clust;	/* Number of free clusters */
+	DWORD	fsi_sector;	/* fsinfo sector */
+#endif
+#if _FS_RPATH
+	DWORD	cdir;		/* Current directory (0:root)*/
+#endif
+	DWORD	sects_fat;	/* Sectors per fat */
+	DWORD	max_clust;	/* Maximum cluster# + 1. Number of clusters is max_clust - 2 */
+	DWORD	fatbase;	/* FAT start sector */
+	DWORD	dirbase;	/* Root directory start sector (Cluster# on FAT32) */
+	DWORD	database;	/* Data start sector */
+	DWORD	winsect;	/* Current sector appearing in the win[] */
+	BYTE	win[_MAX_SS];/* Disk access window for Directory/FAT */
+} FATFS;
+
+
+
+/* Directory object structure */
+
+typedef struct _DIR_ {
+	FATFS*	fs;			/* Pointer to the owner file system object */
+	WORD	id;			/* Owner file system mount ID */
+	WORD	index;		/* Current read/write index number */
+	DWORD	sclust;		/* Table start cluster (0:Static table) */
+	DWORD	clust;		/* Current cluster */
+	DWORD	sect;		/* Current sector */
+	BYTE*	dir;		/* Pointer to the current SFN entry in the win[] */
+	BYTE*	fn;			/* Pointer to the SFN (in/out) {file[8],ext[3],status[1]} */
+#if _USE_LFN
+	WCHAR*	lfn;		/* Pointer to the LFN working buffer */
+	WORD	lfn_idx;	/* Last matched LFN index number (0xFFFF:No LFN) */
+#endif
+} DIR;
+
+
+
+/* File object structure */
+
+typedef struct _FIL_ {
+	FATFS*	fs;			/* Pointer to the owner file system object */
+	WORD	id;			/* Owner file system mount ID */
+	BYTE	flag;		/* File status flags */
+	BYTE	csect;		/* Sector address in the cluster */
+	DWORD	fptr;		/* File R/W pointer */
+	DWORD	fsize;		/* File size */
+	DWORD	org_clust;	/* File start cluster */
+	DWORD	curr_clust;	/* Current cluster */
+	DWORD	dsect;		/* Current data sector */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+	DWORD	dir_sect;	/* Sector containing the directory entry */
+	BYTE*	dir_ptr;	/* Ponter to the directory entry in the window */
+#endif
+#if !_FS_TINY
+	BYTE	buf[_MAX_SS];/* File R/W buffer */
+#endif
+} FIL;
+
+
+
+/* File status structure */
+
+typedef struct _FILINFO_ {
+	DWORD	fsize;		/* File size */
+	WORD	fdate;		/* Last modified date */
+	WORD	ftime;		/* Last modified time */
+	BYTE	fattrib;	/* Attribute */
+	char	fname[13];	/* Short file name (8.3 format) */
+#if _USE_LFN
+	XCHAR*	lfname;		/* Pointer to the LFN buffer */
+	int 	lfsize;		/* Size of LFN buffer [chrs] */
+#endif
+} FILINFO;
+
+
+
+/* File function return code (FRESULT) */
+
+typedef enum {
+	FR_OK = 0,			/* 0 */
+	FR_DISK_ERR,		/* 1 */
+	FR_INT_ERR,			/* 2 */
+	FR_NOT_READY,		/* 3 */
+	FR_NO_FILE,			/* 4 */
+	FR_NO_PATH,			/* 5 */
+	FR_INVALID_NAME,	/* 6 */
+	FR_DENIED,			/* 7 */
+	FR_EXIST,			/* 8 */
+	FR_INVALID_OBJECT,	/* 9 */
+	FR_WRITE_PROTECTED,	/* 10 */
+	FR_INVALID_DRIVE,	/* 11 */
+	FR_NOT_ENABLED,		/* 12 */
+	FR_NO_FILESYSTEM,	/* 13 */
+	FR_MKFS_ABORTED,	/* 14 */
+	FR_TIMEOUT			/* 15 */
+} FRESULT;
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* FatFs module application interface                           */
+
+FRESULT f_mount (BYTE, FATFS*);						/* Mount/Unmount a logical drive */
+FRESULT f_open (FIL*, const XCHAR*, BYTE);			/* Open or create a file */
+FRESULT f_read (FIL*, void*, UINT, UINT*);			/* Read data from a file */
+FRESULT f_write (FIL*, const void*, UINT, UINT*);	/* Write data to a file */
+FRESULT f_lseek (FIL*, DWORD);						/* Move file pointer of a file object */
+FRESULT f_close (FIL*);								/* Close an open file object */
+FRESULT f_opendir (DIR*, const XCHAR*);				/* Open an existing directory */
+FRESULT f_readdir (DIR*, FILINFO*);					/* Read a directory item */
+FRESULT f_stat (const XCHAR*, FILINFO*);			/* Get file status */
+FRESULT f_getfree (const XCHAR*, DWORD*, FATFS**);	/* Get number of free clusters on the drive */
+FRESULT f_truncate (FIL*);							/* Truncate file */
+FRESULT f_sync (FIL*);								/* Flush cached data of a writing file */
+FRESULT f_unlink (const XCHAR*);					/* Delete an existing file or directory */
+FRESULT	f_mkdir (const XCHAR*);						/* Create a new directory */
+FRESULT f_chmod (const XCHAR*, BYTE, BYTE);			/* Change attriburte of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_utime (const XCHAR*, const FILINFO*);		/* Change timestamp of the file/dir */
+FRESULT f_rename (const XCHAR*, const XCHAR*);		/* Rename/Move a file or directory */
+FRESULT f_forward (FIL*, UINT(*)(const BYTE*,UINT), UINT, UINT*);	/* Forward data to the stream */
+FRESULT f_mkfs (BYTE, BYTE, WORD);					/* Create a file system on the drive */
+FRESULT f_chdir (const XCHAR*);						/* Change current directory */
+FRESULT f_chdrive (BYTE);							/* Change current drive */
+
+#if _USE_STRFUNC
+int f_putc (int, FIL*);								/* Put a character to the file */
+int f_puts (const char*, FIL*);						/* Put a string to the file */
+int f_printf (FIL*, const char*, ...);				/* Put a formatted string to the file */
+char* f_gets (char*, int, FIL*);					/* Get a string from the file */
+#define f_eof(fp) (((fp)->fptr == (fp)->fsize) ? 1 : 0)
+#define f_error(fp) (((fp)->flag & FA__ERROR) ? 1 : 0)
+#ifndef EOF
+#define EOF -1
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* User defined functions                                       */
+
+/* Real time clock */
+#if !_FS_READONLY
+DWORD get_fattime (void);	/* 31-25: Year(0-127 org.1980), 24-21: Month(1-12), 20-16: Day(1-31) */
+							/* 15-11: Hour(0-23), 10-5: Minute(0-59), 4-0: Second(0-29 *2) */
+#endif
+
+/* Unicode - OEM code conversion */
+#if _USE_LFN
+WCHAR ff_convert (WCHAR, UINT);
+WCHAR ff_wtoupper (WCHAR);
+#endif
+
+/* Sync functions */
+#if _FS_REENTRANT
+BOOL ff_cre_syncobj(BYTE, _SYNC_t*);
+BOOL ff_del_syncobj(_SYNC_t);
+BOOL ff_req_grant(_SYNC_t);
+void ff_rel_grant(_SYNC_t);
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Flags and offset address                                     */
+
+
+/* File access control and file status flags (FIL.flag) */
+
+#define	FA_READ				0x01
+#define	FA_OPEN_EXISTING	0x00
+#if _FS_READONLY == 0
+#define	FA_WRITE			0x02
+#define	FA_CREATE_NEW		0x04
+#define	FA_CREATE_ALWAYS	0x08
+#define	FA_OPEN_ALWAYS		0x10
+#define FA__WRITTEN			0x20
+#define FA__DIRTY			0x40
+#endif
+#define FA__ERROR			0x80
+
+
+/* FAT sub type (FATFS.fs_type) */
+
+#define FS_FAT12	1
+#define FS_FAT16	2
+#define FS_FAT32	3
+
+
+/* File attribute bits for directory entry */
+
+#define	AM_RDO	0x01	/* Read only */
+#define	AM_HID	0x02	/* Hidden */
+#define	AM_SYS	0x04	/* System */
+#define	AM_VOL	0x08	/* Volume label */
+#define AM_LFN	0x0F	/* LFN entry */
+#define AM_DIR	0x10	/* Directory */
+#define AM_ARC	0x20	/* Archive */
+#define AM_MASK	0x3F	/* Mask of defined bits */
+
+
+/* FatFs refers the members in the FAT structures with byte offset instead
+/ of structure member because there are incompatibility of the packing option
+/ between various compilers. */
+
+#define BS_jmpBoot			0
+#define BS_OEMName			3
+#define BPB_BytsPerSec		11
+#define BPB_SecPerClus		13
+#define BPB_RsvdSecCnt		14
+#define BPB_NumFATs			16
+#define BPB_RootEntCnt		17
+#define BPB_TotSec16		19
+#define BPB_Media			21
+#define BPB_FATSz16			22
+#define BPB_SecPerTrk		24
+#define BPB_NumHeads		26
+#define BPB_HiddSec			28
+#define BPB_TotSec32		32
+#define BS_55AA				510
+
+#define BS_DrvNum			36
+#define BS_BootSig			38
+#define BS_VolID			39
+#define BS_VolLab			43
+#define BS_FilSysType		54
+
+#define BPB_FATSz32			36
+#define BPB_ExtFlags		40
+#define BPB_FSVer			42
+#define BPB_RootClus		44
+#define BPB_FSInfo			48
+#define BPB_BkBootSec		50
+#define BS_DrvNum32			64
+#define BS_BootSig32		66
+#define BS_VolID32			67
+#define BS_VolLab32			71
+#define BS_FilSysType32		82
+
+#define	FSI_LeadSig			0
+#define	FSI_StrucSig		484
+#define	FSI_Free_Count		488
+#define	FSI_Nxt_Free		492
+
+#define MBR_Table			446
+
+#define	DIR_Name			0
+#define	DIR_Attr			11
+#define	DIR_NTres			12
+#define	DIR_CrtTime			14
+#define	DIR_CrtDate			16
+#define	DIR_FstClusHI		20
+#define	DIR_WrtTime			22
+#define	DIR_WrtDate			24
+#define	DIR_FstClusLO		26
+#define	DIR_FileSize		28
+#define	LDIR_Ord			0
+#define	LDIR_Attr			11
+#define	LDIR_Type			12
+#define	LDIR_Chksum			13
+#define	LDIR_FstClusLO		26
+
+
+
+/*--------------------------------*/
+/* Multi-byte word access macros  */
+
+#if _WORD_ACCESS == 1	/* Enable word access to the FAT structure */
+#define	LD_WORD(ptr)		(WORD)(*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	LD_DWORD(ptr)		(DWORD)(*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	ST_WORD(ptr,val)	*(WORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(WORD)(val)
+#define	ST_DWORD(ptr,val)	*(DWORD*)(BYTE*)(ptr)=(DWORD)(val)
+#else					/* Use byte-by-byte access to the FAT structure */
+#define	LD_WORD(ptr)		(WORD)(((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|(WORD)*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	LD_DWORD(ptr)		(DWORD)(((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)<<24)|((DWORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)<<16)|((WORD)*(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)<<8)|*(BYTE*)(ptr))
+#define	ST_WORD(ptr,val)	*(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8)
+#define	ST_DWORD(ptr,val)	*(BYTE*)(ptr)=(BYTE)(val); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+1)=(BYTE)((WORD)(val)>>8); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+2)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>16); *(BYTE*)((ptr)+3)=(BYTE)((DWORD)(val)>>24)
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _FATFS */
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
index 9b414e979..872e710c4 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/ffconf.h
@@ -1,166 +1,166 @@
-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/  FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file  R0.07e  (C)ChaN, 2010

-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/

-/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to

-/ the configuration options.

-/

-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-#ifndef _FFCONFIG

-#define _FFCONFIG 0x007E

-

-

-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/ Function and Buffer Configurations

-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#define	_FS_TINY	1		/* 0 or 1 */

-/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system

-/  object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file

-/  data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */

-

-

-#define _FS_READONLY	0	/* 0 or 1 */

-/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes

-/  writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename,

-/  f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */

-

-

-#define _FS_MINIMIZE	2	/* 0, 1, 2 or 3 */

-/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions.

-/

-/   0: Full function.

-/   1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename

-/      are removed.

-/   2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to level 1.

-/   3: f_lseek is removed in addition to level 2. */

-

-

-#define	_USE_STRFUNC	0	/* 0, 1 or 2 */

-/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */

-

-

-#define	_USE_MKFS	0		/* 0 or 1 */

-/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */

-

-

-#define	_USE_FORWARD	0	/* 0 or 1 */

-/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */

-

-

-

-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/ Locale and Namespace Configurations

-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#define _CODE_PAGE	932

-/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system.

-/  Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure.

-/

-/   932  - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows)

-/   936  - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows)

-/   949  - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows)

-/   950  - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows)

-/   1250 - Central Europe (Windows)

-/   1251 - Cyrillic (Windows)

-/   1252 - Latin 1 (Windows)

-/   1253 - Greek (Windows)

-/   1254 - Turkish (Windows)

-/   1255 - Hebrew (Windows)

-/   1256 - Arabic (Windows)

-/   1257 - Baltic (Windows)

-/   1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows)

-/   437  - U.S. (OEM)

-/   720  - Arabic (OEM)

-/   737  - Greek (OEM)

-/   775  - Baltic (OEM)

-/   850  - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM)

-/   858  - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM)

-/   852  - Latin 2 (OEM)

-/   855  - Cyrillic (OEM)

-/   866  - Russian (OEM)

-/   857  - Turkish (OEM)

-/   862  - Hebrew (OEM)

-/   874  - Thai (OEM, Windows)

-/	1    - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.)

-*/

-

-

-#define	_USE_LFN	0		/* 0, 1 or 2 */

-#define	_MAX_LFN	255		/* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */

-/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support.

-/

-/   0: Disable LFN. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect.

-/   1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the bss. NOT REENTRANT.

-/   2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK.

-/

-/  The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. When enable LFN,

-/  two Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added

-/  to the project. */

-

-

-#define	_LFN_UNICODE	0	/* 0 or 1 */

-/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode,

-/  enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1.

-*/

-

-

-#define _FS_RPATH	0		/* 0 or 1 */

-/* When _FS_RPATH is set to 1, relative path feature is enabled and f_chdir,

-/  f_chdrive function are available.

-/  Note that output of the f_readdir fnction is affected by this option. */

-

-

-

-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/ Physical Drive Configurations

-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#define _DRIVES		1

-/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */

-

-

-#define	_MAX_SS		512		/* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */

-/* Maximum sector size to be handled.

-/  Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be

-/  required for floppy disk (512/1024) and optical disk (512/2048).

-/  When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implememted

-/  to the disk_ioctl function. */

-

-

-#define	_MULTI_PARTITION	0	/* 0 or 1 */

-/* When _MULTI_PARTITION is set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical

-/ drive number and can mount only first primaly partition. When it is set to 1,

-/ each volume is tied to the partitions listed in Drives[]. */

-

-

-

-/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/

-/ System Configurations

-/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/

-

-#define _WORD_ACCESS	1	/* 0 or 1 */

-/* The _WORD_ACCESS option defines which access method is used to the word

-/  data on the FAT volume.

-/

-/   0: Byte-by-byte access. Always compatible with all platforms.

-/   1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.

-/

-/  When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned

-/  word access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.

-/  If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the

-/  performance and code size. */

-

-

-#define _FS_REENTRANT	0		/* 0 or 1 */

-#define _FS_TIMEOUT		1000	/* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */

-#define	_SYNC_t			HANDLE	/* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */

-/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy of the FatFs module.

-/

-/   0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect.

-/   1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers,

-/      ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj

-/      function must be added to the project. */

-

-

-#endif /* _FFCONFIG */

+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/  FatFs - FAT file system module configuration file  R0.07e  (C)ChaN, 2010
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/
+/ CAUTION! Do not forget to make clean the project after any changes to
+/ the configuration options.
+/
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef _FFCONFIG
+#define _FFCONFIG 0x007E
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Function and Buffer Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define	_FS_TINY	1		/* 0 or 1 */
+/* When _FS_TINY is set to 1, FatFs uses the sector buffer in the file system
+/  object instead of the sector buffer in the individual file object for file
+/  data transfer. This reduces memory consumption 512 bytes each file object. */
+
+
+#define _FS_READONLY	0	/* 0 or 1 */
+/* Setting _FS_READONLY to 1 defines read only configuration. This removes
+/  writing functions, f_write, f_sync, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_rename,
+/  f_truncate and useless f_getfree. */
+
+
+#define _FS_MINIMIZE	2	/* 0, 1, 2 or 3 */
+/* The _FS_MINIMIZE option defines minimization level to remove some functions.
+/
+/   0: Full function.
+/   1: f_stat, f_getfree, f_unlink, f_mkdir, f_chmod, f_truncate and f_rename
+/      are removed.
+/   2: f_opendir and f_readdir are removed in addition to level 1.
+/   3: f_lseek is removed in addition to level 2. */
+
+
+#define	_USE_STRFUNC	0	/* 0, 1 or 2 */
+/* To enable string functions, set _USE_STRFUNC to 1 or 2. */
+
+
+#define	_USE_MKFS	0		/* 0 or 1 */
+/* To enable f_mkfs function, set _USE_MKFS to 1 and set _FS_READONLY to 0 */
+
+
+#define	_USE_FORWARD	0	/* 0 or 1 */
+/* To enable f_forward function, set _USE_FORWARD to 1 and set _FS_TINY to 1. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Locale and Namespace Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _CODE_PAGE	932
+/* The _CODE_PAGE specifies the OEM code page to be used on the target system.
+/  Incorrect setting of the code page can cause a file open failure.
+/
+/   932  - Japanese Shift-JIS (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   936  - Simplified Chinese GBK (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   949  - Korean (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   950  - Traditional Chinese Big5 (DBCS, OEM, Windows)
+/   1250 - Central Europe (Windows)
+/   1251 - Cyrillic (Windows)
+/   1252 - Latin 1 (Windows)
+/   1253 - Greek (Windows)
+/   1254 - Turkish (Windows)
+/   1255 - Hebrew (Windows)
+/   1256 - Arabic (Windows)
+/   1257 - Baltic (Windows)
+/   1258 - Vietnam (OEM, Windows)
+/   437  - U.S. (OEM)
+/   720  - Arabic (OEM)
+/   737  - Greek (OEM)
+/   775  - Baltic (OEM)
+/   850  - Multilingual Latin 1 (OEM)
+/   858  - Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro (OEM)
+/   852  - Latin 2 (OEM)
+/   855  - Cyrillic (OEM)
+/   866  - Russian (OEM)
+/   857  - Turkish (OEM)
+/   862  - Hebrew (OEM)
+/   874  - Thai (OEM, Windows)
+/	1    - ASCII only (Valid for non LFN cfg.)
+*/
+
+
+#define	_USE_LFN	0		/* 0, 1 or 2 */
+#define	_MAX_LFN	255		/* Maximum LFN length to handle (12 to 255) */
+/* The _USE_LFN option switches the LFN support.
+/
+/   0: Disable LFN. _MAX_LFN and _LFN_UNICODE have no effect.
+/   1: Enable LFN with static working buffer on the bss. NOT REENTRANT.
+/   2: Enable LFN with dynamic working buffer on the STACK.
+/
+/  The LFN working buffer occupies (_MAX_LFN + 1) * 2 bytes. When enable LFN,
+/  two Unicode handling functions ff_convert() and ff_wtoupper() must be added
+/  to the project. */
+
+
+#define	_LFN_UNICODE	0	/* 0 or 1 */
+/* To switch the character code set on FatFs API to Unicode,
+/  enable LFN feature and set _LFN_UNICODE to 1.
+*/
+
+
+#define _FS_RPATH	0		/* 0 or 1 */
+/* When _FS_RPATH is set to 1, relative path feature is enabled and f_chdir,
+/  f_chdrive function are available.
+/  Note that output of the f_readdir fnction is affected by this option. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ Physical Drive Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _DRIVES		1
+/* Number of volumes (logical drives) to be used. */
+
+
+#define	_MAX_SS		512		/* 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096 */
+/* Maximum sector size to be handled.
+/  Always set 512 for memory card and hard disk but a larger value may be
+/  required for floppy disk (512/1024) and optical disk (512/2048).
+/  When _MAX_SS is larger than 512, GET_SECTOR_SIZE command must be implememted
+/  to the disk_ioctl function. */
+
+
+#define	_MULTI_PARTITION	0	/* 0 or 1 */
+/* When _MULTI_PARTITION is set to 0, each volume is bound to the same physical
+/ drive number and can mount only first primaly partition. When it is set to 1,
+/ each volume is tied to the partitions listed in Drives[]. */
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------/
+/ System Configurations
+/----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define _WORD_ACCESS	1	/* 0 or 1 */
+/* The _WORD_ACCESS option defines which access method is used to the word
+/  data on the FAT volume.
+/
+/   0: Byte-by-byte access. Always compatible with all platforms.
+/   1: Word access. Do not choose this unless following condition is met.
+/
+/  When the byte order on the memory is big-endian or address miss-aligned
+/  word access results incorrect behavior, the _WORD_ACCESS must be set to 0.
+/  If it is not the case, the value can also be set to 1 to improve the
+/  performance and code size. */
+
+
+#define _FS_REENTRANT	0		/* 0 or 1 */
+#define _FS_TIMEOUT		1000	/* Timeout period in unit of time ticks */
+#define	_SYNC_t			HANDLE	/* O/S dependent type of sync object. e.g. HANDLE, OS_EVENT*, ID and etc.. */
+/* The _FS_REENTRANT option switches the reentrancy of the FatFs module.
+/
+/   0: Disable reentrancy. _SYNC_t and _FS_TIMEOUT have no effect.
+/   1: Enable reentrancy. Also user provided synchronization handlers,
+/      ff_req_grant, ff_rel_grant, ff_del_syncobj and ff_cre_syncobj
+/      function must be added to the project. */
+
+
+#endif /* _FFCONFIG */
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
index 1d6bac368..851a78da2 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/FATFs/integer.h
@@ -1,37 +1,37 @@
-/*-------------------------------------------*/

-/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */

-/*-------------------------------------------*/

-

-#ifndef _INTEGER

-

-#if 0

-#include <windows.h>

-#else

-

-/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */

-typedef int				INT;

-typedef unsigned int	UINT;

-

-/* These types must be 8-bit integer */

-typedef signed char		CHAR;

-typedef unsigned char	UCHAR;

-typedef unsigned char	BYTE;

-

-/* These types must be 16-bit integer */

-typedef short			SHORT;

-typedef unsigned short	USHORT;

-typedef unsigned short	WORD;

-typedef unsigned short	WCHAR;

-

-/* These types must be 32-bit integer */

-typedef long			LONG;

-typedef unsigned long	ULONG;

-typedef unsigned long	DWORD;

-

-/* Boolean type */

-typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE } BOOL;

-

-#endif

-

-#define _INTEGER

-#endif

+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+/* Integer type definitions for FatFs module */
+/*-------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef _INTEGER
+
+#if 0
+#include <windows.h>
+#else
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit, 32-bit or larger integer */
+typedef int				INT;
+typedef unsigned int	UINT;
+
+/* These types must be 8-bit integer */
+typedef signed char		CHAR;
+typedef unsigned char	UCHAR;
+typedef unsigned char	BYTE;
+
+/* These types must be 16-bit integer */
+typedef short			SHORT;
+typedef unsigned short	USHORT;
+typedef unsigned short	WORD;
+typedef unsigned short	WCHAR;
+
+/* These types must be 32-bit integer */
+typedef long			LONG;
+typedef unsigned long	ULONG;
+typedef unsigned long	DWORD;
+
+/* Boolean type */
+typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE } BOOL;
+
+#endif
+
+#define _INTEGER
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
index 8a376a41b..55312e87b 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.c
@@ -1,281 +1,281 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 

-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted

-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 

-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage

- *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,

- *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.

- */

- 

-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C

-#include "SCSI.h"

-

-/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's

- *  features and capabilities.

- */

-SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData = 

-	{

-		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,

-		.PeripheralQualifier = 0,

-			

-		.Removable           = true,

-			

-		.Version             = 0,

-			

-		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2,

-		.NormACA             = false,

-		.TrmTsk              = false,

-		.AERC                = false,

-

-		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,

-			

-		.SoftReset           = false,

-		.CmdQue              = false,

-		.Linked              = false,

-		.Sync                = false,

-		.WideBus16Bit        = false,

-		.WideBus32Bit        = false,

-		.RelAddr             = false,

-		

-		.VendorID            = "LUFA",

-		.ProductID           = "Dataflash Disk",

-		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},

-	};

-

-/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE

- *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.

- */

-SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =

-	{

-		.ResponseCode        = 0x70,

-		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,

-	};

-

-

-/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches

- *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns

- *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.

- *

- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with

- */

-bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)

-{

-	/* Set initial sense data, before the requested command is processed */

-	SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,

-	               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,

-	               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);

-					   

-	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */

-	switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])

-	{

-		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:

-			SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);			

-			break;

-		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:

-			SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);

-			break;

-		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:

-			SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);			

-			break;

-		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:

-			SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);

-			break;

-		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:

-			SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);

-			break;

-		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:

-			SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);

-			break;

-		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:

-		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:

-		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:

-			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */

-			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;

-			break;

-		default:

-			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */

-			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,

-		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,

-		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);

-			break;

-	}

-

-	return (SenseData.SenseKey == SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD);

-}

-

-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features

- *  and capabilities to the host.

- *

- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with

- */

-static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)

-{

-	uint16_t AllocationLength  = (((uint16_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |

-	                                         MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);

-	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :

-	                                                                       sizeof(InquiryData);

-

-	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */

-	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||

-	     MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])

-	{

-		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */

-		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,

-		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,

-		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);

-

-		return;

-	}

-	

-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);

-

-	uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];

-	

-	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */

-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);

-

-	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */

-	Endpoint_ClearIN();

-

-	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */

-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;

-}

-

-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,

- *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.

- *

- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with

- */

-static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)

-{

-	uint8_t  AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];

-	uint8_t  BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);

-	

-	uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];

-

-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);

-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);

-	Endpoint_ClearIN();

-

-	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */

-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;

-}

-

-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity

- *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.

- *

- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with

- */

-static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)

-{

-	uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);

-	uint32_t MediaBlockSize        = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;

-

-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);

-	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);

-	Endpoint_ClearIN();

-	

-	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */

-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;

-}

-

-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the

- *  board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is

- *  supported.

- *

- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with

- */

-static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)

-{

-	/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */

-	if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))

-	{

-		/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */

-		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,

-		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,

-		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);

-

-		return;

-	}

-	

-	/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */

-	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))

-	{

-		/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */

-		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,

-		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,

-		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);	

-	

-		return;

-	}

-	

-	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */

-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;

-}

-

-/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address

- *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual

- *  reading and writing of the data.

- *

- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with

- *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)

- */

-static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead)

-{

-	uint32_t BlockAddress;

-	uint16_t TotalBlocks;

-	

-	/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */

-	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);

-

-	/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */

-	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);

-	

-	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */

-	if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)

-	{

-		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */

-		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,

-		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,

-		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);

-

-		return;

-	}

-	

-	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */

-	if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)

-	  DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);

-	else

-	  DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);

-

-	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */

-	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);

-}

+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
+              
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
+ *  devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
+ *  which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
+ */
+ 
+#define  INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
+#include "SCSI.h"
+
+/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
+ *  features and capabilities.
+ */
+SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData = 
+	{
+		.DeviceType          = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
+		.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
+			
+		.Removable           = true,
+			
+		.Version             = 0,
+			
+		.ResponseDataFormat  = 2,
+		.NormACA             = false,
+		.TrmTsk              = false,
+		.AERC                = false,
+
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x1F,
+			
+		.SoftReset           = false,
+		.CmdQue              = false,
+		.Linked              = false,
+		.Sync                = false,
+		.WideBus16Bit        = false,
+		.WideBus32Bit        = false,
+		.RelAddr             = false,
+		
+		.VendorID            = "LUFA",
+		.ProductID           = "Dataflash Disk",
+		.RevisionID          = {'0','.','0','0'},
+	};
+
+/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
+ *  command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
+ */
+SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
+	{
+		.ResponseCode        = 0x70,
+		.AdditionalLength    = 0x0A,
+	};
+
+
+/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
+ *  to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
+ *  a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ */
+bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Set initial sense data, before the requested command is processed */
+	SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
+	               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+	               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+					   
+	/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
+	switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
+	{
+		case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
+			SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);			
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
+			SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
+			SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);			
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
+			SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
+			SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
+			SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
+			break;
+		case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
+		case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
+		case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
+			/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
+			MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+			break;
+		default:
+			/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
+			SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
+		                   SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return (SenseData.SenseKey == SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD);
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
+ *  and capabilities to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ */
+static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint16_t AllocationLength  = (((uint16_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |
+	                                         MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);
+	uint16_t BytesTransferred  = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :
+	                                                                       sizeof(InquiryData);
+
+	/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
+	if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
+	     MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
+	{
+		/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return;
+	}
+	
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
+
+	uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
+	
+	/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
+
+	/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
+ *  including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ */
+static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint8_t  AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
+	uint8_t  BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);
+	
+	uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
+ *  on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ */
+static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS - 1);
+	uint32_t MediaBlockSize        = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
+
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
+	Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
+	Endpoint_ClearIN();
+	
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
+ *  board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
+ *  supported.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ */
+static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
+	if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
+	{
+		/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return;
+	}
+	
+	/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
+	if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
+	{
+		/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);	
+	
+		return;
+	}
+	
+	/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
+}
+
+/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
+ *  and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual
+ *  reading and writing of the data.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
+ *  \param[in] IsDataRead  Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
+ */
+static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead)
+{
+	uint32_t BlockAddress;
+	uint16_t TotalBlocks;
+	
+	/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
+
+	/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
+	TotalBlocks  = SwapEndian_16(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
+	
+	/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
+	if (BlockAddress >= VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS)
+	{
+		/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
+		SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
+		               SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
+		               SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
+
+		return;
+	}
+	
+	/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
+	if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
+	  DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+	else
+	  DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
+
+	/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
+	MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
index 190d625be..914ca7b61 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/Lib/SCSI.h
@@ -1,86 +1,86 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 

-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted

-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 

-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for SCSI.c.

- */

- 

-#ifndef _SCSI_H_

-#define _SCSI_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>

-

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>

-

-		#include "../TempDataLogger.h"

-		#include "../Descriptors.h"

-		#include "DataflashManager.h"

-	

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This

-		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about

-		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.

-		 *

-		 *  \param[in] key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to

-		 *  \param[in] acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to

-		 *  \param[in] aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to

-		 */

-		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual)  MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = (key);                   \

-		                                                   SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (acode);      \

-		                                                   SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (aqual); }MACROE

-

-		/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */

-		#define DATA_READ           true

-

-		/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */

-		#define DATA_WRITE          false

-

-		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */

-		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00

-		

-		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */

-		#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM   0x05

-		

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);

-		

-		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)

-			static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);

-			static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);

-			static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);

-			static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);

-			static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead);

-		#endif

-		

-#endif

+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
+              
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for SCSI.c.
+ */
+ 
+#ifndef _SCSI_H_
+#define _SCSI_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
+
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
+
+		#include "../TempDataLogger.h"
+		#include "../Descriptors.h"
+		#include "DataflashManager.h"
+	
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
+		 *  is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
+		 *  the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
+		 *
+		 *  \param[in] key    New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] acode  New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
+		 *  \param[in] aqual  New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
+		 */
+		#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual)  MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = (key);                   \
+		                                                   SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (acode);      \
+		                                                   SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (aqual); }MACROE
+
+		/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_READ           true
+
+		/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
+		#define DATA_WRITE          false
+
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK   0x00
+		
+		/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
+		#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM   0x05
+		
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+		
+		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
+			static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+			static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead);
+		#endif
+		
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
index 59105286e..b5b913f37 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempDataLogger.c
@@ -1,312 +1,312 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 

-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted

-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 

-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Main source file for the TemperatureDataLogger project. This file contains the main tasks of

- *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.

- */

-

-#include "TempDataLogger.h"

-

-/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is

- *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class

- *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.

- */

-USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =

-	{

-		.Config =

-			{

-				.InterfaceNumber           = 0,

-

-				.DataINEndpointNumber      = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM,

-				.DataINEndpointSize        = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,

-				.DataINEndpointDoubleBank  = false,

-

-				.DataOUTEndpointNumber     = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM,

-				.DataOUTEndpointSize       = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,

-				.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,

-

-				.TotalLUNs                 = 1,

-			},

-	};

-

-/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */

-uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];

-

-/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is

- *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class

- *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.

- */

-USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =

-	{

-		.Config =

-			{

-				.InterfaceNumber              = 1,

-

-				.ReportINEndpointNumber       = GENERIC_IN_EPNUM,

-				.ReportINEndpointSize         = GENERIC_EPSIZE,

-				.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank   = false,

-				

-				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevHIDReportBuffer,

-				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),

-			},

-	};

-

-/** Non-volatile Logging Interval value in EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */

-uint8_t EEMEM LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM;

-

-/** SRAM Logging Interval value fetched from EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */

-uint8_t LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;

-

-/** Total number of 500ms logging ticks elapsed since the last log value was recorded */

-uint16_t CurrentLoggingTicks;

-

-/** FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the dataflash contents. */

-FATFS DiskFATState;

-

-/** FAT Fs structure to hold a FAT file handle for the log data write destination. */

-FIL TempLogFile;

-

-

-/** ISR to handle the 500ms ticks for sampling and data logging */

-ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)

-{

-	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();

-

-	/* Check to see if the logging interval has expired */

-	if (CurrentLoggingTicks++ < LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM)

-	  return;

-	    

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);

-

-	/* Reset log tick counter to prepare for next logging interval */

-	CurrentLoggingTicks = 0;

-	

-	/* Only log when not connected to a USB host */

-	if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)

-	{

-		uint8_t Day,  Month,  Year;

-		uint8_t Hour, Minute, Second;

-

-		DS1307_GetDate(&Day,  &Month,  &Year);

-		DS1307_GetTime(&Hour, &Minute, &Second);

-

-		char     LineBuffer[100];

-		uint16_t BytesWritten;

-

-		BytesWritten = sprintf(LineBuffer, "%02d/%02d/20%04d, %02d:%02d:%02d, %d Degrees\r\n",

-							   Day, Month, Year, Hour, Minute, Second, Temperature_GetTemperature());

-

-		f_write(&TempLogFile, LineBuffer, BytesWritten, &BytesWritten);

-		f_sync(&TempLogFile);

-	}

-	

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-}

-

-/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial

- *  setup of all components and the main program loop.

- */

-int main(void)

-{

-	SetupHardware();

-

-	/* Fetch logging interval from EEPROM */

-	LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = eeprom_read_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM);

-

-	/* Mount and open the log file on the dataflash FAT partition */

-	OpenLogFile();

-

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);

-	sei();

-

-	/* Discard the first sample from the temperature sensor, as it is generally incorrect */

-	volatile uint8_t Dummy = Temperature_GetTemperature();

-	(void)Dummy;

-	

-	for (;;)

-	{

-		MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);

-		HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);

-		USB_USBTask();

-	}

-}

-

-/** Opens the log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition according to the current date */

-void OpenLogFile(void)

-{

-	char LogFileName[12];

-

-	/* Get the current date for the filename as "DDMMYY.csv" */

-	uint8_t Day, Month, Year;

-	DS1307_GetDate(&Day, &Month, &Year);

-	sprintf(LogFileName, "%02d%02d%02d.csv", Day, Month, Year);

-

-	/* Mount the storage device, open the file */

-	f_mount(0, &DiskFATState);

-	f_open(&TempLogFile, LogFileName, FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_WRITE);

-	f_lseek(&TempLogFile, TempLogFile.fsize);

-}

-

-/** Closes the open data log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition */

-void CloseLogFile(void)

-{

-	/* Sync any data waiting to be written, unmount the storage device */

-	f_sync(&TempLogFile);

-	f_close(&TempLogFile);

-}

-

-/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */

-void SetupHardware(void)

-{

-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */

-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);

-	wdt_disable();

-

-	/* Disable clock division */

-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);

-

-	/* Hardware Initialization */

-	LEDs_Init();

-	SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);

-	ADC_Init(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);

-	Temperature_Init();

-	Dataflash_Init();

-	USB_Init();

-	TWI_Init();

-	

-	/* 500ms logging interval timer configuration */

-	OCR1A   = ((F_CPU / 1024) / 2);

-	TCCR1B  = (1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12) | (1 << CS10);

-	TIMSK1  = (1 << OCIE1A);

-

-	/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */

-	DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */

-void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)

-{

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);

-

-	/* Close the log file so that the host has exclusive filesystem access */

-	CloseLogFile();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */

-void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)

-{

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);

-	

-	/* Mount and open the log file on the dataflash FAT partition */

-	OpenLogFile();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */

-void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)

-{

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);

-

-	if (!(MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface)))

-	  LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);

-	  

-	if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface)))

-	  LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);	

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */

-void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)

-{

-	MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);

-	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);

-}

-

-/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.

- *

- *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced

- */

-bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)

-{

-	bool CommandSuccess;

-	

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);

-	CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);

-	

-	return CommandSuccess;

-}

-

-/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.

- *

- *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced

- *  \param[in,out] ReportID  Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID

- *  \param[in] ReportType  Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature

- *  \param[out] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored

- *  \param[out] ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent

- *

- *  \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent

- */

-bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,

-                                         const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)

-{

-	Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;

-

-	DS1307_GetDate(&ReportParams->Day,  &ReportParams->Month,  &ReportParams->Year);

-	DS1307_GetTime(&ReportParams->Hour, &ReportParams->Minute, &ReportParams->Second);

-	

-	ReportParams->LogInterval500MS = LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;

-

-	*ReportSize = sizeof(Device_Report_t);

-	return true;

-}

-

-/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.

- *

- *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced

- *  \param[in] ReportID  Report ID of the received report from the host

- *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored

- *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report

- */

-void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,

-                                          const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)

-{

-	Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;

-	

-	DS1307_SetDate(ReportParams->Day,  ReportParams->Month,  ReportParams->Year);

-	DS1307_SetTime(ReportParams->Hour, ReportParams->Minute, ReportParams->Second);

-	

-	/* If the logging interval has changed from its current value, write it to EEPROM */

-	if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM != ReportParams->LogInterval500MS)

-	{

-		LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = ReportParams->LogInterval500MS;

-		eeprom_write_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM, LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM);

-	}

-}

+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
+              
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Main source file for the TemperatureDataLogger project. This file contains the main tasks of
+ *  the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
+ */
+
+#include "TempDataLogger.h"
+
+/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber           = 0,
+
+				.DataINEndpointNumber      = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM,
+				.DataINEndpointSize        = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+				.DataINEndpointDoubleBank  = false,
+
+				.DataOUTEndpointNumber     = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM,
+				.DataOUTEndpointSize       = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
+				.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
+
+				.TotalLUNs                 = 1,
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
+uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
+
+/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
+ *  passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
+ *  within a device can be differentiated from one another.
+ */
+USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =
+	{
+		.Config =
+			{
+				.InterfaceNumber              = 1,
+
+				.ReportINEndpointNumber       = GENERIC_IN_EPNUM,
+				.ReportINEndpointSize         = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
+				.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank   = false,
+				
+				.PrevReportINBuffer           = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
+				.PrevReportINBufferSize       = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
+			},
+	};
+
+/** Non-volatile Logging Interval value in EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */
+uint8_t EEMEM LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM;
+
+/** SRAM Logging Interval value fetched from EEPROM, stored as a number of 500ms ticks */
+uint8_t LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;
+
+/** Total number of 500ms logging ticks elapsed since the last log value was recorded */
+uint16_t CurrentLoggingTicks;
+
+/** FAT Fs structure to hold the internal state of the FAT driver for the dataflash contents. */
+FATFS DiskFATState;
+
+/** FAT Fs structure to hold a FAT file handle for the log data write destination. */
+FIL TempLogFile;
+
+
+/** ISR to handle the 500ms ticks for sampling and data logging */
+ISR(TIMER1_COMPA_vect, ISR_BLOCK)
+{
+	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDs_GetLEDs();
+
+	/* Check to see if the logging interval has expired */
+	if (CurrentLoggingTicks++ < LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM)
+	  return;
+	    
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+
+	/* Reset log tick counter to prepare for next logging interval */
+	CurrentLoggingTicks = 0;
+	
+	/* Only log when not connected to a USB host */
+	if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
+	{
+		uint8_t Day,  Month,  Year;
+		uint8_t Hour, Minute, Second;
+
+		DS1307_GetDate(&Day,  &Month,  &Year);
+		DS1307_GetTime(&Hour, &Minute, &Second);
+
+		char     LineBuffer[100];
+		uint16_t BytesWritten;
+
+		BytesWritten = sprintf(LineBuffer, "%02d/%02d/20%04d, %02d:%02d:%02d, %d Degrees\r\n",
+							   Day, Month, Year, Hour, Minute, Second, Temperature_GetTemperature());
+
+		f_write(&TempLogFile, LineBuffer, BytesWritten, &BytesWritten);
+		f_sync(&TempLogFile);
+	}
+	
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
+}
+
+/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
+ *  setup of all components and the main program loop.
+ */
+int main(void)
+{
+	SetupHardware();
+
+	/* Fetch logging interval from EEPROM */
+	LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = eeprom_read_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM);
+
+	/* Mount and open the log file on the dataflash FAT partition */
+	OpenLogFile();
+
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	sei();
+
+	/* Discard the first sample from the temperature sensor, as it is generally incorrect */
+	volatile uint8_t Dummy = Temperature_GetTemperature();
+	(void)Dummy;
+	
+	for (;;)
+	{
+		MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+		HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+		USB_USBTask();
+	}
+}
+
+/** Opens the log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition according to the current date */
+void OpenLogFile(void)
+{
+	char LogFileName[12];
+
+	/* Get the current date for the filename as "DDMMYY.csv" */
+	uint8_t Day, Month, Year;
+	DS1307_GetDate(&Day, &Month, &Year);
+	sprintf(LogFileName, "%02d%02d%02d.csv", Day, Month, Year);
+
+	/* Mount the storage device, open the file */
+	f_mount(0, &DiskFATState);
+	f_open(&TempLogFile, LogFileName, FA_OPEN_ALWAYS | FA_WRITE);
+	f_lseek(&TempLogFile, TempLogFile.fsize);
+}
+
+/** Closes the open data log file on the Dataflash's FAT formatted partition */
+void CloseLogFile(void)
+{
+	/* Sync any data waiting to be written, unmount the storage device */
+	f_sync(&TempLogFile);
+	f_close(&TempLogFile);
+}
+
+/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
+void SetupHardware(void)
+{
+	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
+	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
+	wdt_disable();
+
+	/* Disable clock division */
+	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
+
+	/* Hardware Initialization */
+	LEDs_Init();
+	SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
+	ADC_Init(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_128);
+	Temperature_Init();
+	Dataflash_Init();
+	USB_Init();
+	TWI_Init();
+	
+	/* 500ms logging interval timer configuration */
+	OCR1A   = ((F_CPU / 1024) / 2);
+	TCCR1B  = (1 << WGM12) | (1 << CS12) | (1 << CS10);
+	TIMSK1  = (1 << OCIE1A);
+
+	/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
+	DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
+
+	/* Close the log file so that the host has exclusive filesystem access */
+	CloseLogFile();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
+	
+	/* Mount and open the log file on the dataflash FAT partition */
+	OpenLogFile();
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
+{
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+
+	if (!(MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface)))
+	  LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
+	  
+	if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface)))
+	  LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);	
+}
+
+/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
+void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
+{
+	MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
+	HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);
+}
+
+/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
+{
+	bool CommandSuccess;
+	
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
+	CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
+	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
+	
+	return CommandSuccess;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in,out] ReportID  Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
+ *  \param[in] ReportType  Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
+ *  \param[out] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
+ *  \param[out] ReportSize  Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
+ *
+ *  \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
+ */
+bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                         const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
+{
+	Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;
+
+	DS1307_GetDate(&ReportParams->Day,  &ReportParams->Month,  &ReportParams->Year);
+	DS1307_GetTime(&ReportParams->Hour, &ReportParams->Minute, &ReportParams->Second);
+	
+	ReportParams->LogInterval500MS = LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM;
+
+	*ReportSize = sizeof(Device_Report_t);
+	return true;
+}
+
+/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
+ *
+ *  \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo  Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
+ *  \param[in] ReportID  Report ID of the received report from the host
+ *  \param[in] ReportData  Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
+ *  \param[in] ReportSize  Size in bytes of the received HID report
+ */
+void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
+                                          const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
+{
+	Device_Report_t* ReportParams = (Device_Report_t*)ReportData;
+	
+	DS1307_SetDate(ReportParams->Day,  ReportParams->Month,  ReportParams->Year);
+	DS1307_SetTime(ReportParams->Hour, ReportParams->Minute, ReportParams->Second);
+	
+	/* If the logging interval has changed from its current value, write it to EEPROM */
+	if (LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM != ReportParams->LogInterval500MS)
+	{
+		LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM = ReportParams->LogInterval500MS;
+		eeprom_write_byte(&LoggingInterval500MS_EEPROM, LoggingInterval500MS_SRAM);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
index a6e770bb0..b6a3389fe 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempDataLogger.h
@@ -1,113 +1,113 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 

-  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted

-  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 

-  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for TempDataLogger.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_

-#define _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		#include <avr/wdt.h>

-		#include <avr/power.h>

-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>

-		#include <stdio.h>

-		

-		#include "Descriptors.h"

-

-		#include "Lib/SCSI.h"

-		#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"

-		#include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h"

-		#include "Lib/DS1307.h"

-

-		#include <LUFA/Version.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>

-

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */

-		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1

-

-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */

-		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)

-

-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */

-		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)

-

-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */

-		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)

-

-		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */

-		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2

-		

-		/** Filename for the log data when written to the dataflash FAT filesystem. */

-		#define LOG_FILENAME             "TEMPLOG.txt"

-		

-		/** Data log interval between samples, in tens of milliseconds */

-		#define LOG_INTERVAL_10MS        1000

-		

-	/* Type Defines: */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			uint8_t Day;

-			uint8_t Month;

-			uint8_t Year;

-

-			uint8_t Hour;

-			uint8_t Minute;

-			uint8_t Second;

-			

-			uint8_t LogInterval500MS;

-		} Device_Report_t;

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void SetupHardware(void);

-		void OpenLogFile(void);

-		void CloseLogFile(void);

-

-		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);

-

-		bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);

-		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,

-                                                 const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);

-		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID, 

-		                                          const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);

-

-#endif

+/*
+             LUFA Library
+     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
+              
+  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
+      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
+*/
+
+/*
+  Copyright 2010  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
+
+  Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this 
+  software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
+  without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in 
+  all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
+  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting 
+  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in 
+  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the 
+  software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
+  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
+  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any
+  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
+  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
+  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
+  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
+  this software.
+*/
+
+/** \file
+ *
+ *  Header file for TempDataLogger.c.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_
+#define _TEMP_DATALOGGER_H_
+
+	/* Includes: */
+		#include <avr/io.h>
+		#include <avr/wdt.h>
+		#include <avr/power.h>
+		#include <avr/interrupt.h>
+		#include <stdio.h>
+		
+		#include "Descriptors.h"
+
+		#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
+		#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
+		#include "Lib/FATFs/ff.h"
+		#include "Lib/DS1307.h"
+
+		#include <LUFA/Version.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
+		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
+
+	/* Macros: */
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY      LEDS_LED1
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING  (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_READY        (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR        (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
+
+		/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
+		#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY          LEDS_LED2
+		
+		/** Filename for the log data when written to the dataflash FAT filesystem. */
+		#define LOG_FILENAME             "TEMPLOG.txt"
+		
+		/** Data log interval between samples, in tens of milliseconds */
+		#define LOG_INTERVAL_10MS        1000
+		
+	/* Type Defines: */
+		typedef struct
+		{
+			uint8_t Day;
+			uint8_t Month;
+			uint8_t Year;
+
+			uint8_t Hour;
+			uint8_t Minute;
+			uint8_t Second;
+			
+			uint8_t LogInterval500MS;
+		} Device_Report_t;
+
+	/* Function Prototypes: */
+		void SetupHardware(void);
+		void OpenLogFile(void);
+		void CloseLogFile(void);
+
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
+		void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
+
+		bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
+		bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
+                                                 const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
+		void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID, 
+		                                          const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
index b87303c39..fc8a5de7e 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.LESSER.txt
@@ -1,165 +1,165 @@
-		   GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE

-                       Version 3, 29 June 2007

-

- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>

- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies

- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

-

-

-  This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates

-the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public

-License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.

-

-  0. Additional Definitions. 

-

-  As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser

-General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU

-General Public License.

-

-  "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,

-other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.

-

-  An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided

-by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.

-Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode

-of using an interface provided by the Library.

-

-  A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an

-Application with the Library.  The particular version of the Library

-with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked

-Version".

-

-  The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the

-Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code

-for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are

-based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.

-

-  The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the

-object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data

-and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the

-Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.

-

-  1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.

-

-  You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License

-without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.

-

-  2. Conveying Modified Versions.

-

-  If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a

-facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application

-that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the

-facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified

-version:

-

-   a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to

-   ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the

-   function or data, the facility still operates, and performs

-   whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or

-

-   b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of

-   this License applicable to that copy.

-

-  3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.

-

-  The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from

-a header file that is part of the Library.  You may convey such object

-code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated

-material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure

-layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates

-(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:

-

-   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the

-   Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are

-   covered by this License.

-

-   b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license

-   document.

-

-  4. Combined Works.

-

-  You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,

-taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the

-portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse

-engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of

-the following:

-

-   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that

-   the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are

-   covered by this License.

-

-   b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license

-   document.

-

-   c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during

-   execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among

-   these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the

-   copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.

-

-   d) Do one of the following:

-

-       0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this

-       License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form

-       suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to

-       recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of

-       the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the

-       manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying

-       Corresponding Source.

-

-       1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the

-       Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time

-       a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer

-       system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version

-       of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked

-       Version. 

-

-   e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise

-   be required to provide such information under section 6 of the

-   GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is

-   necessary to install and execute a modified version of the

-   Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the

-   Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If

-   you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany

-   the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application

-   Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation

-   Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL

-   for conveying Corresponding Source.)

-

-  5. Combined Libraries.

-

-  You may place library facilities that are a work based on the

-Library side by side in a single library together with other library

-facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this

-License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your

-choice, if you do both of the following:

-

-   a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based

-   on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,

-   conveyed under the terms of this License.

-

-   b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it

-   is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the

-   accompanying uncombined form of the same work.

-

-  6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.

-

-  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions

-of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new

-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may

-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.

-

-  Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the

-Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version

-of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"

-applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and

-conditions either of that published version or of any later version

-published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you

-received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser

-General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser

-General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.

-

-  If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide

-whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall

-apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is

-permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the

-Library.

+		   GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+
+  This version of the GNU Lesser General Public License incorporates
+the terms and conditions of version 3 of the GNU General Public
+License, supplemented by the additional permissions listed below.
+
+  0. Additional Definitions. 
+
+  As used herein, "this License" refers to version 3 of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, and the "GNU GPL" refers to version 3 of the GNU
+General Public License.
+
+  "The Library" refers to a covered work governed by this License,
+other than an Application or a Combined Work as defined below.
+
+  An "Application" is any work that makes use of an interface provided
+by the Library, but which is not otherwise based on the Library.
+Defining a subclass of a class defined by the Library is deemed a mode
+of using an interface provided by the Library.
+
+  A "Combined Work" is a work produced by combining or linking an
+Application with the Library.  The particular version of the Library
+with which the Combined Work was made is also called the "Linked
+Version".
+
+  The "Minimal Corresponding Source" for a Combined Work means the
+Corresponding Source for the Combined Work, excluding any source code
+for portions of the Combined Work that, considered in isolation, are
+based on the Application, and not on the Linked Version.
+
+  The "Corresponding Application Code" for a Combined Work means the
+object code and/or source code for the Application, including any data
+and utility programs needed for reproducing the Combined Work from the
+Application, but excluding the System Libraries of the Combined Work.
+
+  1. Exception to Section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  You may convey a covered work under sections 3 and 4 of this License
+without being bound by section 3 of the GNU GPL.
+
+  2. Conveying Modified Versions.
+
+  If you modify a copy of the Library, and, in your modifications, a
+facility refers to a function or data to be supplied by an Application
+that uses the facility (other than as an argument passed when the
+facility is invoked), then you may convey a copy of the modified
+version:
+
+   a) under this License, provided that you make a good faith effort to
+   ensure that, in the event an Application does not supply the
+   function or data, the facility still operates, and performs
+   whatever part of its purpose remains meaningful, or
+
+   b) under the GNU GPL, with none of the additional permissions of
+   this License applicable to that copy.
+
+  3. Object Code Incorporating Material from Library Header Files.
+
+  The object code form of an Application may incorporate material from
+a header file that is part of the Library.  You may convey such object
+code under terms of your choice, provided that, if the incorporated
+material is not limited to numerical parameters, data structure
+layouts and accessors, or small macros, inline functions and templates
+(ten or fewer lines in length), you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the object code that the
+   Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the object code with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+  4. Combined Works.
+
+  You may convey a Combined Work under terms of your choice that,
+taken together, effectively do not restrict modification of the
+portions of the Library contained in the Combined Work and reverse
+engineering for debugging such modifications, if you also do each of
+the following:
+
+   a) Give prominent notice with each copy of the Combined Work that
+   the Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are
+   covered by this License.
+
+   b) Accompany the Combined Work with a copy of the GNU GPL and this license
+   document.
+
+   c) For a Combined Work that displays copyright notices during
+   execution, include the copyright notice for the Library among
+   these notices, as well as a reference directing the user to the
+   copies of the GNU GPL and this license document.
+
+   d) Do one of the following:
+
+       0) Convey the Minimal Corresponding Source under the terms of this
+       License, and the Corresponding Application Code in a form
+       suitable for, and under terms that permit, the user to
+       recombine or relink the Application with a modified version of
+       the Linked Version to produce a modified Combined Work, in the
+       manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL for conveying
+       Corresponding Source.
+
+       1) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
+       Library.  A suitable mechanism is one that (a) uses at run time
+       a copy of the Library already present on the user's computer
+       system, and (b) will operate properly with a modified version
+       of the Library that is interface-compatible with the Linked
+       Version. 
+
+   e) Provide Installation Information, but only if you would otherwise
+   be required to provide such information under section 6 of the
+   GNU GPL, and only to the extent that such information is
+   necessary to install and execute a modified version of the
+   Combined Work produced by recombining or relinking the
+   Application with a modified version of the Linked Version. (If
+   you use option 4d0, the Installation Information must accompany
+   the Minimal Corresponding Source and Corresponding Application
+   Code. If you use option 4d1, you must provide the Installation
+   Information in the manner specified by section 6 of the GNU GPL
+   for conveying Corresponding Source.)
+
+  5. Combined Libraries.
+
+  You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
+Library side by side in a single library together with other library
+facilities that are not Applications and are not covered by this
+License, and convey such a combined library under terms of your
+choice, if you do both of the following:
+
+   a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based
+   on the Library, uncombined with any other library facilities,
+   conveyed under the terms of this License.
+
+   b) Give prominent notice with the combined library that part of it
+   is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the
+   accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
+
+  6. Revised Versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new
+versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
+Library as you received it specifies that a certain numbered version
+of the GNU Lesser General Public License "or any later version"
+applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and
+conditions either of that published version or of any later version
+published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library as you
+received it does not specify a version number of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License, you may choose any version of the GNU Lesser
+General Public License ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Library as you received it specifies that a proxy can decide
+whether future versions of the GNU Lesser General Public License shall
+apply, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of any version is
+permanent authorization for you to choose that version for the
+Library.
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
index 818433ecc..94a9ed024 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/COPYING.txt
@@ -1,674 +1,674 @@
-                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE

-                       Version 3, 29 June 2007

-

- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>

- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies

- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

-

-                            Preamble

-

-  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for

-software and other kinds of works.

-

-  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed

-to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,

-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to

-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free

-software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the

-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to

-any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to

-your programs, too.

-

-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not

-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you

-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for

-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you

-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new

-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

-

-  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you

-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have

-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if

-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.

-

-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether

-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same

-freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive

-or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they

-know their rights.

-

-  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:

-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License

-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.

-

-  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains

-that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and

-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as

-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to

-authors of previous versions.

-

-  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run

-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer

-can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of

-protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic

-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to

-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we

-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those

-products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we

-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions

-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.

-

-  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.

-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of

-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to

-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could

-make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that

-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.

-

-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and

-modification follow.

-

-                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS

-

-  0. Definitions.

-

-  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.

-

-  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of

-works, such as semiconductor masks.

-

-  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this

-License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and

-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.

-

-  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work

-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an

-exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the

-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.

-

-  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based

-on the Program.

-

-  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without

-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for

-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a

-computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,

-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the

-public, and in some countries other activities as well.

-

-  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other

-parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through

-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.

-

-  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"

-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible

-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)

-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the

-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the

-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If

-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a

-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.

-

-  1. Source Code.

-

-  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work

-for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source

-form of a work.

-

-  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official

-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of

-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that

-is widely used among developers working in that language.

-

-  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other

-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of

-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major

-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that

-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an

-implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A

-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component

-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system

-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to

-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.

-

-  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all

-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable

-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to

-control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's

-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free

-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but

-which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source

-includes interface definition files associated with source files for

-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically

-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,

-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those

-subprograms and other parts of the work.

-

-  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users

-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding

-Source.

-

-  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that

-same work.

-

-  2. Basic Permissions.

-

-  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of

-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated

-conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited

-permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a

-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its

-content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your

-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.

-

-  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not

-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains

-in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose

-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you

-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with

-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do

-not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works

-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction

-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of

-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.

-

-  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under

-the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10

-makes it unnecessary.

-

-  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.

-

-  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological

-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article

-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or

-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such

-measures.

-

-  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid

-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention

-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to

-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or

-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's

-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of

-technological measures.

-

-  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.

-

-  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you

-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and

-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;

-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any

-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;

-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all

-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.

-

-  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,

-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.

-

-  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.

-

-  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to

-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the

-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:

-

-    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified

-    it, and giving a relevant date.

-

-    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is

-    released under this License and any conditions added under section

-    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to

-    "keep intact all notices".

-

-    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this

-    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This

-    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7

-    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,

-    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no

-    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not

-    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.

-

-    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display

-    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive

-    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your

-    work need not make them do so.

-

-  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent

-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,

-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,

-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an

-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not

-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users

-beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work

-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other

-parts of the aggregate.

-

-  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.

-

-  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms

-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the

-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,

-in one of these ways:

-

-    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product

-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the

-    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium

-    customarily used for software interchange.

-

-    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product

-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a

-    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as

-    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product

-    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a

-    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the

-    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical

-    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no

-    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this

-    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the

-    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.

-

-    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the

-    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This

-    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and

-    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord

-    with subsection 6b.

-

-    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated

-    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the

-    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no

-    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the

-    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to

-    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source

-    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)

-    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain

-    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the

-    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the

-    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is

-    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.

-

-    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided

-    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding

-    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no

-    charge under subsection 6d.

-

-  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded

-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be

-included in conveying the object code work.

-

-  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any

-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,

-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation

-into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,

-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular

-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a

-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status

-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user

-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product

-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial

-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent

-the only significant mode of use of the product.

-

-  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,

-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install

-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from

-a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must

-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object

-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because

-modification has been made.

-

-  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or

-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as

-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the

-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a

-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the

-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied

-by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply

-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install

-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has

-been installed in ROM).

-

-  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a

-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates

-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for

-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a

-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and

-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and

-protocols for communication across the network.

-

-  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,

-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly

-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in

-source code form), and must require no special password or key for

-unpacking, reading or copying.

-

-  7. Additional Terms.

-

-  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this

-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.

-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall

-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent

-that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions

-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately

-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by

-this License without regard to the additional permissions.

-

-  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option

-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of

-it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own

-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place

-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,

-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.

-

-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you

-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of

-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:

-

-    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the

-    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or

-

-    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or

-    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal

-    Notices displayed by works containing it; or

-

-    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or

-    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in

-    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or

-

-    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or

-    authors of the material; or

-

-    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some

-    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or

-

-    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that

-    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of

-    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for

-    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on

-    those licensors and authors.

-

-  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further

-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you

-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is

-governed by this License along with a term that is a further

-restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains

-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this

-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms

-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does

-not survive such relicensing or conveying.

-

-  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you

-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the

-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating

-where to find the applicable terms.

-

-  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the

-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;

-the above requirements apply either way.

-

-  8. Termination.

-

-  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly

-provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or

-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under

-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third

-paragraph of section 11).

-

-  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your

-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)

-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and

-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright

-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means

-prior to 60 days after the cessation.

-

-  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is

-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the

-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have

-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that

-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after

-your receipt of the notice.

-

-  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the

-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under

-this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently

-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same

-material under section 10.

-

-  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.

-

-  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or

-run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work

-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission

-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,

-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or

-modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do

-not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a

-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.

-

-  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.

-

-  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically

-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and

-propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible

-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.

-

-  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an

-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an

-organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered

-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that

-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever

-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could

-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the

-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if

-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.

-

-  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the

-rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may

-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of

-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation

-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that

-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for

-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.

-

-  11. Patents.

-

-  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this

-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The

-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".

-

-  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims

-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or

-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted

-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,

-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a

-consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For

-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant

-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of

-this License.

-

-  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free

-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to

-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and

-propagate the contents of its contributor version.

-

-  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express

-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent

-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to

-sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a

-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a

-patent against the party.

-

-  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,

-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone

-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a

-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,

-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so

-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the

-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner

-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent

-license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have

-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the

-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work

-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that

-country that you have reason to believe are valid.

-

-  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or

-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a

-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties

-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify

-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license

-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered

-work and works based on it.

-

-  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within

-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is

-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are

-specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered

-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is

-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment

-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying

-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the

-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory

-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work

-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily

-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that

-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,

-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.

-

-  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting

-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may

-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.

-

-  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.

-

-  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or

-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not

-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a

-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this

-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may

-not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you

-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey

-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this

-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.

-

-  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.

-

-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have

-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed

-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single

-combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this

-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,

-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,

-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the

-combination as such.

-

-  14. Revised Versions of this License.

-

-  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of

-the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will

-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to

-address new problems or concerns.

-

-  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the

-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General

-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the

-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered

-version or of any later version published by the Free Software

-Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the

-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published

-by the Free Software Foundation.

-

-  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future

-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's

-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you

-to choose that version for the Program.

-

-  Later license versions may give you additional or different

-permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any

-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a

-later version.

-

-  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.

-

-  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY

-APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT

-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY

-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,

-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR

-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM

-IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF

-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

-

-  16. Limitation of Liability.

-

-  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING

-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS

-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY

-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE

-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF

-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD

-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),

-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF

-SUCH DAMAGES.

-

-  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.

-

-  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided

-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,

-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates

-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the

-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a

-copy of the Program in return for a fee.

-

-                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

-

-            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

-

-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest

-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it

-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.

-

-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest

-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively

-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least

-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

-

-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>

-    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

-

-    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify

-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

-    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or

-    (at your option) any later version.

-

-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,

-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of

-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the

-    GNU General Public License for more details.

-

-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License

-    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

-

-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

-

-  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short

-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:

-

-    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

-    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.

-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it

-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

-

-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate

-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands

-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".

-

-  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,

-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.

-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see

-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

-

-  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program

-into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you

-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with

-the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General

-Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read

-<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
index c6b106f98..7b4249c42 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.Designer.cs
@@ -1,181 +1,181 @@
-namespace Project1HostApp

-{

-    partial class frmDataloggerSettings

-    {

-        /// <summary>

-        /// Required designer variable.

-        /// </summary>

-        private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;

-

-        /// <summary>

-        /// Clean up any resources being used.

-        /// </summary>

-        /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>

-        protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)

-        {

-            if (disposing && (components != null))

-            {

-                components.Dispose();

-            }

-            base.Dispose(disposing);

-        }

-

-        #region Windows Form Designer generated code

-

-        /// <summary>

-        /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify

-        /// the contents of this method with the code editor.

-        /// </summary>

-        private void InitializeComponent()

-        {

-            this.btnSetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();

-            this.dtpTime = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();

-            this.lblTime = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();

-            this.lblLoggingInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();

-            this.nudLogInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown();

-            this.lblSeconds = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();

-            this.btnGetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();

-            this.lblDate = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();

-            this.dtpDate = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();

-            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).BeginInit();

-            this.SuspendLayout();

-            // 

-            // btnSetValues

-            // 

-            this.btnSetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(168, 136);

-            this.btnSetValues.Name = "btnSetValues";

-            this.btnSetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);

-            this.btnSetValues.TabIndex = 0;

-            this.btnSetValues.Text = "Set Values";

-            this.btnSetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;

-            this.btnSetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnSetValues_Click);

-            // 

-            // dtpTime

-            // 

-            this.dtpTime.CustomFormat = "";

-            this.dtpTime.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Time;

-            this.dtpTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 61);

-            this.dtpTime.Name = "dtpTime";

-            this.dtpTime.ShowUpDown = true;

-            this.dtpTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);

-            this.dtpTime.TabIndex = 1;

-            // 

-            // lblTime

-            // 

-            this.lblTime.AutoSize = true;

-            this.lblTime.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));

-            this.lblTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 67);

-            this.lblTime.Name = "lblTime";

-            this.lblTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);

-            this.lblTime.TabIndex = 2;

-            this.lblTime.Text = "Device Time:";

-            // 

-            // lblLoggingInterval

-            // 

-            this.lblLoggingInterval.AutoSize = true;

-            this.lblLoggingInterval.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));

-            this.lblLoggingInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 101);

-            this.lblLoggingInterval.Name = "lblLoggingInterval";

-            this.lblLoggingInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(103, 13);

-            this.lblLoggingInterval.TabIndex = 3;

-            this.lblLoggingInterval.Text = "Logging Interval:";

-            // 

-            // nudLogInterval

-            // 

-            this.nudLogInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 94);

-            this.nudLogInterval.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] {

-            60,

-            0,

-            0,

-            0});

-            this.nudLogInterval.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] {

-            1,

-            0,

-            0,

-            0});

-            this.nudLogInterval.Name = "nudLogInterval";

-            this.nudLogInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(51, 20);

-            this.nudLogInterval.TabIndex = 5;

-            this.nudLogInterval.Value = new decimal(new int[] {

-            5,

-            0,

-            0,

-            0});

-            // 

-            // lblSeconds

-            // 

-            this.lblSeconds.AutoSize = true;

-            this.lblSeconds.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(209, 101);

-            this.lblSeconds.Name = "lblSeconds";

-            this.lblSeconds.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(49, 13);

-            this.lblSeconds.TabIndex = 6;

-            this.lblSeconds.Text = "Seconds";

-            // 

-            // btnGetValues

-            // 

-            this.btnGetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 136);

-            this.btnGetValues.Name = "btnGetValues";

-            this.btnGetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);

-            this.btnGetValues.TabIndex = 7;

-            this.btnGetValues.Text = "Get Values";

-            this.btnGetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;

-            this.btnGetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnGetValues_Click);

-            // 

-            // lblDate

-            // 

-            this.lblDate.AutoSize = true;

-            this.lblDate.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));

-            this.lblDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 33);

-            this.lblDate.Name = "lblDate";

-            this.lblDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);

-            this.lblDate.TabIndex = 8;

-            this.lblDate.Text = "Device Date:";

-            // 

-            // dtpDate

-            // 

-            this.dtpDate.CustomFormat = "dd/MM/yyyy";

-            this.dtpDate.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Custom;

-            this.dtpDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 27);

-            this.dtpDate.Name = "dtpDate";

-            this.dtpDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);

-            this.dtpDate.TabIndex = 9;

-            // 

-            // frmDataloggerSettings

-            // 

-            this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);

-            this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;

-            this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(300, 197);

-            this.Controls.Add(this.dtpDate);

-            this.Controls.Add(this.lblDate);

-            this.Controls.Add(this.btnGetValues);

-            this.Controls.Add(this.lblSeconds);

-            this.Controls.Add(this.nudLogInterval);

-            this.Controls.Add(this.lblLoggingInterval);

-            this.Controls.Add(this.lblTime);

-            this.Controls.Add(this.dtpTime);

-            this.Controls.Add(this.btnSetValues);

-            this.MaximizeBox = false;

-            this.MinimizeBox = false;

-            this.Name = "frmDataloggerSettings";

-            this.Text = "DataLogger";

-            this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.frmDataloggerSettings_Load);

-            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).EndInit();

-            this.ResumeLayout(false);

-            this.PerformLayout();

-

-        }

-

-        #endregion

-

-        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnSetValues;

-        private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpTime;

-        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblTime;

-        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblLoggingInterval;

-        private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown nudLogInterval;

-        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblSeconds;

-        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnGetValues;

-        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblDate;

-        private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpDate;

-    }

-}

-

+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+    partial class frmDataloggerSettings
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Required designer variable.
+        /// </summary>
+        private System.ComponentModel.IContainer components = null;
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Clean up any resources being used.
+        /// </summary>
+        /// <param name="disposing">true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.</param>
+        protected override void Dispose(bool disposing)
+        {
+            if (disposing && (components != null))
+            {
+                components.Dispose();
+            }
+            base.Dispose(disposing);
+        }
+
+        #region Windows Form Designer generated code
+
+        /// <summary>
+        /// Required method for Designer support - do not modify
+        /// the contents of this method with the code editor.
+        /// </summary>
+        private void InitializeComponent()
+        {
+            this.btnSetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+            this.dtpTime = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();
+            this.lblTime = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.lblLoggingInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.nudLogInterval = new System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown();
+            this.lblSeconds = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.btnGetValues = new System.Windows.Forms.Button();
+            this.lblDate = new System.Windows.Forms.Label();
+            this.dtpDate = new System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker();
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).BeginInit();
+            this.SuspendLayout();
+            // 
+            // btnSetValues
+            // 
+            this.btnSetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(168, 136);
+            this.btnSetValues.Name = "btnSetValues";
+            this.btnSetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);
+            this.btnSetValues.TabIndex = 0;
+            this.btnSetValues.Text = "Set Values";
+            this.btnSetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+            this.btnSetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnSetValues_Click);
+            // 
+            // dtpTime
+            // 
+            this.dtpTime.CustomFormat = "";
+            this.dtpTime.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Time;
+            this.dtpTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 61);
+            this.dtpTime.Name = "dtpTime";
+            this.dtpTime.ShowUpDown = true;
+            this.dtpTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);
+            this.dtpTime.TabIndex = 1;
+            // 
+            // lblTime
+            // 
+            this.lblTime.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblTime.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblTime.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 67);
+            this.lblTime.Name = "lblTime";
+            this.lblTime.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);
+            this.lblTime.TabIndex = 2;
+            this.lblTime.Text = "Device Time:";
+            // 
+            // lblLoggingInterval
+            // 
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 101);
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Name = "lblLoggingInterval";
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(103, 13);
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.TabIndex = 3;
+            this.lblLoggingInterval.Text = "Logging Interval:";
+            // 
+            // nudLogInterval
+            // 
+            this.nudLogInterval.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 94);
+            this.nudLogInterval.Maximum = new decimal(new int[] {
+            60,
+            0,
+            0,
+            0});
+            this.nudLogInterval.Minimum = new decimal(new int[] {
+            1,
+            0,
+            0,
+            0});
+            this.nudLogInterval.Name = "nudLogInterval";
+            this.nudLogInterval.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(51, 20);
+            this.nudLogInterval.TabIndex = 5;
+            this.nudLogInterval.Value = new decimal(new int[] {
+            5,
+            0,
+            0,
+            0});
+            // 
+            // lblSeconds
+            // 
+            this.lblSeconds.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblSeconds.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(209, 101);
+            this.lblSeconds.Name = "lblSeconds";
+            this.lblSeconds.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(49, 13);
+            this.lblSeconds.TabIndex = 6;
+            this.lblSeconds.Text = "Seconds";
+            // 
+            // btnGetValues
+            // 
+            this.btnGetValues.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(30, 136);
+            this.btnGetValues.Name = "btnGetValues";
+            this.btnGetValues.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(90, 35);
+            this.btnGetValues.TabIndex = 7;
+            this.btnGetValues.Text = "Get Values";
+            this.btnGetValues.UseVisualStyleBackColor = true;
+            this.btnGetValues.Click += new System.EventHandler(this.btnGetValues_Click);
+            // 
+            // lblDate
+            // 
+            this.lblDate.AutoSize = true;
+            this.lblDate.Font = new System.Drawing.Font("Microsoft Sans Serif", 8.25F, System.Drawing.FontStyle.Bold, System.Drawing.GraphicsUnit.Point, ((byte)(0)));
+            this.lblDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(51, 33);
+            this.lblDate.Name = "lblDate";
+            this.lblDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(82, 13);
+            this.lblDate.TabIndex = 8;
+            this.lblDate.Text = "Device Date:";
+            // 
+            // dtpDate
+            // 
+            this.dtpDate.CustomFormat = "dd/MM/yyyy";
+            this.dtpDate.Format = System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePickerFormat.Custom;
+            this.dtpDate.Location = new System.Drawing.Point(148, 27);
+            this.dtpDate.Name = "dtpDate";
+            this.dtpDate.Size = new System.Drawing.Size(110, 20);
+            this.dtpDate.TabIndex = 9;
+            // 
+            // frmDataloggerSettings
+            // 
+            this.AutoScaleDimensions = new System.Drawing.SizeF(6F, 13F);
+            this.AutoScaleMode = System.Windows.Forms.AutoScaleMode.Font;
+            this.ClientSize = new System.Drawing.Size(300, 197);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.dtpDate);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblDate);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.btnGetValues);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblSeconds);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.nudLogInterval);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblLoggingInterval);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.lblTime);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.dtpTime);
+            this.Controls.Add(this.btnSetValues);
+            this.MaximizeBox = false;
+            this.MinimizeBox = false;
+            this.Name = "frmDataloggerSettings";
+            this.Text = "DataLogger";
+            this.Load += new System.EventHandler(this.frmDataloggerSettings_Load);
+            ((System.ComponentModel.ISupportInitialize)(this.nudLogInterval)).EndInit();
+            this.ResumeLayout(false);
+            this.PerformLayout();
+
+        }
+
+        #endregion
+
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnSetValues;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpTime;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblTime;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblLoggingInterval;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.NumericUpDown nudLogInterval;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblSeconds;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Button btnGetValues;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.Label lblDate;
+        private System.Windows.Forms.DateTimePicker dtpDate;
+    }
+}
+
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
index 370dfbd69..0168fb8cf 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/DataLoggerSettings.cs
@@ -1,172 +1,172 @@
-using System;

-using System.Collections.Generic;

-using System.ComponentModel;

-using System.Data;

-using System.Drawing;

-using System.Linq;

-using System.Text;

-using System.Windows.Forms;

-using Hid;

-

-namespace Project1HostApp

-{

-    public partial class frmDataloggerSettings : Form

-    {

-        private const int DEVICE_VID = 0x03EB;

-        private const int DEVICE_PID = 0xFAFA;

-

-        private struct Device_Report_t

-        {

-            public Byte Day;

-            public Byte Month;

-            public Byte Year;

-

-            public Byte Hour;

-            public Byte Minute;

-            public Byte Second;

-

-            public Byte LogInterval500MS;

-

-            public Byte[] ToReport()

-            {

-                Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];

-

-                Report[0] = this.Day;

-                Report[1] = this.Month;

-                Report[2] = this.Year;

-                Report[3] = this.Hour;

-                Report[4] = this.Minute;

-                Report[5] = this.Second;

-                Report[6] = this.LogInterval500MS;

-

-                return Report;

-            }

-

-            public void FromReport(Byte[] Report)

-            {

-                this.Day = Report[0];

-                this.Month = Report[1];

-                this.Year = Report[2];

-                this.Hour = Report[3];

-                this.Minute = Report[4];

-                this.Second = Report[5];

-                this.LogInterval500MS = Report[6];

-            }

-        };

-

-        private IDevice GetDeviceConnection()

-        {

-            IDevice[] ConnectedDevices = DeviceFactory.Enumerate(DEVICE_VID, DEVICE_PID);

-            IDevice ConnectionHandle = null;

-

-            if (ConnectedDevices.Count() > 0)

-                ConnectionHandle = ConnectedDevices[0];

-            else

-                return null;

-

-            // Fix report handle under Windows

-            if (ConnectionHandle is Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)

-            {

-                ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).AddDevice(0x00,

-                    ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).UnallocatedDevices[0]);

-            }

-

-            return ConnectionHandle;

-        }

-

-        public frmDataloggerSettings()

-        {

-            InitializeComponent();

-        }

-

-        private void btnSetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)

-        {

-            IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();

-

-            if (ConnectionHandle == null)

-            {

-                MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to DataLogger device.");

-                return;

-            }

-

-            Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();

-            DeviceReport.Day = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Day;

-            DeviceReport.Month = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Month;

-            DeviceReport.Year = (byte)((dtpDate.Value.Year < 2000) ? 0 : (dtpDate.Value.Year - 2000));

-            DeviceReport.Hour = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Hour;

-            DeviceReport.Minute = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Minute;

-            DeviceReport.Second = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Second;

-            DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS = (byte)(nudLogInterval.Value * 2);

-

-            try

-            {

-                ConnectionHandle.Write(0x00, DeviceReport.ToReport());

-                MessageBox.Show("Device parameters updated sucessfully.");

-            }

-            catch (Exception ex)

-            {

-                MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);

-            }

-        }

-

-        private void btnGetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)

-        {

-            IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();

-

-            if (ConnectionHandle == null)

-            {

-                MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to DataLogger device.");

-                return;

-            }

-

-            Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();

-

-            try

-            {

-                Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];

-

-                ConnectionHandle.Read(0x00, Report);

-                DeviceReport.FromReport(Report);

-

-                try

-                {

-                    dtpDate.Value = new DateTime(

-                        (2000 + DeviceReport.Year),

-                        DeviceReport.Month,

-                        DeviceReport.Day); 

-                    

-                    dtpTime.Value = new DateTime(

-                        DateTime.Now.Year, DateTime.Now.Month, DateTime.Now.Day,

-                        DeviceReport.Hour,

-                        DeviceReport.Minute,

-                        DeviceReport.Second);

-                }

-                catch (Exception ex)

-                {

-                    dtpDate.Value = DateTime.Now;

-                    dtpTime.Value = DateTime.Now;

-                }

-

-                try

-                {

-                    nudLogInterval.Value = (DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS / 2);

-                }

-                catch (Exception ex)

-                {

-                    nudLogInterval.Value = nudLogInterval.Minimum;

-                }

-

-                MessageBox.Show("Device parameters retrieved sucessfully.");

-            }

-            catch (Exception ex)

-            {

-                MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);

-            }

-        }

-

-        private void frmDataloggerSettings_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)

-        {

-

-        }

-    }

-}

+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.ComponentModel;
+using System.Data;
+using System.Drawing;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Text;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+using Hid;
+
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+    public partial class frmDataloggerSettings : Form
+    {
+        private const int DEVICE_VID = 0x03EB;
+        private const int DEVICE_PID = 0xFAFA;
+
+        private struct Device_Report_t
+        {
+            public Byte Day;
+            public Byte Month;
+            public Byte Year;
+
+            public Byte Hour;
+            public Byte Minute;
+            public Byte Second;
+
+            public Byte LogInterval500MS;
+
+            public Byte[] ToReport()
+            {
+                Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];
+
+                Report[0] = this.Day;
+                Report[1] = this.Month;
+                Report[2] = this.Year;
+                Report[3] = this.Hour;
+                Report[4] = this.Minute;
+                Report[5] = this.Second;
+                Report[6] = this.LogInterval500MS;
+
+                return Report;
+            }
+
+            public void FromReport(Byte[] Report)
+            {
+                this.Day = Report[0];
+                this.Month = Report[1];
+                this.Year = Report[2];
+                this.Hour = Report[3];
+                this.Minute = Report[4];
+                this.Second = Report[5];
+                this.LogInterval500MS = Report[6];
+            }
+        };
+
+        private IDevice GetDeviceConnection()
+        {
+            IDevice[] ConnectedDevices = DeviceFactory.Enumerate(DEVICE_VID, DEVICE_PID);
+            IDevice ConnectionHandle = null;
+
+            if (ConnectedDevices.Count() > 0)
+                ConnectionHandle = ConnectedDevices[0];
+            else
+                return null;
+
+            // Fix report handle under Windows
+            if (ConnectionHandle is Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)
+            {
+                ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).AddDevice(0x00,
+                    ((Hid.Win32.Win32DeviceSet)ConnectionHandle).UnallocatedDevices[0]);
+            }
+
+            return ConnectionHandle;
+        }
+
+        public frmDataloggerSettings()
+        {
+            InitializeComponent();
+        }
+
+        private void btnSetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();
+
+            if (ConnectionHandle == null)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to DataLogger device.");
+                return;
+            }
+
+            Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();
+            DeviceReport.Day = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Day;
+            DeviceReport.Month = (byte)dtpDate.Value.Month;
+            DeviceReport.Year = (byte)((dtpDate.Value.Year < 2000) ? 0 : (dtpDate.Value.Year - 2000));
+            DeviceReport.Hour = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Hour;
+            DeviceReport.Minute = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Minute;
+            DeviceReport.Second = (byte)dtpTime.Value.Second;
+            DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS = (byte)(nudLogInterval.Value * 2);
+
+            try
+            {
+                ConnectionHandle.Write(0x00, DeviceReport.ToReport());
+                MessageBox.Show("Device parameters updated sucessfully.");
+            }
+            catch (Exception ex)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);
+            }
+        }
+
+        private void btnGetValues_Click(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+            IDevice ConnectionHandle = GetDeviceConnection();
+
+            if (ConnectionHandle == null)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: Cannot connect to DataLogger device.");
+                return;
+            }
+
+            Device_Report_t DeviceReport = new Device_Report_t();
+
+            try
+            {
+                Byte[] Report = new Byte[7];
+
+                ConnectionHandle.Read(0x00, Report);
+                DeviceReport.FromReport(Report);
+
+                try
+                {
+                    dtpDate.Value = new DateTime(
+                        (2000 + DeviceReport.Year),
+                        DeviceReport.Month,
+                        DeviceReport.Day); 
+                    
+                    dtpTime.Value = new DateTime(
+                        DateTime.Now.Year, DateTime.Now.Month, DateTime.Now.Day,
+                        DeviceReport.Hour,
+                        DeviceReport.Minute,
+                        DeviceReport.Second);
+                }
+                catch (Exception ex)
+                {
+                    dtpDate.Value = DateTime.Now;
+                    dtpTime.Value = DateTime.Now;
+                }
+
+                try
+                {
+                    nudLogInterval.Value = (DeviceReport.LogInterval500MS / 2);
+                }
+                catch (Exception ex)
+                {
+                    nudLogInterval.Value = nudLogInterval.Minimum;
+                }
+
+                MessageBox.Show("Device parameters retrieved sucessfully.");
+            }
+            catch (Exception ex)
+            {
+                MessageBox.Show("Error: " + ex.Message);
+            }
+        }
+
+        private void frmDataloggerSettings_Load(object sender, EventArgs e)
+        {
+
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
index dc818c822..2588e60c1 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/Program.cs
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
-using System;

-using System.Collections.Generic;

-using System.Linq;

-using System.Windows.Forms;

-

-namespace Project1HostApp

-{

-    static class Program

-    {

-        /// <summary>

-        /// The main entry point for the application.

-        /// </summary>

-        [STAThread]

-        static void Main()

-        {

-            Application.EnableVisualStyles();

-            Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);

-            Application.Run(new frmDataloggerSettings());

-        }

-    }

-}

+using System;
+using System.Collections.Generic;
+using System.Linq;
+using System.Windows.Forms;
+
+namespace Project1HostApp
+{
+    static class Program
+    {
+        /// <summary>
+        /// The main entry point for the application.
+        /// </summary>
+        [STAThread]
+        static void Main()
+        {
+            Application.EnableVisualStyles();
+            Application.SetCompatibleTextRenderingDefault(false);
+            Application.Run(new frmDataloggerSettings());
+        }
+    }
+}
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
index 35bc08e63..34f85533e 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TempLogHostApp/README.txt
@@ -1,21 +1,21 @@
-This library has been tested on Windows Vista 32bit, Windows Vista 64bit,

-Windows XP 32bit and Debian (Lenny) AMD64 but should work on any version of

-Windows that can run the .NET framework 2.0 and any other operating system

-that has both hiddev and Mono.

-

-Any additions must be tested and work on Windows and Linux, on both 32 and

-64 bit. Windows 64 bit testing is particularly important as it is often

-neglected.

-

-

-Hid.Linux.dll was compiled under Linux with Mono (mcs) and uses no generics.

-

-Hid.Win32.dll and Hid.Net.dll were compiled under Windows with the .NET

-Framework v2.0.50727 but are also tested to compile with Mono (gmcs).

-

-

-A good starting point when using this library is Hid.DeviceFactory's Enumerate

-methods.

-

-LogitechMX5000.cs is a simple example of how the library can be used. Other

-examples on common devices are welcomed.

+This library has been tested on Windows Vista 32bit, Windows Vista 64bit,
+Windows XP 32bit and Debian (Lenny) AMD64 but should work on any version of
+Windows that can run the .NET framework 2.0 and any other operating system
+that has both hiddev and Mono.
+
+Any additions must be tested and work on Windows and Linux, on both 32 and
+64 bit. Windows 64 bit testing is particularly important as it is often
+neglected.
+
+
+Hid.Linux.dll was compiled under Linux with Mono (mcs) and uses no generics.
+
+Hid.Win32.dll and Hid.Net.dll were compiled under Windows with the .NET
+Framework v2.0.50727 but are also tested to compile with Mono (gmcs).
+
+
+A good starting point when using this library is Hid.DeviceFactory's Enumerate
+methods.
+
+LogitechMX5000.cs is a simple example of how the library can be used. Other
+examples on common devices are welcomed.
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
index 280c5fe02..136d0385b 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/TemperatureDataLogger.txt
@@ -1,85 +1,85 @@
-/** \file

- *

- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special

- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.

- */

- 

-/** \mainpage Temperature Datalogger Project

- *

- *  \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:

- *

- *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.

- *

- *  - Series 7 USB AVRs

- *  - Series 6 USB AVRs

- *  - Series 4 USB AVRs (with >16KB of FLASH)

- *

- *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:

- *

- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>

- *    <td>Device</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>

- *    <td>Mass Storage Device \n

- *        Human Interface Device</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr> 

- *    <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>

- *    <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n

- *        Keyboard Subclass</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>

- *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n

- *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n

- *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n

- *        SCSI Block Commands Specification \n

- *        USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>

- *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- *

- *  \section SSec_Description Project Description: 

- *

- *  Temperature Data Logger project. This project is a very basic USB data logger for the current temperature as reported by

- *  the board's temperature sensor, writing the temperature to a file stored on the board's Dataflash in a FAT filesystem

- *  each time a specified interval elapses. When inserted into a PC, the datalogger will appear as a standard USB Mass Storage

- *  device with a single text file, which contains the logged data. Files are named according to the current date when the

- *  logging commences.

- *

- *  A DS1307 or compatible RTC IC is designed to be attached to the AVR's TWI bus, for the management of timestamps on the

- *  sampled data. This project will not function correctly if the RTC chip is omitted unless the DUMMY_RTC compile time token

- *  is specified - see \ref SSec_Options.

- *

- *  Due to the host's need for exclusive access to the filesystem, the device will not log samples while connected to a host.

- *  For the logger to store data, the Dataflash must first be formatted by the host so that it contains a valid FAT filesystem.

- *

- *  This project uses the FatFS library from ELM Chan (http://elm-chan.org/fsw/ff/00index_e.html) and the .NET HID device library

- *  LibHIDNet (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhidnet/).

- *

- *  \section SSec_Options Project Options

- *

- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>

- *    <td><b>Location:</b></td>

- *    <td><b>Description:</b></td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td>DUMMY_RTC</td>

- *    <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>

- *    <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo assume a 1/1/1 01:01:01 date/time

- *        stamp at all times, effectively transforming the project into a basic data logger with no specified sample times.</td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- */

+/** \file
+ *
+ *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
+ *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
+ */
+ 
+/** \mainpage Temperature Datalogger Project
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
+ *
+ *  The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
+ *
+ *  - Series 7 USB AVRs
+ *  - Series 6 USB AVRs
+ *  - Series 4 USB AVRs (with >16KB of FLASH)
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:
+ *
+ *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Mass Storage Device \n
+ *        Human Interface Device</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr> 
+ *    <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n
+ *        Keyboard Subclass</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
+ *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
+ *        USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
+ *        SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
+ *        SCSI Block Commands Specification \n
+ *        USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
+ *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_Description Project Description: 
+ *
+ *  Temperature Data Logger project. This project is a very basic USB data logger for the current temperature as reported by
+ *  the board's temperature sensor, writing the temperature to a file stored on the board's Dataflash in a FAT filesystem
+ *  each time a specified interval elapses. When inserted into a PC, the datalogger will appear as a standard USB Mass Storage
+ *  device with a single text file, which contains the logged data. Files are named according to the current date when the
+ *  logging commences.
+ *
+ *  A DS1307 or compatible RTC IC is designed to be attached to the AVR's TWI bus, for the management of timestamps on the
+ *  sampled data. This project will not function correctly if the RTC chip is omitted unless the DUMMY_RTC compile time token
+ *  is specified - see \ref SSec_Options.
+ *
+ *  Due to the host's need for exclusive access to the filesystem, the device will not log samples while connected to a host.
+ *  For the logger to store data, the Dataflash must first be formatted by the host so that it contains a valid FAT filesystem.
+ *
+ *  This project uses the FatFS library from ELM Chan (http://elm-chan.org/fsw/ff/00index_e.html) and the .NET HID device library
+ *  LibHIDNet (http://sourceforge.net/projects/libhidnet/).
+ *
+ *  \section SSec_Options Project Options
+ *
+ *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
+ *
+ *  <table>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
+ *    <td><b>Location:</b></td>
+ *    <td><b>Description:</b></td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *   <tr>
+ *    <td>DUMMY_RTC</td>
+ *    <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
+ *    <td>When a DS1307 RTC chip is not fitted, this token can be defined to make the demo assume a 1/1/1 01:01:01 date/time
+ *        stamp at all times, effectively transforming the project into a basic data logger with no specified sample times.</td>
+ *   </tr>
+ *  </table>
+ */
diff --git a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/makefile b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/makefile
index c06577ad7..c1787710a 100644
--- a/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/makefile
+++ b/Projects/TemperatureDataLogger/makefile
@@ -1,748 +1,748 @@
-# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.

-#  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<

-#

-# Released to the Public Domain

-#

-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:

-# Peter Fleury

-# Tim Henigan

-# Colin O'Flynn

-# Reiner Patommel

-# Markus Pfaff

-# Sander Pool

-# Frederik Rouleau

-# Carlos Lamas

-# Dean Camera

-# Opendous Inc.

-# Denver Gingerich

-#

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# On command line:

-#

-# make all = Make software.

-#

-# make clean = Clean out built project files.

-#

-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.

-#

-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.

-#

-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.

-#                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!

-#

-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must

-#            have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must

-#             have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer

-#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP

-#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have

-#                DoxyGen installed)

-#

-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 

-#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.

-#

-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.

-#

-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting

-#                   bug reports to the GCC project.

-#

-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-# MCU name

-MCU = at90usb1287

-

-

-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring

-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 

-# "Board" inside the application directory.

-BOARD  = USBKEY

-

-

-# Processor frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 

-#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done

-#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.

-#

-#     This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by

-#     F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value

-#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to

-#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate

-#     software delays.

-F_CPU = 8000000

-

-

-# Input clock frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may

-#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the

-#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed

-#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'

-#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your

-#     source code.

-#

-#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the

-#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.

-F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU)

-

-

-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)

-FORMAT = ihex

-

-

-# Target file name (without extension).

-TARGET = TempDataLogger

-

-

-# Object files directory

-#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make

-#     this an empty or blank macro!

-OBJDIR = .

-

-

-# Path to the LUFA library

-LUFA_PATH = ../../

-

-

-# LUFA library compile-time options

-LUFA_OPTS  = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY

-LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8

-LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1

-LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS

-LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"

-

-

-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-SRC = $(TARGET).c                                                 \

-	  Descriptors.c                                               \

-	  Lib/DataflashManager.c                                      \

-	  Lib/SCSI.c                                                  \

-	  Lib/DS1307.c                                                \

-	  Lib/FATFs/diskio.c                                          \

-	  Lib/FATFs/ff.c                                              \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.c                  \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c       \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \

- 	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/USBInterrupt.c       \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c  \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorage.c    \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorage.c      \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HID.c            \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HID.c              \

-

-

-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-CPPSRC = 

-

-

-# List Assembler source files here.

-#     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s

-#     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler

-#     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!

-#     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,

-#     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does

-#     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.

-ASRC =

-

-

-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 

-#     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.

-#     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)

-OPT = s

-

-

-# Debugging format.

-#     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.

-#     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.

-#     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.

-DEBUG = dwarf-2

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/

-

-

-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

-#     c89   = "ANSI" C

-#     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions

-#     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)

-#     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions

-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources

-CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)

-CDEFS += -DDUMMY_RTC

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources

-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources

-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS

-

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)

-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections

-CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions

-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)

-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions

-CPPFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls

-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------

-#  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#  -adhlns:   create listing

-#  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that

-#             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames

-#             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source

-#             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]

-#  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 

-#       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.

-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100

-

-

-#---------------- Library Options ----------------

-# Minimalistic printf version

-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min

-

-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.

-PRINTF_LIB = 

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-# Minimalistic scanf version

-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min

-

-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.

-SCANF_LIB = 

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-MATH_LIB = -lm

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRALIBDIRS = 

-

-

-

-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# only used for heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-EXTMEMOPTS =

-

-

-

-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------

-#  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.

-#    -Map:      create map file

-#    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file

-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax 

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections

-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)

-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))

-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)

-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x

-

-

-

-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------

-

-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 

-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500

-#

-# Type: avrdude -c ?

-# to get a full listing.

-#

-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII

-

-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.

-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb

-

-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex

-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep

-

-

-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.

-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,

-# see avrdude manual.

-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y

-

-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be

-# performed after programming the device.

-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V

-

-# Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug

-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 

-# to submit bug reports.

-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v

-

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)

-

-

-

-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------

-

-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.

-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)

-

-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.

-# DEBUG_UI = gdb

-DEBUG_UI = insight

-

-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.

-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice

-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr

-

-# GDB Init Filename.

-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit

-

-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG

-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1

-

-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.

-DEBUG_PORT = 4242

-

-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally

-#     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 

-#     avarice is running on a different computer.

-DEBUG_HOST = localhost

-

-

-

-#============================================================================

-

-

-# Define programs and commands.

-SHELL = sh

-CC = avr-gcc

-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy

-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump

-SIZE = avr-size

-AR = avr-ar rcs

-NM = avr-nm

-AVRDUDE = avrdude

-REMOVE = rm -f

-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf

-COPY = cp

-WINSHELL = cmd

-

-# Define Messages

-# English

-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none

-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------

-MSG_END = --------  end  --------

-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: 

-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:

-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:

-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:

-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:

-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:

-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:

-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:

-MSG_LINKING = Linking:

-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:

-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:

-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:

-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:

-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:

-

-

-

-

-# Define all object files.

-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) 

-

-# Define all listing files.

-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) 

-

-

-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.

-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d

-

-

-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.

-# Add target processor to flags.

-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)

-

-

-

-

-

-# Default target.

-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end

-

-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.

-build: elf hex eep lss sym

-#build: lib

-

-

-elf: $(TARGET).elf

-hex: $(TARGET).hex

-eep: $(TARGET).eep

-lss: $(TARGET).lss

-sym: $(TARGET).sym

-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a

-lib: $(LIBNAME)

-

-

-

-# Eye candy.

-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on

-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.

-begin:

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)

-

-end:

-	@echo $(MSG_END)

-	@echo

-

-

-# Display size of file.

-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex

-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf

-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )

-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )

-

-sizebefore:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-sizeafter:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst:

-	@$(MAKE) -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst

-

-checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst

-	@echo

-	@echo Checking for invalid events...

-	@$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \

-	                 grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true

-	@sed -n -e 's/^/  WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp

-	@if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi

-	

-showliboptions:

-	@echo

-	@echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ----

-	@for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \

-		echo $$i; \

-	done

-	@echo --------------------------------------

-

-showtarget:

-	@echo

-	@echo --------- Target Information ---------

-	@echo AVR Model: $(MCU)

-	@echo Board:     $(BOARD)

-	@echo Clock:     $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master

-	@echo --------------------------------------

-	

-

-# Display compiler version information.

-gccversion : 

-	@$(CC) --version

-

-

-# Program the device.  

-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)

-

-flip: $(TARGET).hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu: $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	$(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex

-

-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-

-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:

-#     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 

-#     a breakpoint at main().

-gdb-config: 

-	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)

-	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-endif

-	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)

-	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \

-	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause

-

-else

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \

-	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)

-endif

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-

-

-

-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.

-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000

-

-

-

-coff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-

-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.

-%.hex: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@

-	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@

-

-%.eep: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@

-	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \

-	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0

-

-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.

-%.lss: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@

-	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@

-

-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.

-%.sym: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@

-	$(NM) -n $< > $@

-

-

-

-# Create library from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.a: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@

-	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)

-

-

-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.elf: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@

-	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.

-%.s : %.c

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.

-%.s : %.cpp

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.

-%.i : %.c

-	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-	

-

-# Target: clean project.

-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end

-

-clean_binary:

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex

-	

-clean_list:

-	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)

-	$(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp

-	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep

-

-doxygen:

-	@echo Generating Project Documentation...

-	@doxygen Doxygen.conf

-	@echo Documentation Generation Complete.

-

-clean_doxygen:

-	rm -rf Documentation

-

-# Create object files directory

-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)

-

-

-# Include the dependency files.

--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)

-

-

-# Listing of phony targets.

-.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions    \

-showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter  \

-gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \

-program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug       \

+# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
+#  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
+#
+# Released to the Public Domain
+#
+# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
+# Peter Fleury
+# Tim Henigan
+# Colin O'Flynn
+# Reiner Patommel
+# Markus Pfaff
+# Sander Pool
+# Frederik Rouleau
+# Carlos Lamas
+# Dean Camera
+# Opendous Inc.
+# Denver Gingerich
+#
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# On command line:
+#
+# make all = Make software.
+#
+# make clean = Clean out built project files.
+#
+# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
+#
+# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
+#
+# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
+#                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
+#
+# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
+#            have dfu-programmer installed).
+#
+# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
+#             have Atmel FLIP installed).
+#
+# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
+#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).
+#
+# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
+#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
+#
+# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
+#                DoxyGen installed)
+#
+# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 
+#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
+#
+# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
+#
+# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
+#                   bug reports to the GCC project.
+#
+# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
+#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+# MCU name
+MCU = at90usb1287
+
+
+# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
+# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 
+# "Board" inside the application directory.
+BOARD  = USBKEY
+
+
+# Processor frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 
+#     processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 
+#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
+#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
+#
+#     This will be an integer division of F_CLOCK below, as it is sourced by
+#     F_CLOCK after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
+#     does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
+#     reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
+#     software delays.
+F_CPU = 8000000
+
+
+# Input clock frequency.
+#     This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the 
+#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
+#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
+#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
+#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
+#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
+#     source code.
+#
+#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
+#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
+F_CLOCK = $(F_CPU)
+
+
+# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
+FORMAT = ihex
+
+
+# Target file name (without extension).
+TARGET = TempDataLogger
+
+
+# Object files directory
+#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
+#     this an empty or blank macro!
+OBJDIR = .
+
+
+# Path to the LUFA library
+LUFA_PATH = ../../
+
+
+# LUFA library compile-time options
+LUFA_OPTS  = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
+LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
+LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
+LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
+LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
+
+
+# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
+SRC = $(TARGET).c                                                 \
+	  Descriptors.c                                               \
+	  Lib/DataflashManager.c                                      \
+	  Lib/SCSI.c                                                  \
+	  Lib/DS1307.c                                                \
+	  Lib/FATFs/diskio.c                                          \
+	  Lib/FATFs/ff.c                                              \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Board/Temperature.c               \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/TWI.c                  \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c               \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c       \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \
+ 	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c               \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/USBInterrupt.c       \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c  \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/MassStorage.c    \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/MassStorage.c      \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HID.c            \
+	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HID.c              \
+
+
+# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
+CPPSRC = 
+
+
+# List Assembler source files here.
+#     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s
+#     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
+#     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
+#     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
+#     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
+#     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
+ASRC =
+
+
+# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 
+#     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
+#     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
+OPT = s
+
+
+# Debugging format.
+#     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
+#     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
+#     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
+DEBUG = dwarf-2
+
+
+# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
+#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.
+#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.
+#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
+EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
+
+
+# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
+#     c89   = "ANSI" C
+#     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
+#     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
+#     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
+CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
+
+
+# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
+CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) $(LUFA_OPTS)
+CDEFS += -DDUMMY_RTC
+
+
+# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
+ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
+
+
+# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
+CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
+#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
+#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+
+
+
+#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
+#  -g*:          generate debugging information
+#  -O*:          optimization level
+#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
+#  -Wall...:     warning level
+#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
+#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing
+CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
+CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
+CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
+CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
+CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
+CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
+CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
+CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
+CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
+CFLAGS += -Wall
+CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
+CFLAGS += -Wundef
+#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
+#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
+#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
+CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
+CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
+CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
+
+
+#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
+#  -g*:          generate debugging information
+#  -O*:          optimization level
+#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
+#  -Wall...:     warning level
+#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
+#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing
+CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
+CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
+CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
+CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
+CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
+CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
+CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
+CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
+CPPFLAGS += -Wall
+CFLAGS += -Wundef
+#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
+#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
+#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
+#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
+#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
+CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
+CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
+#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
+
+
+#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
+#  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
+#  -adhlns:   create listing
+#  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that
+#             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
+#             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
+#             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
+#  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 
+#       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
+ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
+
+
+#---------------- Library Options ----------------
+# Minimalistic printf version
+PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
+
+# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
+PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
+
+# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
+PRINTF_LIB = 
+#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
+#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
+
+
+# Minimalistic scanf version
+SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
+
+# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
+SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
+
+# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
+SCANF_LIB = 
+#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
+#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
+
+
+MATH_LIB = -lm
+
+
+# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
+#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.
+#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.
+#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
+EXTRALIBDIRS = 
+
+
+
+#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
+
+# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
+# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
+#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
+
+# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
+# only used for heap (malloc()).
+#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
+
+EXTMEMOPTS =
+
+
+
+#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
+#  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.
+#    -Map:      create map file
+#    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file
+LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
+LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax 
+LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
+LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
+LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
+LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
+#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
+
+
+
+#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
+
+# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 
+# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500
+#
+# Type: avrdude -c ?
+# to get a full listing.
+#
+AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
+
+# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
+AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
+
+AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
+#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
+
+
+# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
+# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
+# see avrdude manual.
+#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
+
+# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
+# performed after programming the device.
+#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
+
+# Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug
+# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 
+# to submit bug reports.
+#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
+
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
+AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
+
+
+
+#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
+
+# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
+DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
+
+# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
+# DEBUG_UI = gdb
+DEBUG_UI = insight
+
+# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
+DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
+#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
+
+# GDB Init Filename.
+GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
+
+# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
+JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
+
+# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
+DEBUG_PORT = 4242
+
+# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
+#     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 
+#     avarice is running on a different computer.
+DEBUG_HOST = localhost
+
+
+
+#============================================================================
+
+
+# Define programs and commands.
+SHELL = sh
+CC = avr-gcc
+OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
+OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
+SIZE = avr-size
+AR = avr-ar rcs
+NM = avr-nm
+AVRDUDE = avrdude
+REMOVE = rm -f
+REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
+COPY = cp
+WINSHELL = cmd
+
+# Define Messages
+# English
+MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
+MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
+MSG_END = --------  end  --------
+MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: 
+MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
+MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
+MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
+MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
+MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
+MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
+MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
+MSG_LINKING = Linking:
+MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
+MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
+MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
+MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
+MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
+
+
+
+
+# Define all object files.
+OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) 
+
+# Define all listing files.
+LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) 
+
+
+# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
+GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
+
+
+# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
+# Add target processor to flags.
+ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
+ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
+ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
+
+
+
+
+
+# Default target.
+all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkinvalidevents showliboptions showtarget sizeafter end
+
+# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
+build: elf hex eep lss sym
+#build: lib
+
+
+elf: $(TARGET).elf
+hex: $(TARGET).hex
+eep: $(TARGET).eep
+lss: $(TARGET).lss
+sym: $(TARGET).sym
+LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
+lib: $(LIBNAME)
+
+
+
+# Eye candy.
+# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
+# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
+begin:
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
+
+end:
+	@echo $(MSG_END)
+	@echo
+
+
+# Display size of file.
+HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
+ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
+MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
+FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
+
+sizebefore:
+	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
+	2>/dev/null; echo; fi
+
+sizeafter:
+	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
+	2>/dev/null; echo; fi
+
+$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst:
+	@$(MAKE) -C $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/ LUFA_Events.lst
+
+checkinvalidevents: $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst
+	@echo
+	@echo Checking for invalid events...
+	@$(shell) avr-nm $(OBJ) | sed -n -e 's/^.*EVENT_/EVENT_/p' | \
+	                 grep -F -v --file=$(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/LUFA_Events.lst > InvalidEvents.tmp || true
+	@sed -n -e 's/^/  WARNING - INVALID EVENT NAME: /p' InvalidEvents.tmp
+	@if test -s InvalidEvents.tmp; then exit 1; fi
+	
+showliboptions:
+	@echo
+	@echo ---- Compile Time Library Options ----
+	@for i in $(LUFA_OPTS:-D%=%); do \
+		echo $$i; \
+	done
+	@echo --------------------------------------
+
+showtarget:
+	@echo
+	@echo --------- Target Information ---------
+	@echo AVR Model: $(MCU)
+	@echo Board:     $(BOARD)
+	@echo Clock:     $(F_CPU)Hz CPU, $(F_CLOCK)Hz Master
+	@echo --------------------------------------
+	
+
+# Display compiler version information.
+gccversion : 
+	@$(CC) --version
+
+
+# Program the device.  
+program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
+	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
+
+flip: $(TARGET).hex
+	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
+	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
+	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
+
+dfu: $(TARGET).hex
+	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
+	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex
+	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
+
+flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
+	$(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
+	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
+	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
+	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
+	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
+
+dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
+	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep
+	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
+
+
+# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
+#     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 
+#     a breakpoint at main().
+gdb-config: 
+	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
+	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
+	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
+	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
+	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
+	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
+ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
+	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
+endif
+	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
+
+debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
+ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
+	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
+	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
+	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
+	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
+
+else
+	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
+	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
+endif
+	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
+
+
+
+
+# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
+COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
+COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
+COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
+COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
+COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
+
+
+
+coff: $(TARGET).elf
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
+	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
+
+
+extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
+	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
+
+
+
+# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
+%.hex: %.elf
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
+	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@
+
+%.eep: %.elf
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
+	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
+	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
+
+# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
+%.lss: %.elf
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
+	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@
+
+# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
+%.sym: %.elf
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
+	$(NM) -n $< > $@
+
+
+
+# Create library from object files.
+.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
+.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
+%.a: $(OBJ)
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
+	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
+
+
+# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
+.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
+.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
+%.elf: $(OBJ)
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
+	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
+
+
+# Compile: create object files from C source files.
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 
+
+
+# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ 
+
+
+# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
+%.s : %.c
+	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+
+# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
+%.s : %.cpp
+	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+
+# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
+	@echo
+	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
+	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
+
+
+# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
+%.i : %.c
+	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 
+	
+
+# Target: clean project.
+clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end
+
+clean_binary:
+	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
+	
+clean_list:
+	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
+	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
+	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
+	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
+	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
+	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
+	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
+	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
+	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
+	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
+	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
+	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
+	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
+	$(REMOVE) InvalidEvents.tmp
+	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
+
+doxygen:
+	@echo Generating Project Documentation...
+	@doxygen Doxygen.conf
+	@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
+
+clean_doxygen:
+	rm -rf Documentation
+
+# Create object files directory
+$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
+
+
+# Include the dependency files.
+-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
+
+
+# Listing of phony targets.
+.PHONY : all checkinvalidevents showliboptions    \
+showtarget begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter  \
+gccversion build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff \
+program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee clean debug       \
 clean_list clean_binary gdb-config doxygen
\ No newline at end of file